Full text of "A Lecture on the Grammatical Construction of the Cree Language"

See other formats

GEAMMA' 



OF 



THE CREE LANGUAGE, 



DELIVERED BT 



THE VEN. ARCHDEACON HTJNTEE, M.A. 

(late archdeacon op CUMBERLAND, RCPERT'S LAND, AND NOW 
VICAR OF ST. MATTIIEW'g, BATSWATER, W.), 



) .1 



BEFOBE THE 



Ri 



INSTITUTE OF T\UPERT'S L^AND, 



U 



COURT HOUSE, FORT GARRY, RED RIVER SETTLEMENT ; 
On the 2nd April, 1862. 

THE RIGHT REVEREND 

THE LORD BISHOP OF RUPERT^S LAND 

PRESIDENT OF THE INSTITUTE, IN THE CHAIR. 



||arabi0ms 0f i\it €xtt fjerb, 



WITH ITS 

VARIOUS CONJUGATIONS, MOODS, TENSES, INFLECTIONS, Ac. 





LONDON: 

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING CHRISTIAN KNOWLEDGE, 

GREAT QUEEN 8TRKET, LINCOLlf'S-IKN FIELDS. 

1875. 



'iir^&^v^^^'k^^f&it^-i^'^:^^^^^ 



PPIPP 



mm^ 



A KEY TO THE ORTHOGRAPHY. 



TOWEL SOUNDS. 



a sounded as a in hate. 

a a • . far. 

e e . , me. 

i z * • pin. 

7 . . . 



i .. thine (when final) 



00 sounded as oo in moon, move. 

u w . . but, tub. 

ew II . . pure. 

ow ow. . now. 



CONSONANTS. 



g sounded as ^ in get. 

h A . . hard, hat. 




t . ,^. / . , t . . time. 



w sounded as ir in was. 

y 3^ . . your. 

y t/ ..my (when final) 

ch cA , . much^ chicken. 

few kw. . awkward. 

St St ,. stick. 

pw ;)U?. . upward. 



REMARKS, 
• 

(*)-An aspirate or breathing; generally followed by the letters A*, t, 
and ch. It^is also used in the locative case ; as, icaskahihiriy '* a house ;" 
waskahikunik^ " in a house :" wenepdk^ " a lake ;" wenepdkodk^ " in or on 
a lake." It also marks the distinction between the personal pronoun 
second person, ke for ket/a, and the particle ki, which is the sign of the 
perfect tense. 

PFd^ is a particle expressing a wish or desire, the sign of the optative 
mood. A^ 

GflE, is the sign of tlie future tense, used only in the indicative mood. 

Ka^ is the relative pronoun. 

Kd, is the sign of the future tense, used only in the subjunctive mood, 

Kitta^ is a sign of the future tense. 

Pa, is a particle signifying " to come." 

My is sometimes used to signify possession. 



x^ 



iiiiiaiiiiifrw 



• MMii'«i7iiiii"fii-ii>-^-1i i'\rr'"T'-'Sml,-i 



I ■<<;r-,.aif-''a^ 



m^mmm 



mmm 



■pnpppHPl 



4 



EXTEACT FROM THE « NOR- WESTER/' RED RIVER SETTLEMENT. 



Institute of Rupjirt's Land. 
The first meeting held at the Court House, Fort Garry, 2nd April, 1862. On the wall there . 
was spread an immense sheet, 10 feet by 4, showing the various Conjugations, Moods and 
Inflections of the Cree Verb, and intended to illustrate one of the papers read on that day. 

The Ven. Archdeacon Hunter, M. A., read a paper on the Cree Language, of great and 
permanent value. Its intrinsic worth is such that if it attain no wider publicity than the 
reading of it before the Institute, the loss will be very great to the fair fame alike of the 
Institute and the talented author. It was a thorough and masterly analysis of the Cree 
Language, by one whose acquaintance with the principles of language in general eminently 
fits him for the task. The Cree has, of course, much in common with other languages ; but 
it has also many pecuHarities which the Archdeacon expounded very clearly and satisfactorily. 
These characteristic features possess great value in a philological point of view, and we are not 
sure but they would, in able hands, aid. materiaUy in establishing some conclusions regarding 
the distinctive cast of the Indian mind, as well as regarding certain linguistic theories as yet 
not settled by philologists. The Archdeacon's mode of treatment was perspicuous and systematic 
-scientific, we might indeed say— and for this reason his paper, which otherwise might have 
been intolerably duU and uninteUigrble, was delightfully interesting. The Archdeacon digressed 
somewhat into the domain of comparative philology, and interested his hearers by mentioning 
several points of similarity between the Cree on the one hand, and the English, Latin, Greek 
and Hebrew on the other. The coincidences were remarkable, and we doubt not their number 
might be ahnost indefinitely increased were attention directed to the subject. We may analyse 
this paper at length some other time. 



:i . 



rn-T"'r'"Vf ■.M^ih'f;;r„-;i". '■• ;' j-'-'-^i-'^^.-^^L- \ ■>j^."- 



■^:.rrfM-J^ijfcftl^aiJI 



A LECTUEE 



GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION 

OF 

THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



Since the year 1844 my attention has been more or less directed to the 
Cree Language; and the more familiar I have become with its grammatical 
construction — so peculiar and unique, and yet so regular and ^stematic — 
the more I have been impressed with the beauty, order, and precision of 
the language used by the Indians around us. Although they may rank low 
in the scale of civilization, yet they carry about with them a Vocabulary 
and a Grammar which challenge and invite, and will amply repay the 
acumen and analytical powers of the most learned Philologist. If a 
Council of Grammarians, assembled from among the most eminent in all 
nations, had after years of labour propounded a new scheme of language, 
they could scarcely have elaborated a system more regular, beautiful, and 
symmetrical, than the one we are invited to glance at for a few moments 
this afternoon. 

The time allotted to me ^^11 only permit a mere glance at the language ; 
to do anything like full justice to my theme, and enlarge upon the subject^ 
in all its vast and minute ramifications, would occupy too much of your 
time, and, instead of drawing up a paper, I should require to prepare a 
volume. With so large a subject the difficulty is, not in the want, but in the 
superabundance of matter. My humble endeavour must be to select and 
combine the salient points, and present them in as interesting a form as 
the subject will admit. 

The Cree tribe, of whose language I purpose to g^e a faint outline this 
afternoon, forms a portion of the great Algonquin nation, '' a nation which, 
in its different dialects," as^ Mr. Howse remarks, " is dispersed oyer a vast 
extent of country — from Pennsylvania, south, to Churchill River, in 
Hudson's Bay, north, or twenty degrees.of latitude ; from Labi-ador sM the 
Atlantic, east, to the Missisippi, west ; from Hudson's Bay, east, to the 
Rocky Mountains, west — that is, in its greatest width (55** to 11 5*") sixty 
degrees of longitude."* 

Dr. Prichard, in his Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, 

• Joseph Howse, Esq., F.R.G.S., "A Grammar of the Cree Language j with which is 
combined, an Analysis of the Chippeway Dialect" 



m^ 



iltffTi%i?^ 



uihiUtfUiii^iiii^^ 



MH 



2 



A LECTURE ON TIIK CREE LANGUAGE. 



speaks of " the Knistineaux, or Klistinos, or Kristinaux, by abbreviation 
Crees, as the most northern tribe of the Algonquin family. Bounded on 
the north by the Athabascas, they rei^h^ partly by recent conquests, from 
Hudson's Bay to the Rocky Mountains. In thp western tract of that 
country, and near the Saskachawan, they are interspersed among tribes of 
the Assiniboin^ They are spread northward as far as Lake Athabasca. On 
the south they are bounded by Chippeways and Algonquins. The people 
near Hudson's Bay called southern Indians are of this nation. The name of 
Knistinaux originally belonged to a tribe near Lake Winnipeg. It is now 
widely extended io all the tribes who speak dialects nearly related.*'* 

From these extracts it will be seen how extensively the Algonquin 
Language, of which the Cree is a dialect, is spoken. The Cree I should 
regard as the principal tribe of the Algonquin nation, and occupying the 
greatest extent of country. From longitude 76** to US'*, that is, forty 
degrees of longitude, and from latitude 49** to 60% that is, eleven degrees 
of latitude, the language of this tribe, with slight variations, is more or 
less spoken.f 

The fact that the Rev. E. A. Watkins, now labouring among the Crees on 
the banks of the Siskachewun, first acquired his knowledge of the lan- 
, guage among the Crees on the East Main, in James's Bay, is a striking 
illustration of the extent of country over which this dialect prevails. 
There are some slight diflferences in the use of words in the several 
districts, and the letter y, used by the Plain Crees, in some words is 
changed into th^ n, /, and r; as in the following examples: 

Personal Pronouns. 
L Thou. He. 

neya^ keya^ tvet/a, used by the Plain Indians. 

netha^ ketha^ wetfia^ „ „ English River Indians. 

nena^ Tcena^ wena^ „ „ Cumberland and Norway House Indians. 

kela^ wela, „ ,; Moose Factory Indians. 

kerOj wera^ „ „ IsIe-a-la-Crosse Indians. 



nela^ 
nera, 



-\ 



After ten years' labour I succeeded in reducing the language to^^iting, 
and carrying through the Press the Prayer Book, thi^e^Cfospels, and 
smiJler Publication's ; and the Paradigms of the Verb here, exhibited are 



♦ " Eesearchea into the Physical History of Mankind," by I. C. Prichard, M.D., vol. y. 
p. 385. 

t The national name of the Crees is JVoA^yowitA, "exact beings or people," compounded of 
Ndhef "exact," and 3%ow, "the body;" hence Ne fihheyoToan means, "I spcAk the lan- 
guage of the exact beings or people," or, in common parlance, " I speak Oee." 



:\ 



RiPP 



PMPUPP 



^ 



■■ 




A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE, 3 

prepared after a plan suggested to my own mind, giving a bird's-eye view 
of the Cree Verb in its principal Moods, and its two leading Tenses. The 
first Paradigm, you observe, marshals the chief form, the van of the host, 
in three columns ; for the Cree Verb is capable of thousands of mutations 
and combinations. For this interesting review we selected the Transitive 
Verb, with an animate object^*Sa^eAao, " he loves him," and issuing the word 
of command to form columns, ^ith the two Tenses, Present and Past, in their 
Direct and Inverse forms; immediately there appeared the heads of the 
three columns, bearing on their standards the names, Indicative Mood, 
Subjunctive Mood, and Imperative Mood ; marching with the most 
beautiful order and regularity, and the coup dcsil was quite enchanting, a 
sufficient reward for years -of close study and application. The second 
Paradigm presents a Transitive Verb, belonging to the second conjugation, 
with an inanimate object, Sakitaw^ ''he loves it," drawn up in a similar 
manner; and the third Paradigm brings into view another Transitive 
Verb of the third conjugation, with an indeterminate but animate object, 
Sakehewao^ "he loves somebody." These Paradigms are merely given as 
specimens, so as to present at a glance a few of the principal prefixes and 
suffixes of the Verb. For a fuller display of the Verb, in all its Moods and 
Tenses, both Direct and Inverse, I must refer you to the three books 
lying on the table, where the verb Tapwatowdo^ "he believes him," is 
partially written out, with mood, tense, and person, singular and plural — 
I say partially, for to write out fully a Cree Verb and all its derivatives^ with 
formative signs of difibrent signification, personal signs in different rela- 
tions, particles, cases, and so forth, a good-sized volume would be required. 
The following specimens of the verb Sakehdo^ " he loves him," and a few of 
its derivatives, will illustrate what I mean. 

Sake-hao \ he loves him, 



hik /he is loved by him. 
*tatv \ he loves it. 
hikoo ) he is loved by it. 
hewdo \ he loves somebody. 
Iiaw ) he is loved by somebody. 
*chekdo ^ he loves. 
^chekasoo) he is loved. 
^chekataOy it is loved. 
hewdwissewj he is loving. 



Sake-hisoo, he loves himself. Reflec. 
„ hitoowuk^ they love each other. 

Recip. 
„ hewakasoo^ he pretends to love. 

Sim. 
„ hakasoo, he pretends to love him 

or them. 
„ *twowdo, he loves him for him. 
„ ^ttaaky he is loved for him. 
, „ ^twakdo^ he loves him for somebody. 
„ ^chekakdo^ he loves him with it. 
„ ^chekakhkdsoo^ he pretends to love 
him with it. 



Illllll^^ 



iiiWfiAtiVTiri'''ri-'''ir--'---r 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANQUAQE. 



These are only a few of the forms, many more may be seen by referring 
to the books and papers on the table. 

Now, having made these remarks on the Cree Verb, I may as well at 
once direct your attention to that very important, and yet difficult part of 
our subject. The language has a natural tendency to assume a verbal form, 
the mind of the Indian dealing rather with concrete than abstract terms, 
^'arrar, in his able '* Essay on the Origin of Language," says, ** In Greek 
and Latin, one word was enough to express alike the subject, copula, and 
predicate ; in English, two are always requisite, and generally three. The 
single word tvtttcj requires the three words, "I am striking,'* to render it; 
to translate armibor in English or in German, we require four words, **I 
shall be loved," " Ich werde geliebt warden ;" and the same is true of many 
other parts of the verb ; as, ^rcn/Arffie^a, periisses, '* We bad been honoured," 
"You would have perished."* In the Cree, also, as well as in the Indo- 
European or Aryan languages, we shall find the most splendid examples of 
a perfect synthesis ; and this sylleptical tendency is said to have marked the 
earliest stage of language, that as language advances it progresses from 
synthesis to analysis. Now permit me to notice some examples in Creo of 
jv^his synthetical and agglutinative property. In English the agent and 
the action are separate, as, *' I love ;" in Latin they are combined, as amo^ 
'' I love." But in Cree the agent, action, and object, and sometimes the 
case are combined; as sakehao^ **he loves him," ttpwatowao^ ** he believes 
him ;" nipdtwowao, "he kills him for him ;" paioowao^ "he brings him to 
him ;" nukiskowdo, " he meets him by land ;" nukdwaoy^^ he meets him by 
water;" nunaspitdtowao^ "he imitates him with the yoice;" kiakinowapumaOy 
" he imitates him in action." 

We shall now bring forward a few examples of ^e different kinds of 
Verbs; and first we have the Transitfve Verb, with an animate object, as 
fipwatowaOy "he believes him;" then an Indeterminate Verb, with an 
animate object, tiipwatakdo^ "he believes somebody;" thten another form, 
where both subject and object are Indeterminate, as tapwhtukanewew^ 
"somebody believes somebody," or there is a believing. Then, passing over 
some other forms, we come to tapwitum^ a Transitive Verb with an inani- 
mate object of the sixth conjugation — "he believes it;" and, finally, we have 
an inanimate form, tapicatumomukun^ "it believes it," together with an 
Impersonal Verb, tipwawinewuriy which, by contraction, becomes tapwawun^ 
" it is true." Now these are the principal derivatives from the Verb 



1 



If 
ft. 



♦ Frederic W. Farrar, M.A., late Fellow of TrinUy College, Cambridge, "An EuMy on 
the Origin of Language^ based on Modern Researches, and especially on the Works of 
M. Renan." ' » 



y 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



5 



t'lpwatowdOj *' he believes him ;" and when written out in their different 
moodB, tenses, and persoris, we may well exclaim,/' What a formidable 
array! Can it be possible that the Indian possesses such a rich and full 
supply of words to make known the thoughts and inward workings of his 
mind?" 

As I have spoken of Conjugations, it may be as well to state here that 
there are seven. Herder, as quoted by Farrar, says, *' The more barbarous 
a language, the greater is the number of its conjugations;" and then 
Farrar goes on to remark, that " it has been a fatal mistake of Philology 
to suppose that simplicity is anterior to complexity: simplicity is the triuinph 
of science, not the spontaneous result of intelligence/* " The Basque lan- 
guage, which ha^B retained much of the primitive spirit, has eleven moods ; 
the Caffir language has upwards of twenty. Agglutination or Poly- 
synthetism is the name which has been invented for the complex condition 
of early language, when words follow each other in a sort of idyllic and 
laissezallef carelessness, and the whole sentence, or even the whole dis- 
course, is conjugated or declined as though it were a single word, every 
subordinate clause being inserted in the "main one by a species of incapsula- 
tion." These remarks apply in a measure to the Cree language; for take 
the worcjs MawutcheLicheaiiumehawekemaw^ written in one word, for 'Uhe 
greatest of all Praying Chiefs (Archbishop), or MawiitchekicheookenutskwaO^ 
"the greatest of all Chief Women " (Queen), we have a sentence in one word. 
But in my translations I have endeavoured to separate the Verb as much 
as possible from its adjuncts, and io divide compound words as the above 
into their simple elements, writing the above thus, Mawutche kiche Ayume- 
hdwekemawy and Maicutchekiclie Ookemaskicao* A part of the Pronoun 
is constantly incorporated with the Verb forming a portion of the suffix, 
whilst the first part of the Pronoun stands as the prefix; as in 7ie tapicatOiC' 
anariy "we believe him,*' the prefix ne^ and the suffix mm, form the 
beginning and the ending of the Personal Knonoun neyaiian^ "we ;** and 
this process is carried out in the Indicative Mood, both in Transitive Verb? 
with an animate and inanimate object;, and also in Intransitive Verbs. 

There are seven conjugations under which may be ranged Transitive 
Verbs with an inanimate object; as, tapicatum^ "he believes it," sixth con- 
jugation; and sakitaw^ "he loves it," second conjugation: and Intransitive 
Verbs; as, uppew^ "he sits," first conjugation; and pimdtao^ "he walks,** 
third conjugation. The conjugations are distinguished by the termination 
of the third person singular. Indicative Mood, Present Tense. The first 
conjugation ends in ew^ as uppew, " he sits;** the second conjugation in air^ 
as nipaw^ " he sleeps;" the third conjugation in ao, as pimdtao^ " he walks ;" 
the fourth conjugation in oo^ as kittoo^ "he speaks;*' the fifth conjugation^ 



HH 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



in eoo^ as dcheoo^ "he moves;" the sixth conjugation in urn, as itdyitum^ 
"he thinks;" and the seventh conjugation in iw, /as tukoosin^ "he arrives." 
The first conjugation is as follows: — Indicative Mood, Present Tense: net 
uppin^ "I sit/' ket uppin^ "thou sittest;" uppew, "he sits;" ^^t uppinan^ "we 
(1, 3) sit;" ket uppinanow, "we (1, 2) sit;" ket uppindwdw^ "ye sit;" 
uppewuk^ " they sit." We notice here a remarkable precision and exactness 
of expression in the Cree language, which is carried through its Personal 
and Possessive Pronouns, and is also found both in its Transitive and 
Intransitive Verbs. I refer to the two forms of the first person plural, the 
one exclusive and the other inclusive^ of the second person; the one com- 
bining only first and third persons, the other only first aod; second persons; 
as in the Verb uppew^ above — net uppinan^ "we (first and third persons) 
sit;" ket uppinapdwj^^ we (^Tst and second persons) sit." In the Personal 
Pronoun the same remarkable characteristic appears — neya^ "I;" keya^ 
"thou;" ^r^a, "he;" neyanan^ "we*' (I and he, or I and they); keyanow^ 
" we " (I and thou, or I and ye) ; keyaicaw^ "ye ;" weyawaw^ "they." Again, 
in the Possessive Pronoun, n^dtaice, "my father;" k^dtawe^ "thy father;" 
6tawed^ "his father;" n^6tawenan^^^ouT (my and his, or my and their) father;'* 
k'dtawenowj "our (my and thy, or my and your) father;" k^dtawewaw^ "your 
father;" dtawewawa^ "their fathers." Throughout all the Moods and 
Tenses of the Verbs the same form is maintained, so that there is less of 
ambiguity in the first person plural among the Crees, than in the English 
language. 

In the Subjunctive or Subordinate Mood of the above seven conjugations, 
the third person singular, Present Tense, takes the following suffixes : 
— first conjugation, a uppity "(that) he sits;'* second conjugation, a nipaty 
"(that) he sleeps;" third conjugation, a pimdtal, "(that) he walks;" fourth 
conjugat^, a kittooty "(that)^ he speaks;" fifth conjugation, a dcheet^ 
"(that) he moves;'' sixth conjugation, a Udyii&k^ "(that) bethinks;" 
seventh conjugation, a tukooseSk, "(that) he arrives.^ 

The first conjugation, Subjunctive Mood, Present Tense, is as follows: — 
Singular: 1. auppeyan, 2. a uppeynuj 3. auppit. Plural: \. duppeyak^ 
(1, 3), a uppeytik, (1, 2), 2. a uppeyaky and 3. a uppitchik. 

This Subjunctive Mood, take^ the place of the English Participle, active 
and passive, and the Infinitive Mood ; but, as seen above, they are sJways 
expressed in.Cree^bj:a-P(er607za/ Verb, having its own suffixes to mark the 
different persons, and forming regular Tenses, Present, Past, Perfect, 
Future, &c., as in the Indicative Mood. For a fuller exemplification of this 
point, I must again refer you to the Paradigms on the wall, and the books 
and papers on the table, where you will find this part of the Verb fully 
exhibited. 



A LECTtJRB ON THE CREE LANGUAGE, 7 

The Imperative Mood of the above seven conjugations, which we may 
regard as the root of the Verb, is the following: — 1. uppe^ "sitfhou," 
uppiky "sit ye;" 2. nipa, nipdk; 3. pimdtdj pimdtak; 4. kittoo^ kittook; 
5. dchee, dcheek; 6. itayitay itayitumook\ 7. tukoosine, tukoosinik. 

The Adjective in Cree also becomes a Verb, with the exception of meyo^ 
"good," and mtiche, "bad;" as, in the following examples, both animate 
and inanimate: — 



ANIMATE. 



fVawet/dseic, 

Pittikoosewy 

Kawissew^ 

Sooskoosewy 

KinooseWj 

Uppiseesissew^ 

MayatisseWy 

Ayimisseur;" 

NayatawisseWy 

PikiweWy 



he isr circular, 
he is short, stumpy, 
he is rough, 
he is smooth, 
he is long or tall, 
he is small, 
he is ugly, 
he is awkward, 
he is difficult, 
he is pitqhy. 



INANIMATE.. 



Waweyayaw^ 

PittikicaiVj 

Kawaw^ 

Sooskwaw^ 

KinwaWf 

Uppisasin, 

M^iyatun, 

Ayimun, 

NayatawuTij 

PiketmcTij . 



it is circular, 
it is stumpy, 
it is rough, 
it is smooth. 
it is long, 
it is small; 
it is ugly, 
it is awkward, 
it is difficult, 
it is pitchy. 



Now, to show what nice shades of meaning there are in the language 
and how many derivative Verbs may be formed from one of the above 
Adjective Verbs, by a change of suffix — let us take the last, PikSicew, and 
see how many changes we can ring upon this one verb. 

He is pitchy. ' 

It is pitchy. 

He is like pitch (so pitchy). 

It is like pitch (so pitchy). 

He is pitched. 

It is pitched. 

He is pitchi^d. 

It is pitched. 

He makes him (turns him into) pitch. 

He makes it (turns it into) pitch. 

He pitches him. 

He pitches it. 

He makes pitch. 
. He makes pitch for himself. 

He pretends to be pitch. 
(He makes him into pitch (of him). 
(It is made into pitch. 



Pikew 


- ewj 


an. 


» 


un. 


in. 


?> 


issewj 


an. 


» 


awy 


in. 


» 


9 isoOy. 


an. 


« 


etaOy 


in. 


?> 


ichikasoOy 


an. 


J? 


ichikatdOy 


in. 


Pik- 


ehao (caus.), 


an. 


11 


itaw (caus.), 


in. 


Pike- 


wehdo (trans.), 


an. 


V 


wdtaw (trans.), 


in. 


1? 


'kdOy 




?» 


^katisoo (refl.), 




11 


"^kasoo (sim.), 




J) 


^katdo (trans), 


an. 



A LECTURE ON THE CRE^ LANGUAGE. 



Pike- ^katum. 


in. 


„ "^ktitaOj 


an. 


„ kAtdo, 




„ ^kdhim, 


in. 


„ ^kakdo, 




„ skaw, 




Oopiki' mew^ 




„ mitisoo (refl.), 




Pike- wayivmo^ 


an. 


„ wdyitum^ 


in. 



He makes it into pitch (of it). 

He pitches him, as a canoe. ' 

It is pitched. 

He pitches it. 

He makes pitch with it or of it. (abl.) 

There is abundance of pitch. 

He possesses pitch. 

He possesses pitch of himself. 

He thinks him as pitch. 

He thinks it as pitch. 



i. Now, imagine all these Verbs written- out in Mood, Tense, Person, 
direct and inverse, and then we can understand at once the statement, that 
thousands of words can be formed from one Cree Verb. 

The direct and inverse forms of the Verb Transitive, with an animate 
or inanimate object, have been incidentally noticed in our exposition. In 
the third person they constitute the active and passive voices of the Verb ; 
a^, sakehdo, "he loves him;" sakehik^ "he is loved by him ;" issitissdwdOf 
"he sends him;" issitissdhook^ "he is sent by him;" tapwatowdo^ "he 
believes him;" tapwatak^ " he is believed by him." The first person, Indica- 
tive Mood, Present Tense, is formed thus : Direct — ne sakehaw^ " I love 
him ; " Inverse — ne sakehik, " he loves me." Direct — ne tapwatowaw^ 
" I believe him ;'* Inverse — ne tapwatak^ " he believes me." Now, Verbs 
ending in ao, tdo^ and ewdo^ in the third person Direct, make ik in the 
third person Inverse. Again, those ending in ^^:ao and swdo^ make hook; 
and those ending in skdicdo and towdo^ make ak. You will notice in my 
Conjugations of the Verbs, lying on the table, that on the left-hand page I 
have written out the Direct form of the Verb, and on the right-hand page 
the Inverse form corresponding therewith, and so throughout the three books. 
In the Imperative and Subjunctive Moods, all the expressed Pronouns, 
whether agent or object, accumulate, agglutinate, conglomerate in the 
suffix; as, for instance — Imperative, tapwatow^ "believe thou him;" tap- 
watowatan^ or tapwatowatak^ "let us believe A/wi;" tapwhtdk^ "believe ye 
himf tapwatowiuy "believe thou mef tapwatowinan^ "believe thou Tisf 
tapicatowikj "believe ye me.^^ — Subjunctive^ a tapwatowuk^ "I believe, 
him ;" a tapxchtoicut^ " thou believest him ;" a taj^watowat^ " he believes 
him;" a tapwatowit^ "he believes me;" a tapwatask, "he believes thee;" 
d tapicatakoot^ " he is believed by him ;" d tapw&toiceyun, " thou believest 
me ;" d tapwatoweydk^ " thou believest us ;" a tapw&toweydJcy " ye believe 
me;" d tapwhtoicitariy or a tapwatatan^ "I believe thee;" d tapwatowituk^ 
ook, " I believe you ;" d tapw&towitaky "we believe thee;" — and so forth, 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



9 



through many changes. But yet these suffixes are not illimitable; and 
when once this agglutinative, synthetical and inflected system of formation 
gets well fixed in the memory, it is used with the same ease and facility 
as the more analytical system among ourselves. 

Jn the arrangement of the Personal Pronouns in combination with the 
Verbi the second person, whether active or passive, always takes precedence 
of the first; hence^that peculiar form of the Verb arranged under the head 
of second and first persons — as, ke tapwatowin^ "thou believest me;" ke 
tapwataMn^ "I believe thee;^* ke 'tapwatovcitawaw^ "ye believed me;" ke 
tapwatatitan^ " we believed you ;" ke nipdhirij " thou killest me ;" ke nipd- 
hitHfiy " I kill thee ;" ke nasiriy " thou fetchest me ;" ke natittin, '' I fetch 
thee." Verbs in too change the t into s in the direct form ; as, itdOj " he 
says to him," makes ket isiriy "thou sayest to me;" nukutdo^ ",he leaves 
him," makes ke nukusin^ " thou leaVest me," &c. 



Now I must hasten to say a few words regarding the formation of the 
Tenses. In the Paradigms exhibited on the wall we have the two leading 
Tenses — Present, and Past or Imperfect, in their IndicativCj^ Subjunctive, 
Dubitative, Suppositive and Imperative Moods, with the Accessory or 
Relative Case annexed to each; of which Case, if time permit, we must 
speak hereafter. From these two tenses, with the addition of the inde- 
clinable particles kS and g-a, the other tenses are formed. As an exercise, 
let us take the verb natdo, " he fetches him," and show how the difierent 
tenses are formed in the Indicative and Potential Moods. The Present 
Tense is ne nataw, " I fetch him ;" the Past or Imperfect, ne natd^ or 7ie 
natdty^ "I fetched him." Here we have the two leading tenses, from which 
we are to form all the others, by the Particles ki and ga^ in diflereht com- 
binations. The Perfect Tense is formed with the Present, and the Particle 
ki, inserted; as, ne ki nataw^ ^*I have fetched him." The Pluperfect is 
.formed with the Imperfect and the Particle ki — ne ki natd^^or natdty^ '* I 
had fetched him ;" there is also another form — ne ki nUtdpun. The Future 
Tense is formed with the Present and the ga in combination ; as, ne ga 
nataw, " I shall or will fetch him." And the Future Perfect Vith the addi- 
tion of ki to the Future ; as, ne ga ki nataw^ " I shall or will have fetched 
him." By this simple process the six*, tenses of the Indicative Mood are 
formed. In the Potential Mood, the Present Tense is the same as the 
Future Perfect Indicative — ne ga ki nataw, "I may or can fetch him;" 
the Past is formed with the Past Indicative having the Particle ga added, 
as ne ga natd or natdty^ " 1 might, could, would; or should fetch him ;" 
and the Pluperfect, by the addition of ki to the Past, as ne ga ki natd^ 
or natdty, " I might, could, would or should have fetched him." 

Perhaps the most anomalous and difficult part of the Cree Verb, 
"> "^ c 



10 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



I ) 



especially to a learner, is what is termed the Accessory, Relative or 
Possessive Case; it is a leading characteristic of the language, and indicates 
such precision of expression,. that we must not omit it in our review of 
the dialect. Its application is exclusively to third persons; but although 
it is thus limited, nevertheless it is joined to every Mood and T^nse of the 
Verb, so that when we have written out the Verb in its simple and absolute 
form, the whole process has again to be repeated with the addition of this 
Accessory or Relative form. Well might the Crees adopt the national name 
of Naheyowuk^ " exact beings or people," for they are certainly most exact 
and particular in the use of their forms and inflections. Permit me to call 
your attention to one or two exaniples of what I mean. The simple or 
absolute form of the Verb is netapwatoicaw^ "I believe him," Mpichtowao^ 
" he believes him;" but if we add the'Eelative or Accessory Case, then it 
becomes ne tapicatowimawa^ " I believe his him;" tapwatowdyewa^ " He be- 
lieves his him." The constant signs of this Case are the letters m and y. Still 
further to elucidate this diflBlcult point, in English when two or three third 
persons occur in a sentence, in order to preserve distinctness of meaning, 
and to prevent confusion as to which third person is intended, we repeat 
the name of the third person: In Cree there is no occasion for this 
repetition, and all ambiguity is removed as to which third person is meant 
by the use of this Accessory Case. "And John looking upon Jesus as he 
walked " (John i. 36), is an ambiguous sentence in English, for it may 
mean either John walkilig, or Jesus walking. To make it quite clear 
of Ambiguity, we should have to put it thus: "And John looking upon 
Jesus as he (Jesus) walked," repeating, you observe, the third person. 
In Cree this difficulty is obviated by using the Accessory Case; thus, 
" Mena John a kunowapumat Jesusa a pimota^i^." The Simple Verb would 
be a pimdfdt, and then it would refer to John, but the y inserted, a pimd- 
tciylt^ links it with the Saviour, and brings out the meaning clearly. In 
Greek and Latin the same sentence is perfectly clear, both these lan- 
guages being inflected.^ In Greek it is " KaX iixfiXeijta*: roJ *J7](rov vcptTra- 
roSi^t"; in Latin, "Et (Joannes) intuitus Jesum ambulantem." Take 
another example : " David saw William as he followed a moose." If in Cree 
I intend to say that it was David who was following the moose, I should write 
it thus: "David wapumao Williama a pimitissdwat mooswa"; the Verb 
pimitissdwat would agree with David, both being in the Absolute Case, and 
it would signify David following the moose. But if my meaning was, that 
William was following the moose when David saw him, then I must write 
it thus : " David wapumao Williama a pimitissawoyiV mooswa." The a 
at the end of the name William, and the ayit at the end of the Verb, link 
them together, the same as the Dative and Accusativ-e Cases in the 
above Greek and Latin sentences. Take another sentence: "Ne ga 






ilpiipilBP'^ 



mm. 



T 



■wi 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



11 



wetumimawa ooTcoosisa tukoosineyitche ;" literally, ^^I will tell (his him) 
his son When he (his son) arrives {rel. to him)/'* But I will not multiply 
examples, my object will be effected if the conviction has been produced 
that here is a distinction vnth a difference, and a precision and accuracy 
of expression, which we were not prepared for in the language of the poor 
wanderers around us. 

In Cree we have some forms which remind us of similar forms in Hebrew ; 
such are the Causative, the Reflective, and the Simulative, In Hebrew 
the Causitive is the bysn Hiphil form of the Verb, '' he caused another 
to act." In Cree we have a corresponding form; as, pimdido, '*he walks;" 
pimdtahdo^ *' he causes him to walk;" wappew^ "he sees;" wappehdo, "he 
causes him to see;" wappitawy "he causes it to see;" the third person 
singular. Indicative Mood, animate, ends in hdo^ and inanimate ends in 
taw. Again, in Hebrew there is the Eeflective and Simulative, termed 
^yS-nn Hithpaal^ "he acted upon himself," and itt*yjin, "he pretended to 
be rich, acted the rich man." The Reflective in Cree is formed by addino- 
i^soo or ossoo to the Indicative; as, sakehdo^ ''he loves him;" sakehissoo, 
"he loves himself;" ztssumaOy " he gives him food;" i^ssumissoOj "he gives 
himself food;" uktcundwdo, "he covers him;" ukwunahossoo^ "he covers 
himself;" keeskicdpdo^ "he is drunk;" keeskwdpdhdOy "he intoxicates 
him;" keeskicdpdhissoo, "he intoxicates himself." The Simulative, or 
feigning form, takes kdsoo as its distinctive termination ; as, okemdkdsoo, 
" he makes himself 'a chief, or pretends to be a chief;" ndpakdsoo, " he 
makes flie man ;" nippakdsoo, " he pretends to be asleep ;" keesk^dpakdsoo, 
" he pretends to be drunk." To these forms we may add the Reciprocal, 
ending in iltoo; as, sakehittooicuk, "they love each other;" maicntche- 
hittoowuk, " they gather together each other," and ukwunahottoqwuk, " they 
cover one another." 

The Hebrew it^ or JaA, an abbreviation of rtiTT Jehovah^ forms a point 
of comparison with the Cree ayd^ " a being or thing ;" and the word 
Ethinew, "" an Indian," approximates very closely to the Greek word €0i^o<;, , 
"a nation, people." Farrar, in his "Origin of Language," makes this 
^mark: "Whatever our a priori estimate of the power of the Verb 
Substantive may be, its origin is traced by Philology to very humble and 
material sources. The Hebrew Verb rrn (haia) may very probably be 
derived from an onomatopoeia of respiration." rvrt Haya in Hebrew " to be," 
is very similar in sound to the Verb Substantive in Cre^ ayawy " he is ;" 

• In conTersing with a lady in England on this peculiarity of the Cree Verb, she 
8U}!ge8ted a very good example in English illustrating this ambiguity. The following was 
the sentence she quoted : " The Patient saw the Doctor at hb house." Was it at the 
Patient's house, or the Doctor's ? In Cree all would be plain ; thus, " The Patient wapumao 
Doctora wekeeybk," if it is meant at tlie Doctor's house, or " weekeek," if at the Patient's. . 

c 2 



SMyaiiini^fiiS 



.ziiiij^:^^^^:^-^Vr,^tj:^-_.,J: '■ 



12 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



net ayan^ "I am being or existent." In the Imperative we have the exact 
Hebrew word ayd^ "be thou;" and this we may regard as the root of the Verb. 

In my translations I have endeavoured to separate the words, and reduce 
the language to an analytical form as much as possible; thus I have 
separated the Personal Pronouns ne (for neya) and ke (for keya\ together 
with the indeclinable Particles ki and ga^ from the Verb, and also kept 
apart other smaller words. This shortens the length of the words, and 
makes the language much easier to read. As languages advance, the 
•tendency is from synthesis to analysis. Farrar states that "Modem 
Greek is the analysis or decomposition of Ancient Greek during a long 
period of barbarism. The Eomance languages are Latin submitted to the 
same process; Italian, Spanish, French and Wallachian, are merely Latin 
mutilated, deprived of its flexions, reduced to shortened forms, and sup- 
plying by numerous monosyllables the learned organization of the ancient 
idioms." "Ancient Hebrew," he adds, "is remarkable for its agglutihation." 
"Like a child," says Herder, " it seeks to say all at once; it uses one word 
where we require five or six.'' The same remark is equally applicable to 
the Cree. Let the following long word suflSce: kdookiskinn6humowakuni- 
mimittukook, — fourteen syllables to express the sentence, " I shall have you 
for my disciples." Or to describe a Roman nose, they would say, ocheckdk" 
opusdookootdo^ " he has a nose like the breast of a crane.*' 

In giving a name to an object which the Crees have never seen before, 
they call it after something which it resembles and with which they are 
familiar. That children at first call all men "father," and all women 
" mother," is an observation as old as Aristotle. The Romans gave the 
name of Lucanian Ox to the elephant, and Camelopardus to the giraflTe, 
just as the New Z^alanders and^rees call horses large dogs. In Cree, 
mistutim^ "a big dog," from mistahay "big," and utim^ "a dog." A sheep 
they call ugly deer — mayutchik^ from may^'^ part of mayatun^ " ii is ugly 
or bad," and utik or utchik^ " a deer." The Spanish name for the alligator, 
el lagartOj " the lizard," is another instance of the same kind of thing, as 
indeed is the Greek KpoKoSei^ko^, The Caflirs called the first parasol which 
they had seen a cloud; and the Crees at Cumberland called the magic 
lantern, when I first exhibited it to them, a shadower, chikastdschechekun. 
When in want of a name for a thing they describe it, as in the term for 
Minister, Ayumehdwekemaw, "A Praying Chief;" for Bishop, Keche Ayum- 
ehdmtkemaw^ "A Great Praying Chief;" and for Archbishop, Mawutche 
Kiche Ayumehdwekemaw^ " The Greatest Pra^ng Chief of all.*' In the 
mixed jargon of Hong Kong the Bishop is desc^t)ed as the " A-one-heaven- 
business-man." v^ 

The following three Rivers have been nafB^ by the Crees from their 
special characteristics : — 



mmrnim^i^^mmmmmi^^ 



m^ 



A LECTURE ON THE CREE LANGUAGE. 



13 



Missenippee^ 

Kisisjcdchewun^ 

Misseseepee^ 



Big water, 
Swift curreDt, 
~Bi^ river, 



English River. 

Saskachawan. 

Mississippi. 



I miist not occupy much more of your time; there are only one or two 
points left on my list to which I wish to direct your attention, these are 
the aspirate and the formative syllables. ^^^$ 

In my translations I have adopted the Greek aspirate ^jBro mark this 
beautiful and characteristic feature in the language, s^^iflBcult to be 
acquired by learners, and yet so important, in order to be undenilfod and not 
to offend the ear of the Cree scholar. When communicating to Professor 
Lepsius in London the sounds of the Cree Vowels and Consonants,^ re- 
member the great pleasure with which he heard of this aspirate, remarking, 
" I shall love that language, because it has the same thing in it that my 
own language, the German, has.'' The aspirate is pronounced or breathed 
at the end of the syllable, thus, kS, kiche^ dche^ uskeSky &c. In the fol- 
lowing words the importance of its insertion of omission will be at once 
seen and acknowledged; as, otinum^ "he takes it ;" dtinuin^ *' he receives it;" 
ukoochifiy "he hangs;" ukoSchiriy "he floats;" seakehif^ "he loves me;" 
seakeheity " he is loved ;" a sakehuk^ " I love him ;" a sakehik (1, 2), 
"we love him;*' kechcy "your fellow;'* k^che^ "great." From these few 
examples, the importance of using the aspirate in its proper place will 
be seen ; for without it the language, whether spoken or written, is 
incomplete and confused. 

The formative syllables to which I have alluded are such as the fol- 
lowing: — pim^ signifying "going on;" kisk^ *** knowledge;" tip^ "authority;" 
pasky "opening;" kwdskj "turning;" and innumerable others forming 
the roots of words. Now let us take the syllable pm, and build or 
agglutinate upon it. To pirn add atissew^ and then we have pimatissewy 
" he lives ;" add atissewin, and then we have pimatissewiriy " life." Add 
6tao^ and it gives pimdidOy " he walks ;" add ^yaiCy and it makes pirn- 
iyawy "he flies;" add e^Araz^?, and it m^kes pimeskawy "he paddles;" add 
echeicuTiy and it makes pimechewuriy "the current runs along." So, in 
like manner, if we take kisk^ and add dyitunij it makes kiskdyituniy " he 
knows it ;" or dyimdo — kiskdyinidOy " he knows him ;" or isseta — kiskissewy 
" he remembers ,^ or indhumakdo^kiskindhumakdOy "a schoolmaster," or 
one who causes to know, the causative form ; or ewdhikdo — kiskewdhikdOy 
"one who foretells, a Prophet;" and so I might go on almost ad infinitum^ 
agglutinating and producing Adjectives, Nouns and Verbs from these and 
other formative syllables. This leads me to remark,' that the Cree dialect 
is principally composed of shut or closed syllables, that is, syllables ending 
with a consonant, as piniy kisky tipy pasky as above ; and the suffixes uky uty 
aty ukeify dky atchiky ity isky ikooly &c. 



;?;^-:^^; 



■tt^ 



^attMJ^aMiiiair-irili- 



14' 



A LECTUBE ON THE CBEE LANGUAGE. 



We should scarcely have expected to find Indian words adopted into 
the English language ; but such is its cosmopolitan character, that, as Dr. 
Latham* remarks, **in his Hand Book of the English Language," "It comes 
in contact with the tongues of half the world, and has a great power of 
incorporating foreign elements, and deriving fresh words from varied 
sources.'* From the North-American Indian it has adopted the words 
squaw, iskwdo, "a woman;" wigwam, mekeewap, "a tent;" pimmican, 
pimmey *' fat ;" and kan, an imitation or representation of a thing, as pesim^ 
*' the sun," pesimokan^ " a watch," and moccasin, miiskesin, " a shoe." 

The Cree Nouns mav be divided into two classes, the animate and the 
inanimate ; the former takes for its plural the suffix uk^ the latter a. As 
seeseep^ " a duck," seeseepuk, " ducks ;" mtiskwa^ " a bear," mitskwuk^ 
" bears ;" tLssam^ " a snow shoe," msamuky " snow shoes ;" muskesin^ " a 
shoe," muskesina, " sTioes ;" seepee^ " a river," seepeed, " rivers ;" cheman, 
*'a canoe," chemana, "canoes."' The animate affix i^A: is changed into a 
when the Noun is in the objective or accusative case. Some inanimate 
things, from the high estimation in which they are held, become personified 
and take the animate affix ; such as ussam, " a snow shoe," ussamuk^ " snow 
shoes;" dyupe, "a net," dyup^uk, "nets;" icssine, "a stone," tMsini^uk^ 
"stones;" mistik^ "a tree," misHkwuk, "trees," &c. Nouns are made 

cherrtciTiisj 
a river," seepeesis, "a small river;" mistoos, "an 
ox, or big moose," mistoosoos, "a calf or little ox;'^ mistutim^ a horse^ or big 
dog," mistutimoosisy " a foal," which is made still more diminutive by the 
change of t into ch^ as fnistuchimoosis. 

But I must now draw to a ctose this imperfect and hasty glance at the 
construction of the Cree language; many points I have left unnoticed, 
which if time had permitted I should like to have touched upon ; but, I 
think enough has been said *to show that there is an inviting and large 
field of investigation open before us in the philology of this country. 
Much has been already accomplished, and we have now the pleasing satis- 
faction of knowing that the Indians hear, and som.e of them read, in ** their 
own tongue the wonderful works of God." 

Let, then, the education and talent of this country be directed to this 
object. A Philological Committee, either in connection with this Institute, 
or forming a separate body, is still a desideratum, and when once organized 
it might foster and encourage accurate scholarship in the native languages; 
circulate useful hints, suggestions, and information ; and, as the highest 
authority on the subject in the land, affix its imprimatur to translations 
and other publications in the native languages. 



diminutive by the addition of is or oos^ as chefnauy " a canoe,*' 
^*a little canoe;" seepee^ " 



* "A Hand Book of tbe English Language," by R, G. Latham, M.D,, F.RS., p. 149. 



N 



PARADIGMS 



OF THK 



CREE VERB, 



WITH ITS 



VARIOUS CONJUaAITONS, 



MOODS, TENSES, INFLECTIONS, &c. 



iiliiiiilililpii^^ 



HHI 



I 
3 



i 



P S3 ee ed 

a a s s 

• ^^ •F^ •^ii* •«>» 
a> o» o 03 

CO GO ca CO 

icc j: :; :: 




K 

s 



<43 






rt 


g 






Ss 


;;> 








►^ 






%i ^ ^ 


pi 




1 ^ 


1 


CD 


•w 


e i^ 


1 

S 

CO 

< 


!z; 




eyeyui 
eyituk 
eyitak 
ikooyil 


a 


H 


g^S^.-^ 


12 




-g^^ 
M^M 


rS ^ .X3 ^ 

© a> « 03 


1 


. g S 2 


s <=« a ^ 

CO CO CO CO 


i:tf :^ r 


s ;i :: r: 


i£ 




^ 


^" 



^ 




s i 5 5 . 

B a ^ 6e -^ 

c6 cd.ee cC vo) 

-4>^ 'M .«d». -iS >^ 

J a a fi s 

03 03 03 0) c3 

g « 5 ce rt 

CO CO OQ CO CO 



qpO J33 0303OO 

MOO S^iWWOO 



2? 



H 

O 






-♦^ •♦^ -«j 

•o •^ »»^j 

£^ ^ >* 

o o o 

^ ^.a 

03 03 03 

^^ ^ 

rt rt c3 

CO CO CO 

03 03 O 




^^ ^^ 

o a> « « 

60 03 n CQ 

CO CO CO CO 
© 03 03 C 

JZ5MMO 



& s s S 

S fe g 2 S^ 

a^aai aaas 

2 tn *^ '^ *«* "^ *^ '^ '"^ 




CQ 

< 

o 

> 

GO 
GO 

GO 



> vjLV 



0? © © 03 

to •« 00 CO » 



""^ •^^ *w^ '"^ 'W* 

jj 03 03 © © 

6d Cd tS 6d 63 
CO CO CO CO CO 

© © 03 

52i«M 



Eh 

pq 



5 ce cd 

s ^ ^ 

J§ s 

'^ S 2 

03 © o 

ed OS ed 

CO GO CO 

© © 



ce 05 S 

S o g rt 

5 5 S ^ 

ce ^ « © 

c'5 ^ >^ 

o o c o 

o o o o 

<y C3 © © 

CQ. flS CQ CQ 

CO OQ CO CO 

.© ©■ O 

!2;WM 



l^^sii^iil^ili 



\^iiuditi^ 



8 



cd 



Pi 




QO 









<5 rt rt 

00 CO 00 



g * « * 

a; oj o « 

S S * c« 

on CO CO en 



O ^ . -M 



§^ ,« 3 3 rt 

2? 5 ^ js ^ 



o o 



p '^ 



^ 



OS rt 



&q 



O 



3 ft- 
3 ^ 



-C -3 .2 ^ 

a> a» i> cj 
>^ >^ JS ji 

rt rt rt cfl 

W CO CO ^ 



fe 5 = § 

^333 

tS ''SS •^ ^^ 






5: ?^— -^J: 



P sf ^"^ 

i* 5: C; 



CQ 






•f? ^ =^ ^ I 



^ V V 



^-S fi- 



^ w 2 



-^ ^ i: a., 



3 © 






3 3 






j3 J3 *- '- i i; 5 *• ^ 

'^ ("^ "tr •^ *c ,i*. .*- _a jc 



KJI k^" i3 .^ .-^ * 



S « C8 



'5S :; r r r 



^ 






HS C c ^ 

»^ _ ^ 



-J 5J 5J 0^ 
■f -^ ^ p^ ^ ^ 

•r 55 c5 as 55 — 

X X CO w « S 



2 3-^ 






' 3 c V* C 
3 3 r^ 3 

a.3-:5 a- 



i« 



<3;Qj3a?w4>*>*«: 

*- -2 &-•:< -^ JS i^ fe 

'S -r -J= •« -JO ^ JB 
a? a> Q » c> 

s s 



2Q ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



« rt 03 66 ca :8 
« » CO 00 00 S 





I 

H 



P^ 




Ci 



Q ^ 









'^-ai^-l 



ti 03 o o ^ .ti 



^ O ffJ (M ^ ^ 






» 






S.S.S'.S B S E i I 

•^ pjttf ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ 

cQcQcficOoOcfiioS cdcO 

CD OO OKI OD at) 00 QQ 93 CO 



C> S i-K ^ 

-C O T 3 »-i<! -i^ T* 



H .5 .E .5-S .5 .5 .5 



H .-^ .22 



o OS .t; .z; o 



PR 2 



>-» >-»^ >-» >% >^,id 



Q 09 rzi« o o od •v* 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



a> o cd 4^ 03 o C3 

oS cd c8 c8 cs CO es 

CO CO OQ OO OQ CC OQ 



S 



cd 



5= g- 3 CUc S 

sat: ft-S- g a r5 a. ?7 
ESSSESSEES 

3 :s '^ s s :s -^ 2 :h ^ 

co^aQXCOcocoQOcnco 



t^ H ^ 



5 = 

Pn 3 



5 a- c ^ 

M-t OS — 

2 s fl^ a-3 






t-ir^s 



>* 2^ ^ 



p» .'^ ,2 



§ ^^ '^§55 

;;S ^ ^ -fl -c -fi -c -n ^ ^ pfi 
^ Q^Q3(D0303«a3GdC?ad 
t-i ^ ^ J^ -itf -id -id p^ ^ ^ ^ 

cncotDxaQcooDcfiooco 



►vi i:i 



CC 



w 



'^ 



1 i 



S q 






:3 tee 



S 



p 

S a e 
5 => s 



^5 



13 



-=3 iS 



O q 



-a 



» » » 

cd cQ 00 



^^^ ^^p£3^^ 



r^ ^ ^ ^ 

=^ ea r! ca 






© GJ 3 



, Cl^ PL CU 
G? O .O O 



-i<: -5 cu *^--^ '^ ^ 

S3 =5 o a^3 1^ rt 

^ ^^ & ^ ^ ^ 

o3 cs5 cd C0 



^ rt CO rt 



CQ 



.^^ ^ ^ ^ J3 pC ^ 
**© Q q o « © QJ 

riXiii^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

e3 cd ceS cd 
CO en CQ 00 







i:< 



w 



CQ^ 



^ p 
■^ ^ 



E5 



W 



^ *S iflS. 

g s ^ 

cS CO cd 

O G) © 

^ ^ ^ 

C8 cj c8 



H <S 



i-ni 






©.22:2 
c^ © © 

^ oa as eO 

Pq QQ QQ QO 



H 



rC-a* 



•w 



^ s ^ s .SJ 

^- S 2 ^ 

« s ci 3 rt 

=^ ^ S S s 



^ ^ 



w 



i:« 



c ;s ]£ '^ 

^ © © © 

5^ c3 rt c8 

.^ GO OQ QQ 



cQ cS flS 



^ ^ -i«J 

_ ^ C C C 

^ :^ =1 3 =3 

s ^ CIL Cu CU 

•^ . ^ ^^ 

^ 23 © © © 

Ji >; *^ * * 







CU&i 



C S ] 
5 3 ! 



ca,«3 S © 5 
c c ^ 5 



§§§ 






!z;w 



?^w« 



3 3 



OQ p^ . 



? ^ JS. 



5.^ 

_ o o 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

;£ !2 ^ '^ '^ ' 
© © © © © 

^ JKS ^ ^ ^ 

cd eO CO CO cO 

CO CD OD GO CD 

© © O 



3 3 
P^ & 



Q .2 



333 eoco'^3'^ 



5 © S 



p p ^ ^ 



•to p 5- 



p p 



•0*0 



sss 



^ 2t 



o o 



« -S 



<3 •^S r^ 



rt rt cO i3 ra; 



^ ^ -« -fi ^^x:^^ 



•i^jJjjM j^,Jfi^^^ 



U3 3 5^ « ^ «^ 



© © ©. C^ 09 



g^is^^ J^^^J^ 



'Zi CO CO eO 



^i!4 



cO cO cd o8 



5z;^W 



.2^2 

.00 CO (S 
CC OO B 

© O 



^ ^ pP pA ^^ 

© © Q^ © © 



CO CO CO CD 
© © © 



■a 



S5 



in 



s 



q I .-|i3fllis| 

g ^5 _g S? 3 pu ® 2 S S c=^ ^ 
g "^ !>i =5 =5 o -5 ^"^^ '=« ^ fe .ti 

O ^ rtcicecerteartcarteS 

s s ssj J J a J s 



a; 

H 

S 1 



S5 



,-» '^ 5 o.^ c '5 



^ a 9-,^-^ S ^TcTS 



3 



P- 3 «? -r* ^ S ^ j^ -r? -r* « 
.ti^§-.2 § § ^JS § § g 






U 
-^ 



CQ 



s s s s e s 

• ^t »v^ *r^ •** ••M CP^ 

^ pC ^ ^ ^ ^ 

Q ^ Q Q O (3^ 

^^^^^^ 

03 CQ CQ Ca CQ OS 

00 CO 00 CO CD OQ 




CO 

Eh 
Eh 

05 



'S? ^ o s g 5 



o 
o 



CQ 






CO 



8 






^ 

^ 



c 
. ago o^a 

V. S3 S 3 Q 3 

CQ 2Ia ^ Ic ^ 

0) ® O 9 0) 

-^-^ -^-^ -^ 

Cd CB w CO cS 
CO CO OQ CO so 



c e ■ 

rt ca 5 cj 5 

3 a ^ Q^ >^ p^ 

CD ^ Q Q Q OP 

C8 C3 CQ CQ Co CO 

CO CO CO CO CO CO 

o © ® 



H 

H 
O 

:^ 

PL, 



c c c 

==2 2 
o^ o^ Pu 

-2 ^^^ 
2. o o o 

© o © 

cd 0) cd 

CO CO CO 




S 5 -3 G- 
0*^0^ 

S> ^>^ ^ 

o o o o 
0000 
^^^^ 

Q Q O O 
^ ^ ^ ^ 

CO ciS cd cQ 

CO CO GO CO 



m 



'Tfv^vrrv'wmfim^^mmimimmn 




mam 



i 






O E-i 
• en H 



i?3 



O 
i?3 



-^ irt I- o o ^ 
g ^ > o o ^ 

"9^ i:tf its _e CO .^ 



5e ^ 



CO 
CM 






i=tf i?i .a S 



o ^.r: 



^ *^ ^ 'IX,^ ^ ^ ii _ 

3 3 05 rt SS "D 1^ 03 03 ., 



oscuCQcdcQcdescScdcd 

COCOOQcaCOOQCOOQQQCQ 



Ce3 



O 



> b; 



in o 



w 



w 



tri ^ 



> 5 ^ 

^ o ^ 
1—1 /^ I— * 



-* 2 o 

o S > -tJ ,>j 



o o ^ > 



i:=^ 



-"^ 2 2:s 



^^ .t: .22 



: '- .t: p ^ _i> .t: -^ 



w 



5r»^ 



2^ O S; .^ 



Q ^ o rS ""^ 




S S 

^ C^ C3 CI 

^ CJ C^ CJ 

^ 000 

b riri:^ 

5^ "c; '^ '3 

?H ^ ^ ^ 

EiJ rt c3 03 

2^ CO CO en 



=iD 



o o 2 

S 03 03 P •:; 



2; SS ^ 2 

'S -s « &* 

c c ^ *-* 

03 c3 ct -7^ 

•'C^ •'w "C; C3 

5c» >^ ^ ?r* 

o o o o 

o o o o 

^ ^ ^ ^ 

'cy "iJ "^ "c!! 

^ jiij ^ -Lii 

c3 rt »'5 C3 ^ 

CO CO CO CO 

© Gi O 



w 



H 



M 




piii ^ o 






o o ^ '5 



5 ^ 



1h «» 



03 






is p^ o 
g §^ 

rt rt ^ i7i i:i 

6 £ S.E.I 

^ 15 IS IS pC 

o c; s; c; 09 

^^ ^ ^ ^ 

03 Cd Cd CQ CC 

OQ cc 00 cn cn 

q; Q ^ 



g S: ?= 

JJ ^ ^ 

o o o 

o o o 

o c? Q^ 

.,-; S 1? o 

/<: o <=> *=> 

: ;s ^ -^ 

>^ -i^ -T^ ri 



r ^i 










1:3 






•«5 



5 ^ 



§ Ep ^ 



lei 



o o o 






iS § g 'rt •«« 



183 ic3 

^ O o 



■0 

I III 

ICC ^ .^ o 



g §2 ^ 



;t5 rt © 



'^'o ^^ ICQ 'CQ ^ 



S «tf '« 



C^ 



S :3 03 

^ ^ ^ 



"S I g s 

^ ^ ^ ^ 

O 0). O) Of 



ft^ ^ 5 " 



III 

s s ^ 



s S ^ 



Pq CQCQQO CQODCGCa 



g ^ o 

5 ;^ J >>;:g S ^ 



pq 



piii ^ 4<J 
00 cQ ci 



a> Q Q (p 

^ ^ ^ ^ 

CO CO CO ctf- 
CQ OQ X CO 




(M 



W 



W 



m 




o o 



CD O 



w 



w 



w 



Jlil 



i?3 



H •- -r 



Ph 



-^ t 




O 



Q 



cz^ o 
O ^ Ph 



CO 



w 



» ^ ^ 



^ ,- 



- - -^ 






m '- !> 3 O *j 



si 



^ ^ ±i 9 o 

^ ^ i:tf O O 



£ o 



^S '^ g 2 Z -2 2 



^ .1 s ': § - s 



s c 



i:^ -^ 



^ ^ _ pu c c 
>;^ ^ ^ ii -C >-. 



^ 1^ 






- ^ o ^ -^ 

t:. . o ,-* 1-- o t> ^ 






^ -M o 



■ S2 



1^ ^ ^ 



o o g ^ 



is 2 c= o o 5 '- 



w 



i:5 



^ ^J ^-a p^ ^ 

^ P^'^ 1^ <D s 5 
•* ri _ _ v> i •? 






-Q 3 :3 r-; *^ «<3 



3 C CIh 



§-§-' 



Oh d- c3 ^ ^ 






.t^ .t5 ^ 



S .s.s.e.i.s.s.s.s.s.i 



p^ 



2 ^-1^ 

-*-» .>^>, CO 



o b- >,• 



S 



S .t::-§:.2 S 5 o\'S.t2 o o o 

^4 o«QrS*^a>oor^r;-!*^ 



-fi -^ ^ -5 ^ -S ^. -5 -5 -S 



COCOCOOQCflCOCOCOCOCO 



!)♦ 



CQ 






p3 



w 









m 



w 




.-_ '« i:5 ir. 
^ ^ ^ ^ 



p C ,-i ^ ^ . 



!^. 



^ fe 5 ^ ^ ^ ^ 

>• #5 •'Q •'O JS "CJ ''O ''OJ •'O 
■2 W HS-^lS^'^-^-a 



pa 



cd ed pd cQ c4 03 cd 

m f^t tT m m m m 



OQ CO OD CO 



s 



fa 



u 






a 



o 



? fa 



w 






•^ 




W 



W 



Q 



5) a >i 

S* f^ -^ 



W 



?3 Q c3 g -M 

c c tf 5^.- 

>.>>>» c3 c3 rt 53 "^ 

r7».4-» .Aid .*^ •4d> .iid •♦^ ^-» 



vo 






&q 



W 



1^ S o 



cd a a a 

3 S CIS 

C CU CL, 



CO 3 






I i ..8§ 



^ 



cd cd 



'^ 









0) O G> 



Cc) 



pa 






H S 



a. '^ 



3 c« 
c3 rt c3 

* c<3 cd cS 



CO •CS 



^5. 

c3 _ — ci cd 



S , , 



w 



o 









c8 c« 






iSiS 



5 fl c 

,ir* Oh &N 

cd cd cd 
+J ■** "*-• 

vcj fc; •o 
pirf ^ ^ 

rt rt rt 



Q^ O 



ja^ © o 



;ziM !Z5MM 



^ 



-■S 



e4 .§ "5 



< ^ 



^ 



ii 



^ 'b ^ 






Sis -^ 



:^ 






a. 



i| 



!i 



<. 



CX) 



S o 
- S =3 



> .s 



^^ 



^ a> o 



"^ c$ cd 0? ca fc-o) •'o; •'OJ 4^ 

OQ 00 CO CO 



S 



f S n J 



•-aj •'OJ »^ •'O; 
cd g3 cO cti 

CO 00 OQ CQ 



is; 



hT 2 2 => 
oj oj a> qT 

5 iS 5 i2 

•O •'^ vQ; •#(1; 

ca rt rt c3 

CO CO CO 00 



^ 



^^I 



c a /— ' — . 
p> s^ >» S r^ 



153 






fl 

^ CQ Co 



^ 









^2; 






Co 



Q 
O 
O 



^ 



A 



^ ^ ^ 



3 O ^ 

P^ fl s 

Sj fl .» 




O O Q O 

S S S P= 
5 5 5 5 

•'CJ •'SJ "Ci fc-aj 

CS CS C3 ca 
CC GO CO 00 






ig 



fl4^ 

03 OQ 



• F^ 3 rs flj 

o © o •:: 
s S-^ ?^ 

w-3 W3; »,-j fl 
^ ^ Ji^ 2 

CO OQ CO ^ 

, -. ^ -. c« 




o 

O 



5 



ta 00 



H 

H 

P4 



CO 



o o o 5^ o o 

o o o o o o 

r2 .^ -§ -S ^ ^ 

O O) C) O 03 0? 

^^^^^^ 

rt ce cS 05 c8 cS 

CQ X CO 00 CO 00 



o 
o 






^g §§§-fl 

£;; qq >.>.^>>>>g>S B g 

M ;e. OO5OCO000 

*^ 2 -^ -S -^ ^ -55 'ri*'^ ^ ^ 

^ aoeooDODaoeocococo 



pq 
P 



W 




o 

•^ - 
s 3 
* ^ 



» O -^ -M 



■C M ^^ ji* _ *« fl3 ^ 



!^'?. 






^ s 







^ §§§§§§ §§ 

pq cdflScQcQceee cecQ 

£^ WOOOOOOOOOO ODCQ 

pHiflr::^:;:; ;::: 



OQ* 



^ ^ ^ 

fl fl ed 



^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

S •'fl i:t rt cfl ,"*;; 



^^^ ^^^^^'S^ 






^ 

^ 



t 



113 
I 



^M 




O 
^ 



s 



Ec3 



g 






W 



•r* "O C. 



(M 












esQ 






g 



trt 






iiS 






S? S S (3^ ^ 

'^ CO G5 Cfi- 03 
GQ CQ QQ OQ 



tr-^ 



S.2 

s: 3'= g 
& S ^ a, 

O O O Q 

rt c« rt v-s 

•4-* -t^ "W <l-^ 

♦'S3 •O *'w v<u 
^ ^ j:4 ^ 
oS Q3 cd cS 

CO OQ Cfi CO 



Q 



t; ?; 



;^ 



fs3 



f^ 






P4 









GO 



i?j i« I-- 1- 

5 S ^ c 

ir: '5 I?: 5 5 =5 ^ 

eS P =) ^ ® Q c» 

^ ^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



g g§8SS88 



Q^ ]S ]S IS ]3 IS IZ IS 

S eSeaeS'c8cdc3eS 



I I 

s 



w 


iS isJ ,- i:5 
t't i:s ^ 3: g ^ 




'c e ig ^ -^ ^ ^ 


5«5 


5 3 ^^s-alS ca 


s 


^ ^^ ^ ^ g ^ 


H 


§ §S 88gg 




rS r^ rS nS .-^ ;a r2 


W 


^ ^ ix: ^ ^ Ia pS 




O ©«»©€> © 


s 


'SiS-S'l'S'S'l 


P4 


OQ OQ 00 OQ CO cfi CC 


Ph 


•«=! 



Es3 



&q 



S5 

p«4 



w 



Q 



eft 

CO 

O 








«? 



§ 



\p 



ICJ 



tn 






^ > ^ 

o 0) a> 

e c c 

cQ eO CO 



M 



M 



^ 



'S i 



w 2 S 



ice 



"3 



S 8 



'S ^ § £ 'g 

ce cs c« P4 



^^ :; s :; t-H "^ 



M 



s 






w 



w 






P^ 



W g. 
g F 



1^ 









-i s 






w 



irt 



ti53. 



H 






H 



W 



&^ 



*5S 51, 



lis 



s gs 

s ©^ 

CO CO 



o 






^ r^ 



ec CO 



■W 



w 



t^ H 









"2? 



w ,•. 



H 







I?! 






'^ :^ a 



5 ^. 



cj 



» 






Ci^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



^ ^ o a 

cQ cd c9 ctf 

CO CO CO CO 



'i >^ 



E S E S 

g S 8 i 

J^ M ^ ^ 



o % 



5 § 



P-i •;3 



^ -^ 



:^ 






w 'S 



CO 



g ^ 8 

•^-^^ 
3 3 9 

ass 

•^ .<j •^j 



w 



w 






^ 




s 



:^ 



* iS 



2 ^ 



?= .-s 






-rt 



:5^ 
^ 



W 



M 






c/2 



a? 



44 '^ 



I 



pa •«* S , 



o 2 o 
Jtf -^ ^ 

P-> >^ s»^ 






I 



a g a 3 

04 g- 0-, « 

o 2^ 09 ^ 



d 5r2 



cS 



3 2 



—J 3 _^ Q3 W fl3 _^ ►*- X MS 



-3 irt .^^ ^ 



*j a. ^ >» >^^ 






::^_jaa :: :; 



03 rt 



irt 



^ :% 



:: s 



11 



it 









^ ri -g I 






? 

5 



•rt 



3 CO 



I 

5 s i^ 









s.^ 









iillir-iil: 



w 



5r C tJ 



^ fl 



w 



i:tf 3 



^ ^^ 



-:-! ^ 



wcc-3 1^ a * 



»-*^ >^ >-» ! 



Of} •<; 



e3 fc » » >> 



^ 



5 




«s 



IB o 



H e 
H o 

HH to 



^ ^ 



3 p ^ 

5^ =3 =3 OJ 

o o S 



iS 






.^S 



P g. 



w 



tJl 



:z;w 



;ziM bd 



a 



-^ -^ - • 



I § 8 



H 



^ ^^.^ 



2:5 o o -O" Gj 



'111: 



►-5-^ 



;l, ^^ ^M 05^ c5^^^ C 

OQ OQ OD 00 CD CO CO 

5z;W !21 W M 




H 



^ 

S 










U-i 



rs'^^ 



irt 



.^^i 



•^ •■«'$•«': -I 5 



8* 



a 



.§ Kf,^ 



s '« » a g 



^ 



QO 







ll 







S^ 



© © S © 5? ^ 



C4 



i 7 






ao ^ c3 03 



CO 



»* 1,2 



.Si 
CO 



5 =3 o 

-5 »-^ 

4^ <«-» H-i 

•'d •'C, •''i, 
O 0) Q 
^ ^ 5 



H 



o g o 

S 
1 



o o o 

Jd ^ ^ 

>-» >s >^ 



03 



p 



IC3 

St 

o 

o 



o 
o 






•'i; ^ J3 

5c 



rt ^ i 






I 

s 

S<5 



4> 



>5 



8 "T: 

1^ - ■ - - 

"" S a § 

3 3 S 

c c c3 o. eu &« 

8 is 



c 
a P 

s 



IS5 ej 






« 3 



&3 

CO 



CO 

(2 



'72 

w 

H 

H 
O 

W 



^ 

^ 



c 

3 






O 

o 

en 



5 § 

CU C 3 © 



3 
3 
CI- 3 






H 
H 

;z; 



^ :^ 






r 

r 







ai 



5 ? 



o 

CO 




1:8 i7i 



§ 

a 

IS irt 
1* H -S-^ 



Is 



^ » 



-5i 



» 



H 



w w 5z; o 2 

O O g-i o ^ 



w tJ 



5 ^ w s 



i:d fi I? 






^ © 



^ S 



£ w3 w3 ^^ H w3 






^ 



^^^ 



•'D 



OS S 



S Ph 



•3 g-S 



•lis 



g a 



^p:^ 



M 



^ :; 



irt 






Hop 



U H 



^ ^ 









W ^ 
2 '* 



2 S 



» 



iJd 



^ 



^ 



O O p^ o o 



1 P 3 



» 






-i 
1 



Eh 



^ ^ 



S 2 



i:c 



I. 



w 



s g 



H 



S 
@ 



Pu 



g 



M 



M 



W 



w 



^ 



w 



w 



w 



1S3 






» 



w 



5^ 



-2 



w ^ 



^ 



» 



If 



=^ r3 



n 



^ ^ 



H 



^ 



» 



» 






? >^ i 



» 



H 



w 



^ B 



^ 1^ 



■^ H 



W '=« 



^ § 



w 






t-. >> 



t:i o 



a ^^ 






^ 



w 



CO 



'^ 2* 



§ g ® 



» 



pa 






=3 2 

o ^ I 

0) Q <)> 



w 



C 'g C ^ 

«! 9 9> 2 
•c3 



ni 2n;S 



Es] 



;:;: « 



» 



s s 



§ :: 



s s 



q :: 



g I 

^ o 




si 



tn .^ 



» 



12 






S - 



H 



» 






§1 

o o 

9 O 



'^^ :; 






^ 



'^ ,- 



^ <ii •? 



^ a > c 



H 



Sag 



w 



525 :SrS H ^ 

H ® a> ;i; ^ 



o. o o 






s -^ 



OC 



s = 



e . 






trt 



trt irt !5i t^ 

B o p g 

•c<5 'S •«! 2 S S 2 
o- S fl g^ g- ci. p. 






eg 



^ f^ 



P4 

> 

< 




w 

H 

EH 
GQ 



N-^ \:i irt t:« t-j 

,C5 irt ^ ^ ^ ^ 

fl C irt ^ ^ ^ ^ 

^ ^iS ^ ^ ^ ;5 
COS 

! = . = = «. 

m 



105 



'2 «S P 






55 



5 /~^— — ^ Oj S p CU S 

45 P 2 is« _t^ "-^ ,-W '2 fcST a H CO 
fe <5^ E^ :3 £ te fe « ^ S. P« :3 



CO 




fe te « ^ S. P« ^ 

S S ^ &: ^ '^^ 



s ^ ^ 

^ ^ ^ 

5 c 3 

^ s s 



^ «, .s •« ^ m> 0K 

gj »H •» •* A •> ^ 




00 

I 



41 



1 




Od 0? c^ 









c c 








:3 - 3 




• 


c 


ei. CL. 




&- 


3 


«- cS CO 


i 








a 


w 


1 


1* 


^ 


g 




Jl = ^ 




!t^ 


^ 


^ ^ 




p-i 


03 


o o 




S 


-iS 


CO CO 






CO 


CD S 






O 


o o © o 






52;M S5«M 



o 

a> 

c a 

p^ a* 

CO CO 

s s 

CO CO 

CO CO 



;§ 



o 

^ 



CO 

I 



2 S ^ 

eo CO P S 

© © © © 

OQ CO m OQ 







« « 



^ O O 








c3 ctS o3 cd 

OQ en CQ CO 



^:i 



o 
o 



02 



w 




55 


§s 


^ 


cs 3 




owey 
owey 
tche 


& 


^ ^*^ 


g 




^ ^^ 


o o a> 


;^ 


J:^^^ 




(S rt rt 




QO CO OQ 






o 



o o o 

^ ^ ^ ^ 

o o: o *> 

^^ ^ ^ 

o o o o 

^ ^ ^ ^ 

cQ cd cS cd 

CO GO CO CO 




OQ 









o 




^ 




o ^ o o o 




-id s -^-^ ^ 


£ 


3 H ^ 3-3T3 
> ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 


fct 


c8 


p o B o p o 


^ ^ •^ s: ^ ^ 


*0 


o o § o o^ o 


1 






ja^^^js^ 


•a 


09 a> o o a> c> 


c; 


^ j>^ ^^ ^ ^ 


^ 


CO Cd CQ 00 60 cd 
OQ GO GO 00 OO CO 


CO 
CO 




w 



» 



P4 



S ? 



^ -^^ 



>^5^ bg^fe*^i ^ 



0? c» 



o o; 09 ' 






ed ed eS ee ce cd cd 

CO CO CO C'^ CO GO CO 



w 



w 



^ 






^ ^ 



^ ^ ^; 



.*a O 



^ 



^11 



M ."S 



SiS 



^ --S-s - 



•^T^ 



^ 



<a a 



w 



,- ^ 



-% 



» 



» 



w 



» 



:: S 



CO leS 



W 



t-H M 



Q 



I ^ 



is! irt 



i S'^ 






•<8 






1^ 



* 



s q 



2^ .- 



cq 



W 



« 






? ^ ^ '>: 



S ^ 



^ ^ -. •^ 



w 



w 



o 



P5 

fi3 



^ o 



ill 

^ ^ ^ Ph 

O O O £» 






O 

H 



M 



§ 



w -s^. 



P^ ^. 



^ 



§ s it 



H va 



O 



w 









Q 



OS 






H 

Q 



GO 

w 

H 

pi) 
Ph 



I 



P4 

□Q 

H 

H 

P4 



«cs i:S '5 

'=* '3 § § |:^ 

CL. 04 ^ 

cfl S i:3 o a? 2 i:3 
P^ &i -« -^tJj s 

rt •<ci •'0 •^ 



9' © 5r 

OQ QQ CO 



© 
© 

CO 



'a'g 

I 

CO 



i:5 i:t 10 
^^ ^ 

_ ^^^^ 
5 -cS •'0 10 7* 

I ^ ^ * ■* ,S 
© 

-. 
© 
C3 






O 







2 © 

© © 

CO OQ 




Q 

8 

H 
I— t 

n 



8 






t 

» 

^ 






03 






S ^ :: 



5 &* 






-S 




^ S s s 

tj 05 ca c9 



OS 

CO 

3 



o 









o 



SIS 

GO CO 



O 3 
O © 

w CO o 
M 

o 

M 

P ::1S 

C3 



.-s 



F^ 



S P^ 



CO P 



N 



Is S ^ 






4 



P5 12 



a 



-=3 - 

•1 







p=» .-' 






OQ 


lis 


;i^< 


•o 


g 


i 


R 


^ 


iz; 


© 


M 


a 


1 


1 


Pk 


^ 






i 

EH 
O 



Ah 

S 



WO) 

I 

I 

CO 



&3 

Q 
O 
O 



> 
H 

H 
Q 



1 












W 



fi 2 






52; S.-5 2 © o <=> o 



^ 55 



irt « 



P^ 






t^+3 



i5 -^ ^ 
P-* >^ t»^ 



W ia5 -S 



en ^ 



OP 



^ 



ph iS 




S ^. 



Co 






G S fl =3 
3 5 S Pu 
P^ Pu pu » 



pq >^i:3 2 d C © g © J^ 



5 e 



w 



g^S B ^Z. 






^ 



H ,-: 



fX s 



^ S 



,:^ 



^^^^^ '^ S 'S 



a. PL, 






W 



CG 



O} 



5^ ^ 

P-i o 
•5* -^ 



,i H ^ 

a W ^ 

Ci ^ ^ 

CO ^ OQ 

^ ^ .^ 



© © Pt d 



2 S ^^'S ^ f^§ 






3 rt 



W 









^ ^ 






^ ^ j^ 



•05 

g ^ -§ *- ^ 

S 1:3 '«* =J ee 



:: 'ca 



:2 fe 






>-*'«^ >»>-»>-» 









•c3 






^ o c c: E 
p.^ s g 3 if s a. 



•^ ^ rt '2 _M '2 _i<i "^ O CO 



15^,^^ 



p-i ^ 
I— I "^ 



;z; w 



M M 



> ••- 



G -5 



J5 C 

" I 



rS ed 



» 



P;^ 



O 

Ph 



CO 



;z; M 











^ ^4 



CO 



I 
^ 




GO 



>^ >> **^ J4 > 

5 ^ o O O -is ^ 

r2 ^ 2 r^ •'2 ^ ^ ® 

• O ® 09 , Q) D C? q> 



^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 






leQ r 



iRj :: 



ii 



(4 

2 



!| 



S MM 






. MM 

I 2 12 

c3 rt 






c>q 






2 ^'^ 






3 



8 S S-S* 

^ ^ ^^ 

M S .^^ 

-:ii MM 



^ 



o 

Oh 



• 5^ . ^> 



t4 











M M 



: OQ CO 



03 c8 rt rt *^ B 

.§.§.§.§ ^ 

S ^ ^ ;s ;3 

O © © © rt 

M MMM m 

cd cQ CS CQ , 

CO CO CD CO *e;S 



^ & 



<s 2 



i 



O 












"^ ^ % M M ^ 

' ' .^ vCJ ^0^ 



VU Nc; -^^ '^ 



©* a> « 






b ^ r ^ :: :: 

I g§ I 

^ g S 2 © ^ 
• r .-S .-^ -^ »^ -i«i 

^ a? G> © © 

a 

a 



-a 



-a 



I.-9 S S =" 



^ 



The forogo^ng Paradigms of Verbs were originally written on three large 
sheets, which are referred to in pages 2 and 3 of the Lecture, but which 
for the convenience of printing have been subdivided, and consequently 
may be a little confusing to the student. 

The first Paradigm, Sakehdo, *' he loves him," begins at page 16 and 
ends at page 25. This sheet may be better understood by studying the 
following pages consecutively, viz., 16, 17, 20, 21, 22, 23 ;— 18, 19, 20, 21, 
24, 25. 

The second Paradigm, Sakitaw, " he loves it," begins at page 26 and 
ends at page 35, and should be read in the following order : — 26, 27, 32 ; — 
28, 29, 33 ;— 30,^31, 34, 35. 

The third Paradigm, Sakeheicao^ '' he loves somebody,'* begins at 
page 36 and ends at page 44, and may be studied in the following 
order :— 36, 37, 42 ;— 38, 39, 43 ;— 40, 41, 44. 

The following pages give a fuller display of the Cree Verb, Tapicatoicao^ 
*'he believes him," in all its Moods and Tenses, both Direct and Inverse; 
to which the attention of the student is now directed. 



1^ 



( 46 ) 



TRANSITIVE VERB.-Anlmate Object. 

INDICATIVE MOOD.— Direct 

PRESENT TENSE. . 



Sing. Ne tapwatow aw, 



Ke 



aw. 





J> 


ao, 


Vwr. Ne 


)) 


anan, 1. 3 


Ke 


yy 


anawow, 1. 2 


Ke 


5> 


awaw, 




J» 


awuk, * 



I believe him 

Thou believest him [them 

He believes or believeth him or 
We believe him ^ndF". excluded 
Srd pera. excluded 
Ye or you believe him 
They believe him or them 



67;/^-. Ne tUpwatow awuk, 



Plural, 



Ke 

Phir. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



I believe them 

Thou believest them [them 

He believes or believeth him or 



awuk, 

ao, 

ananuk, 1. 3 1 

ananowuk, 1. 2 / ^« ^^'^^^ **>«°' 

awawuk, Ye or you believe them 

clwuk, They believe him or them 



r^ 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Si7ig. Ne tapwcUow k or 4ty, 
Ke „ 4 ,, lUy, 



Oo 
Pfur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 
Oo 



k „ aty, 
ktanan^ 1. 3 
Atanawow, 1. 2 
Atawaw, 
tUawaw, 



I believed him 

Thou believedst him 

He believed him or them. 

We believed him 

Ye or you believed him 
They believed him or them 



Sing, Ne tapwatow ityuk, 



Plural: 



Ke 
Oo 
Phir, Ne 
Ke 
Ke 
Oo 



I believed them 
Thou believedst them 
He believed him or them 



ityuk, 
4 or 4ty, 

AtanaTiuk, L8 ) tct i. i- j i. 
. , 1 t CI C W® believed them 

atanawwuk, 1,2; 

Atawawuk, Ye or you believed them 

Atawaw, They believed him or them 



gnn, 



TRANSITIVE VEBB — ANIMATE OBJECT. 



47 



r 



INDICATIVE MOOD.— Inverse. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne tapw&t ak or owik, He believes me 



Ke 

Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



ak „ „ 
•akoonan, 1. 3 | 
akoonanow, 1. 2 3 
akoowaw, 
akwuk, 



Plural 



He believes thee 

He is believed (by him or them, de/.) 

He believes us 

He believes you 

They are believed (by him or them, 

clef.) 



Sing. Ne tapwit akwuk or owikwuk, They believe me 



Ke 

Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



akwuk „ „ They believe thee 

ak or owik, He is believed by him or them 

akoonnnuk, 1. 3 ) rn. it 

1 \ . ^ ( They believe us 

akoona/iowuk, 1.2 3 

akoowawuk, They believe you 

akwuk, They are believed by him or them 



Sing. Ne 
Ke 
Oo 

Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 
Oo 



PAST OR 
tapwAt ak6 or akoty, 
»» ^? n 

>» » V 

„ ak6tanan, 1. 3 
„ ak6tan<znow, 1 
„ akotiiwaw, 



Sing. Ne tapwSt ak6tyuk, 

Ke „ „ 

Oo , 
Plur. Ne , 

Ke 

Ke 

Oo 



ak6 or ak6ty, 
ak6tananuk, 1. 
ak6tananowuk, 
akitawawuk, 
ak6tawaw, 



IMPERFECT TENSE, 
He believed me 
He believed thee 
He was believed by him or them 

> He believed us 

He believed you 

They were believed by him or them 

Plural 

They believed me 

They believed thee 

He was believed by him or them 

[They believed us 

They believed you 

They were believed by him or them 



* Where the letter a is printed in italics at the beg^inning of the suffix, orvi may be 
substituted ; as, Ne tapwatakoon&n, or Ne tap^atofrtkoonan, &c., &c. 



warn 



m 



48 



TRANSITIVE VEKB — ANIMATE OBJECT. 



ANOTHER FORM OF THE PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. 



Pliir. 



Ne tapwatow Apun, 
Ke 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 






I believed him 

„ ^ Thou believedst him 

apun, He believed hiin or them 

ananapun, 1. 3 ) 

1 2 J believed him 

awApun, Ye or you believed him 

apuneek, | rfj^^y believed him or them 
awipun, .) 



Sing, 



P/ur. 



Ne tapwatow dpunuk, 
Ke 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



Plural 

I believed them 
„ Thou believedst them 

apun, He believed him or them 

ananapunuk, 1. 3 



75 



1.3) 

. 9 I ^^^ believed them 

awilpunuk, Ye or you believed them 

_ ' f They believed him or them 

awapun, ) 



" Sing. 
Sing. 
Sing. 
Sing. 



PERFECT TENS]?. 

Ne ke tapwcUow aw, I have believed him 

&c. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Ne ke tapwatow k or dty, I had believed him 

&c. 

Or, 

Ne k^ tapwatow dpun, I had believed him 

&c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall or will believe him 



Ne ga tapwatow aw, 



Ke 



kitta 



&C:. 



9? 

ao, 



Thou shalt or wilt believe him 
He shall or will believe him 



Sing. 



FUTURE-PERFECT TENSE. 
Ne ga ke tapwatow aw, I shall or will have believed him 

&c. 



TRANSmVK VEBB — ANMATB OBJECT — INTBKSE. 



49 



ANOTHER FORM OF THE PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 



Sing. Ne tapwSt ak6puii, 
Ee ,« ak6pun, 



JXtS 


»» 




>1 


r, Ne 


>9 


Ee 


5> 


Ke 


^1 




JJ 




?» 



He believed me 

He believed thee 

He was believed by him or them 



us 



Takopun, 

akoonanapun, 1. 3 | ^^ ^^^^^^ 
akoonanapun, 1. 2 ; 
akoow4pun, He believed you 

P . ' [ They were believed by him or them 

akoowapun, ) 



Flural, 



Sing. Ne tapwit akSpunuk, 
Ke ,^ akSpuBuk, 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 






akopun, 

akoonanapunuk, 
akoonanapunuk 
akoow&punuk, 
akopuneek, | 



;] 



They believed me 

They believed thee 

He was believed by him or them 

They believed us 

They believed you 

They were believed by him or them 






akoowipun, 

P:feRFECT TENSE. ' 

Sing. Ne k^ tapwit ak or owik. He has believed me 

&c. 

PXiTJPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne k^ tapw^t ak& or ak6ty, He had believed me 

&c. 

Or, 
Sing. Ne k^ tapwat ak6pun, He had believed me 

&c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga tapwit ak or owik, He shall or will believe me 

Ke ga M ^ M He shall or will believe thee 

kitta „ ak „ He shall or will be believed by 

&c. him or them 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga kl tapwiit ak or owik. He shall or will have believed me 
&c. 

G 



HiMi 



'^. 



50 



TRANSITIVE YJSBB — ^AKIMATfi OBJECT—^DIBEGT. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



Sing. 



Ne ga kl tapwitow aw, 
&c. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

I may or can believe him 



Sing. 



Sing. 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Ne ga tapwitow i or 4ty, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe him 



Or, 



Ne ga tapwitow Apun, 
&c. 



r might, could, would, or should 
believe him 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne gak4 tapwitow dor ity, I might, *could, would, or should 
&c. have believed him 

Or, . ^ 

Sing. Ne ga k4 tapwatow Apun, I might, could, would, or should 



&c. 



have believed him 



u 




Plur. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. a tapwatow uk, 





V 




V 




» 




n 




» 




55 



V 55 



(that) I believe him 
ut, ^ „ Thou believest him 

at, „ He believes him or them 

uke^t, 1. 3 
uk, 

ak, „ Ye or You believe him 

atchik,^ 
atwaw > " They believe him or them 



1. 3] 

1.2) '' 



We believe him 



iiiiliiiliiliiii^^ 



FRANSinyS VERB — ^AlHBIATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



61 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



mg. Ne ga k4 tapwit ak, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

He may or can believe me 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit ak6 or akdty, He might, could, would, or should 
&c. believe me 



Or, 



Sing. Ne ga tapwit akopun, 
&c. 



He might, could, would, or should 
believe me 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k4 tapwit dk& or ak6ty, He might, could, would, or should 
&c. have believed me 

Or, 

Sing. Ne ga kS tapwit ak6pun, He might, could, would, or should 

&c. have believed me 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. a tapwit owit, (that) He believes me 

„ „ ask, or ovnisk, „ He believes thee 

„ „ akoot, or owikoot, „ He is believed by him or them 

„ oweyume4t, 1. 3 > tt v v 

^J ^ o 0» Hebehevesus 

„ atuk, 1. 2 ; 

„ atak, „ He believes you 

„ akootchik, ^ 

akootwaw, ) 



Flur. 






„ They are believed by him or them 



nmniii 



52 



TKANSinVE VBEB— ANMATB OBJECT — DIBBCT. 



Plural 



Sing. 



Plur. 



a tapwitow ukik, | 
ukwaw, J 
utchik, ) 
utwaw, 3 
at, 

ukeStchik, 
uke^twaw, 
ukook, 1 
ukwaw, J 
akook, ^ 
akwaw, ) 
atchik, '^ 
atwaw, 3 



11 



11 
11 
11 
11 
11 
11 
11 
11 




11 
iy 



(that) I believe them 

,5 Thou believest them 
Me believes him or them 



We believe them 

Ye or You believe them 
They believe him or them 



Sing. 



Plur 



PAST OE IMPEEFBCT TENSE. 

a tapwitow ukepun, 
utepun, 
atepun,^ 
4pun, 3 



11 
11 

11 



(that) I believed him 
„ Thou believedst him 



uke^tepun, 1, 3 | 
ukeptin, 1. 2 ) 
akepun, 
atchikepun, ^ 
atwApun,* r 
awipun, ^ 



He believed him or them 

We believed him 

Ye or You believed him 

They believed him or them 



Plural. 



Sing. 



plur. 



a tapwitow ukikepun, 
„ „ ukw4pun 



^ [ (that) I believed them 



utchikepun, i 
utwipun, j 
atepun^ ^ 
kpnuy j -^ 
ukeetchikepun, ) , « 
uke4tw4pun, ) 



Thou believedst them 

He believed him or them 
We believed them 



TRAN8ITIVB VERB— ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 
Plural 



53 



Sing, a tapwAt owitchik, | 
owitwawi ) 
askik, ^ 
askwaw, ) 



Plur, 



11 



)1 

J5 



11 



akoot, 

oweyume4tchik,| 
oweyume^twaw, ) 
atukook, 
atukwaw, 
atakook, '^ 
atakwaw, ) 
akootchik, | 
akootwaw, ) 




(that) They believe me 

„ They believe thee 

„ He is believed by him or them 

„ They believe us 

„ They believe you 

„ They are believed by him or 
them 



PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing, a tapwat owitepun, or ow^pun, (that) He believed me 



Plur. 



11 



askepun, 
akootepun, ^ 
ak6opun, ) 
oweyume^tepun, 1. 3 ^ 
atukepun, 1. 2 ) 

atakepuD, 
akootchikepun, ^ 
akootwipuD, [ 
akoowApun, ) 



Hp believed thee 
He was believed by him or 
them 

He believed us 
He believed you 

They were believed by him 
or them 



Sing, a tapwit owitchik^ptrn, ) 



Plur. 



)) 


5) 


11 


51 


1» 


M 


y^ 


1^ 


*• J) 


55 


51 





'^kikepun, ) 
askwdpun^ \ 
akootepun, \ 
ako6pun, ) 
oweyume^tchikepun| 
oweyume4twApun 3 



They believed thee 

He was believed by him or 
them 

They believed us 



54 



Plur. 


a tapwatow ukookepun, 




?T ?9 


ukwdpun, 




M W 


akookepun, 




?7 tl 


akwdpun, 




11 11 


atchikepun, 




n 11 


atwipun, 




n n 


aw&pun, 


Sing 


. cl k^ tapwatow uk, 






&c. 



TRANSITIVE VERB— ANIMATB OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 

I 1. 2 (that) We believed them 

I „ Ye or You believed them 

I „ They believed him or them 

PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) I have believed him 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing, a k^ tapwatow ukepun, 



Sing. Kitta tapwatow uk, 



Sing, 



Plur. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



tapwatow uke, 
,, utche, 

„ atche, 



?5 



(that) I had believed him 

FUTIJEE TENSE. 

(that) I shall or will believe him, 

I to believe him 
And^ 

(when) I shall or will believe him 

„ Thou shalt or wilt believe 

him 
„ He shall or will believe 

him or them 

„ We shall or will believe 

him 
„ Ye or You shall or will 

believe him 



uke^tche, 1. 3 

uko, 

ake^ 



1.2 



„ atwawe, 

tapwatow ukwawe, 
„ utwawe, 



Plural. 



atche, 

ukeltwawe, 1. 3 
ukwawe, 

akwawe, 
atwawe^ 



1.3) 
1.2] 



, They shall or will believe 
him or them 

(when) I shall or will believe them 

„ Thou shalt or wilt believe 
them 

„ He shall or will believe 
him or them 

„ We shall or will believe 
them 

„ Ye or You shall or will 
believe them 

,, They shall or will believe 
him or them 



iMf»iMj'-JjJQl^lil l fB l ' lll iil l| i |i r-| | 



TRANSITIVB VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVEBSE. 



65 



Plur 


a tapw&t atukookepuB, 


1. 




j> ?? 


atukvipun, 




n M 


atakookepun, 


.' 




?i »i 


atakwApun, 




>7. » 


akootchikepu^ 


1 




?> 5J 


akootwipun, 






>i n 


akoowipun, 


V 



(that) They believed us 
„ They believed you 



They were believed by him 
or them 



PEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a k^ tapwat owit, (that) He has believed me 

&c, 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a k^'tapwSt owitepun, or ow^pun, (that) He had believed me 
&c. 



Sing, Eitta tapwit ^[t^^^ ^^ 

&c. ^^"'^ 



FUTURE TENSE, 
(that) 



f? 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



tapwit owitche, 
„ aske, 
„ akootche, 



And^ 
(when) 









oweyumeStche, 1.3) 
atuko, 1.2) 

atako, 
akootwawe, 



tapwit owitwawe, 
„ askwawe, 
„ akootche, 



Plural 

(when) 






9i 

99 



oweyumeitwawe, 1.3) 
atukwawe, 1.2) 

atakwawe, ,, 

akootwawe, * „ 



He shall or will believe me, 

or^ 
He to believe me 

He shall or will believe me 
He shall or will believe thee 
He shall or will be believed 

by him or them 
He shall or will believe us 

He shall or will believe you 
They shall or will be believed 
by him or them 

They shall or will believe me 
They shall or will believe thee 
He shall or will be believed 

by him or them 
They shall or will believe us 

They shall or will believe you 
They shall or will be believed 
by him or them 



' III i n, I 'lji' i fi i '^TV i B " i ! » f 1 ^ irti iMipjSpiiWi 



MiiiiPiiniiiPMffpiippiii^^ 



^ i 



t 



56 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



. FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwitow uk, (that) I shall or will have believed him 

&c. , or, 

I to have believed him 



Sing. Kl tapwitow uke, 
&c. 



(when) I shall or will have believed him 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE, 

Sing. Kitta k4 tapwatow uk, (that) I may or can believe him 

&c. 

And^ 

Sing. Kh tapwatow uke, (when) I may or can believe him 

&c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSR 

Si7ig. Kitta tapwatow ukepun, (that) I might, could, would, or should 
&c. believe him 

PLUPERFECT TENSE, 
Sing. Kitta kS tapwatow ukepun, (that) I might, could, would, or should 
&c. have believed him 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Sing. Kl tapwitow uk, &c. Had I believed him 

Sing. Keespin „ uke, &c. If I believe him 

PARTICLES. 
Flat vowel Teap, 

Ki, present and imperfect {subjunc.)^ After 

Ka, future (subj.) and imperfect (poten.)^ As, next 

Ka ? future (subf.) and imperfect „ When, where, how ? 

Ka ke^fut.pe7f {svhj.)^ Sfpres* S^pluper. „ As 

Ka k^ ? „ „ „ „ When, where, how ? 

Kitche, sometimes used for Kitta. 



jigiigitimiimtm^ 



TBANSmVB VERB — AKIMATE OBJBCT-^INVERSE. 



67 



I'UTUBB PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k4 tapwit owit, (that) He shall or will have believed me, 

&c. or, 

. He to have believed me 
Andy 
Sing. K& tapwit owitche, (when) He shall or will have believed 

&c. me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta kS tapwit owit, (that) He may or can believe me 



Sing. KS tapwit owitche, 
&c. 



And, 
(when) He may or can believe me 



PAST OB IMPEBFECT TENSE.* 
Sing. Kitta tapwit owitepun (that) He might, could, would, or 

or should belieye me 

^ow^pun, 



&c. 



PLTJPEEPECT TENSE. 



Sing. Etta kS tapwit owitepun (thatV He might, could, would, or 

^ should have believed me. 



&c. 



or 
ow4pun, 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Sing. K^ tapwitow it, &c. Had He believed me 

Sing. Keespin tapwitow itche &c. If He believe me. 



''i^wif^wm 






•f 



Ml- 



^ 'i 






58 



TRAOTITIVB VEBB — ASOUTR 0BJEC3T— DIKBCT. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PBESBNT TENSE. 



Sing. 
Plur. 



Kitta 



Kitta 



tapwitow,^.- 



V 

3) 



aOy 

atan, atak, 



&k 



awuk, 



Sing. 
Plur. 



Kitta 



tapw&tow ik, 



Eitta 





fio, 




atanik, 




ikook, 




e^kook, 




iiwuk, 



Believe thou him 

Let him believe him or them 

Let us believe him 

Believe ye him 

Let them believe him or them 

JPUtral. 

Believe thou them 

Let him believe him or them 

Let us believe them 

Believe ye them 

Let them believe him or tliem 



Sing. 
Plur. 



PUTXJBE (Indefinite). 
tapw&tow &kun, Believe thou him 



Eitta 



Kitta 



ao, 
4kuk, 

awuk, 



Let him believe him or them 

' Let us believe him 

I 
Believe ye him 

Let them believe him or them 



Sing. 
Plur. 



Plural. 

Believe thou them 

Let him believe him or them 



tapwitow Akunik, 
Kitta „ ao, 

„ ikukwawik, ) ^ ^ ... . 
„ ikikwanik, ) ^* ^ *^^^^^ ^^^^ 
„ dkakook, *) 
,, JU^ook, ; 



Kitta 



awuk, 



Believe ye them 

Let them believe him or them. 



N 



' ' w '■■ 



i^tt^^Miittiiiiiiiiillliii^^ 



N I 



TRAN8ITIVB VBRB — ASIMATK OBJECT — JNVBBSB. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PEE8ENT TENSE. 



59 



Sing. Eitta tapwit ak, 
Plur. Kitta tapwit akwuk^ 



Let him be believed by him 

or them 
Let them be believed by him 

or them. 



mm 



m 



lr|i.ftl,"i,ll|iJSa 



60 TRANSITIVE VERB — ^ANMATB OBJECT— DIRECT. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PKESENT TEN8E, 
Sing/^e tapwitOM? imawa,* I believe his him, or them 





Jie 


» 


imawa, Thou believest hn him, or them 






n 


imao, \ 






3) 


imayewa, > He believes his him, or them 






>> 


ayewa, 3 


JP/ur, 


Ne 


If * 


imanana, 1- 8 ),„ , ,. , . , . 

™«Tt^*»r.«r« 1 o (We believe his him, or them 
imananovra, 1. 1 ) ' 




Ke 


J? 




Ke 


j> 


imawawa, Ye or You believe his him, or them 






)? 


imawuk, \ 






M 


imayewa, [ They believe his him, or them 






)J 


ayewa, 3 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 


Sing. 


Nel 


tapwitOM? tmA or imAty, I believed his him, 6r them 




Ke 


J? 


imi or imity, Thou believedst his him, or them 




Oo 


)j 


imA or im&ty, \ 




Oo 


» 


imay4 or imay5ty,[He believed his him, or them 




Oo 


)> 


ay§ or aySty, 3 


Plur. 


Ne 


» 


imitanan, 1. 3 ^w . v . i.. i.. ^i 
. , , ^ CWe believed his him, or them . 
imatananow, 1.2) 




Ke 


« 




Ke 


>? 


imitawaw, Ye or You believed his him, or them 




Oo 


53 


imAtawaw, ^ 




Oo 


33 


imay^ orimayity,|They believed his him, or them 




Oo 


33 


ay 4 or ay^ty, 3 
Of, 
c imapun, I believed his him, or them 


Sing. 


Nel 


bapwatot 




Ke 


33 


imapun, Thou believedst his him, or them 






73 


imapun, ' 






11 


imayepun, [ He believed his him, or them 






?3 


ayepun, 3 


Plur. 


Ne 


33 


imananapun, 1. 3 w^ ^^^^^^ j^j^ j^j^^ ^^ ^^^^ 
imananaputi, 1. 2 J 






33 




Ke 


13 


imaw&pun, Ye or You believed his him, or them 






11 


imapuneek, ^ 






33 


imayepun, j xhey believed his him, or them. 






13 


ayepun, 3 



* Where owi is printed in italics a may be substituted, as Xe tapwatoimmawa or Ne 

tapvatomawa. 



inpiiiiii 



iiiiiiiiiii 



TBANSITIVIB VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT— INVERSE. 



61 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne tapwit akooyewa, He or They, in relation to him, 

believes or believe me 
He or They, in relation to him, 

believes or believe thee 
He or They, in relation to him, 

is or are believed 
He or They, in relation to him, 

believes or believe us 
He or They, in relation to him, 

believes or believe you 
They, in relation to him, are believed 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 






akooyewa, 

akooyewa, 

akoonanana, 1. 3 | 
akoonanowa, 1. 2 ) 
akoowawawa,) 
akooyewawa, ) 
akooyewa, 



Go 

Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



n 
?» 



1^ 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne tapvir&t akoyi or akoy^ty, He or They, in relation to him, 

believed me 
Ke „ akoyi or akoyity, ) He or They, in relation to him, 
akooyewawa, 3 believed thee 

He or They, in relation to him, 
akoy^ or akoy^ty, ^^s or were believed 

akoyitanan, 1. 8 ^ He or They, in relation to him, 
akoy4tanaru>w, 1.2) believed us 

akoy^tawaw, He or They, in relation to him, 

believed you 
They, in relation to hiiri, were believed 
Or, 

He or They, in relation to him, 

believed me 
He or They, in relation to him, 

believed thee 
He, in relation to him, was be- 
lieved 
akooyenanapun, 1, 3 ^ He or They, in relation to him, 
akooyenanapun, 1.2 3 believed us 

akoy^tawApun, He or They, in relation to him, 

believed you 
akoyepuneek, They, in relation to him, were believed. 




Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



1) 



m 



iiiiiitt 



^^^^sssmxssmmmm 



62 TBANSrnVE VEKB — ^ANIMATB object — ^DIESCT. 

PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne k^ tapwitou? imawa, I have believed his him, or them 



&c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing, Ne k^ tapwitoM; imk or imAty, I had believed his him, or them 

&c. 

Or, 

Sing. Ne kl tapwitot^? imapun, I had believed his him, or them 

FUTURE TENSK 

Sing. Ne ga tapwatoti; imawa, I shall or will believe his him, 

&c. or them 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kS tapwStot^inaa?Ea, — -fnghalTor will have believed his 

him, or them. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwatow imawa, I may or can believe his him, 

.&c. or them 






PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwatotr imk or imity, I might,: could, would, or should 
S^Q believe his him, or them 

Or, 
Sing. Ne ga tapwitotr imapun, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe his him, or them 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kl tapwitotr imk or I might, could, would, or should 

imity, have believed his him, or 

&c. them. 



iHiiiiiiililMi^^ 



TpANSrnVB VERB — ^ANIMATB OBJECT — INVERSE. 
PERFECT TENSE, 



63 



Sing. Ne kS tapwat akooyewa, He or They, in relation to him, has 

&c. or have believed me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne kl tapwat akoy^ or akoylty, He or They, in -relation to him, had 
&c. believed me 

Or, 

Sing. Ne kS tapwat akoyepun, He or They, in relation to him, had 

&c. believed me. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akooyewa, He or They, in relation to him, shall 

&c. or will believe me 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing: Ne ga kl tapwAt akooyewa, He or They, in relation to him, shall 

&c. or will have believed me. 



=3 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Singy Ne ga ki tapwit akooyewa, He or They, in relation to him, may 
&c. or can believe me 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing.lfe ga tapw&t akoy^ or akoy^ty. He or They, in relation to him, might, 
&c. could, would, or should believe me 

Or, 
Sing. Ne ga tapwit akoyepun, He or They, in relation to him, might, 

&c.' could, would, or should believe me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kS tapwit akoy4 or akoy^ty, He or They, in relation to him , nligh 
&c. could, would, or should have 

believed me. 



nn 



64 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ^ANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 

Or, . 

PLrPEHFECT TENSE. . 



Sing, Ne ga k6 tapwatoz^? imapun 
&c. 



I might, could, would, or should have 
believed his him, or them. 



M 



I 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing, a tapwatoz/7 imuk, 
imuij. 



P/ur. 



11 
11 
^^ 
11 
11 

99 

11 

11 
11 
1^ 



11 

•ft 
^^ 
11 



imat, \ 
imayit, > 
ayit, ) 
imuke^t, 1, 3 | 
imuk, 1. 2 ) 
imak. 



(that) I believe his him, or them 
„ Thou believest his him, or them 

„ He believes his him, or them 

„ We believe his him, or them 

„ Ye or You believe his him, or 
them 



^1 
11 



imatchik 
imatwaw 
imayit 
ayit 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE 



They believe his jam, or them 



Sing, a tapwatow? imukepun, 
imutepun. 



Plur. 



11 

11 

11 
1' 

11 



J? 

11 
11 
11 
11 

^^ 






imatepun, 
imipun, f 
imayitepun, I 
ayitepun, ^ 
imukeetepun, 1. 3 
imukopun, 1. 2 
imakopuD, 

imatchikepun, 
ima^&pun, 
imayitepun, 
ayitepun, 



(that) I believed his him, or them 
„ Thou believedst his him, or 
them 

,, He believed his him, or them 



We believed his him, or them 

Y^ or You believed his him, or 
them 



They believed his him, or them. 



yi 



TBANSmVB VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 65 

Or, 

^ PLUPERFECT TENSE. \ 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwat akoyepun. He or They, in relation to Him, might, 

could, would, or should have 
believed me. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing, a tapwit oweyit, 
„ „ oweyisk, 



Plur. „ 



11 

11 )> 



akooyit, 

oweyeyume^t, 1. 3 | 
oweyituk, 1. 2 3 
oweyitak, 



akooyitchik, 
akooyitwaw 



:,1 



(that) He or They, in relation to him, 
believes or believe me 
„ He or They, rt relation to him, 

believes or believe thee 
'„ He, in Telation to him, is 

believed 
„ He or They, in relation to him, 

believes or believe us 
„ He or They, in relation to him, 

'1>elieves or believe you 
„ They, in relation toliim, are 
believed 



PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing, a tapwit oweyitepixn, 
owey^pun 
oweyiskepun, 






in, I 



11 11 

n» 11 

JPlur. „ „ 

51 ^^ 

11 1) 

t^ 1) 

« ^1 

« 11 



akooyitepun, 1 
akooy^pun, 3 
oweyeyume^tepun, 1, 31 
oweyitukepun, 1. 2 J 

oweyitukepun 

akooyitchikepun, ^ 
akooyitwipun, > 
akooyewdpun, ) 



(that) He or They, in relation to him, 
believed nje 
„ He or They, in relation to him, 

believed thee 
„ He, in relation to him, was 
believed 
He or They, in relation to him, 

believed us 
He or They, in relation to him, 
believed you 

They, in relation to him, were 
believed. 



66 



w 



Sing' a k^^tapwatot£? imuk, 
&c. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIBECT. 

PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) I have believed his him, or them 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, a k^ tapwatot^ imukepuD, (that) I had believed his him, or them 
&c. 

FIXTURE TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta tapwatoz^ imuk, (that) I shall or will believe his him, or them 

Sing. tapwatOMT imuke, 

„ imutche, 

„ imatche, ^ 
„ imayitche, 
ayitche, 



PlUr. 



J) 

99 



I to believe his him, or them 

(when) I shall or will believe his hira, 
or them 

(when) Thou shalt or wilt believe his 

iiim, or them 

(whep) He shatf or will believe his 
him, or them 



imuke^tche,!. 3) (when) We shall or will believe his 

imuko, 1. 2) him, or them 

imako, (when) Ye or You shall or will believe 

his him^ or them 
imatwawe, ^ - 

imavitche ( (^^®°) They shall or will believe his 
ayitche, 3 him, or them 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Sing, Kitta k^ tapwitow? zmuk, 



Sing. Ke tapwatoz^? imuke, 
&c. 



(that) I shall or will have believed his 

him, or them 
or, 
I to have believed his him, or them 

And^ 

(when) I shall or will have believed 
his him, or them. 



i 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta ke tapwitOM? imuk, (that) I may or can believe his him, or 



&c. 



them 



TRANSITIVE VEBB— ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



67 



PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a k§ tapwat oweyit, (that) He or They, in relation . to 

&c. him, has or have believed me 



&c. 



PLrPERFECT TENSE, 
pun I (that) He 

owey^pun, ) . him, had believed me 



Sing, a ke tapwat oweyitepun \ (that) He or They, in relation to 



Sing. Kitta tapwat oweyit, 

/ ' &c. V ,. 



FUTUBE TENSE. 



Sing. 



tapwat oweyitche, 
^ „ oweyiske, 
„ akooyitche, 



And^ 



(that) He or They, in relation \to 
him, shall or will believe me 
or, 
He or They, in relation to 
him, to believe me 






(when) He or They, in relation to 

him, shall or will believe me 

.(when) He or They, in relation to 

him, shall or will believe thee 
(when) He or They, in relation to 
him, shall or will be believed 
oweyeyume^tche, L 3 | (whei>) He or They, in relation to 
oweyituko, 1. 2 j him, shall or will believe us 

oweyitako, (when) He or They, in relation to 

him, shall or will believe you 
akooyitwawe, (when) They, in relation to him' 

shall or will be believed 



Sing. Eitta ke tapwat oweyit, 



Sing. Ke tapwit oweyitche, 
&c. 



FUTUBE PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) He or They, in relation to 

him, shall or will have believed me 
or. 
He or They, in relation to 
him, to have believed me 
And^ 

(when) He or They, in relation to 
^ him, shall or will have believed 
me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PEESBNT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k§ tapw&t oweyit, (that) He or They, in relation to 

&c. him, may or can believe me 



m 



: I 



:\i 



68 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



And^ 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ke tapwato?^ imuke, 
&c. 



(when) I may or can believe his 
him, or them 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwatot^ imukepun, (that) I might, couldv would, or 

&c. should believe his him, or them 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta ke tapwatoz^? imukepun, (that) I might, could, would, or 
&€• should have believed his him, or 

them. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. tapwatou? im, 

Kitta „ ayewa, 
I^hir. „ ima/an, tak, 



( tme^k. 



Kitta 



imSikj 
ayewa, 



Sing. tapwatOM? im 

Etta „ ayewa, 

Plur, „ zmatanik, 

„ imeekook, 
Kitta „ ayewa, 



Believe thou his him 
Let him believe his him 
Let us believe his him 

Believe ye his him 

Let them believe his him 

Plural. 

Believe thou his them 
, Let him believe his them 
Let us believe his them 
Believe ye his them 
Let them believe his them. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
Sing. Ke tapwatow imuk, Had I believed his him. 



11 



TRAKSinVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — HTVERSE. 



09 



Sing, K& tapwit oweyitche, 
&c. 



Andy 

PBESENT TENSE. 

(when) He or They, in relation to him, 
may or can believe me 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE, 

Sing, Kitta tapwat oweyitepun, 1 (that) He or They, in relation to him, 
&c. oweylpun, J might, could, would, or should 

believe me 
T PLTJPEBFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwAt oweyitepun, ^ (that) He or They, in relation to him, 
oweySpun, i might, could, would, or should 

have believed me. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD— Direct 

FTJTUEE TENSE (Indefinite), 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Eitta 



Kitta 



tapwitoi^ im&kun, 
„ ayewa, 
„ im&kuk, 
„ imAkak, 
„ ayewa, 



Believe thou his him 
Let him believe his him 
Let us believe his him 
Believe ye his him 
Let them believe his him 



Plural 



Believe thou his them 
Let him believe his them 



Sing. tapw&tou; im&kunik, 

Kitta „ ftyewa 
Plur. „ imikukwawik, ^ 

„ im&kukwanik ) 
„ imikakook, Believe ye his them 

Kitta „ ayewa Let them believe his them. 



Let us believe his them 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 



Sing. Ke tapwAtow eyit, 



Had He or They, in relation to him, 
believed me. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Kitta tapwat akooyewa, Let him or them, in relation to him, 

be believed by his him, or them. 



i 



70 



TBAN8ITIVE VEBB — ^ANIMATE OBJECT — DIBSCT. 





DUBITATIVE MOOD 


(Subjunctive). 




PEESENT TENSE. 




Si7ig. teapwatow awuka, 
„ awuta, 


If, whether I believe him 

„ Thou believest him 


Flur. „ 


akwa 
. awukeSta, 1. 3 ' 

awukwa, 1.2- 

awakwa, 

awakwii, 


if 

J? 


He believes him . 
We believe him 

Ye or You believe him 
They believe him 



Fltiral. 



Sing, teapwatow awukauik, 
„ awutanik, 



If, whether I believe them 

Thou believest them 



1? 

Flur. 

1> 


akwa, 

awukeetanik, 1. 3 1 
awukwanik, 1. 2 J 


ti 


He believes them 
We believe them 


1? 


awakwanik, 


« 


Ye or You believe them 


it 


awakwa, 


» 


They believe them , 




PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 




Sing, teapwatow awukepuna, 
„ awutepuna, 
„ akopuna 


If, whether I believed him 

„ Thou believedst him 
„ He believed him 


Plur. 

a 


awukeetepuna, 1. 3 1 
awukopuna, 1. 2 J 


>> 


We believed him 


9> 


awakopuna, 
awakopuna. 


?» 

jj 


Ye or You believed him 
They believed him 



Plural. 



Sing, teapwatow awukepunanik, 
„ awutepunanik. 



Plur. 



akopuna, 

awukeStepunanik, I. 31 
awukopunanik, 1 . 2J 
awakopunanik, 

awakopuna^ 



If, whether I believed them 

„ Thou believedst them 

„ He believed them 

„ We believed them 

„ Ye or You believed 

them 
„ They believed them 



ignn 



TRANSITIVE VSRB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



71 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 
PEESENT TENSE. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Sing, 



Plur. 



Sing. 



teapwito-w 


' ikwa, 


If, whether He believes me 


n 


iskwa, 


^y 


He believes thee 


?j 


ikookwa, 


^f 


He is believed by him 


17 


eyum^eta, 1. 
itukwa, 1. 


3 

2) 


He believes us 


71 


itakwa, 


V 1^ 


He believes you 


n 


ikoowakwfi, 


^^ 


They are believed by him 


V 




Plural 




teapwitow ewakwa, 


If, whether 


They believe me 


11 


iskwanik, 


fi 


They believe thee 


^1 


ikookwa, 


^j 


He is believed 


11 

ii 


eyum^etanik, 1.3' 
itukwanik, 1.2) 


They believe us 


if 


itakwanik, 


t^ 


They believe you 


^j 


ikoowakwa, 


^^ 


They are believed 




PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE, 


teapwAtoifv 

11 


' itepuna, 1 
^puna, i 


If, whether He believed me 


11 


iskepuna, 


iy 


He believed thee 


11 


ikootepuna, 1 
ikookopuna,/ 




He was believed 


^^ 


TJ 




1^ 


eyum^etepuna, 


1.31 
1.2/ " 


He believed us 


11 


itukepuna, 




11 


itakepuna» 


11 


He believed you 


11 


ikootchikepuna, ^ 




11 


ikootw&puna, 


^^ 


They were believed 


31 


ikoow&puna, 


Plural 




teapwitoT7 


ewipuna, 


If, whether 


They believed me 


11 


iskepunanik, 


" . 


They believed thee 


11 


ikootepuna, 1 
ikookopuna, . 




He was believed 


1^ 


y^ 





72 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



PEBPECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kk tapwatow a^vnka, ^ If, whethet I have believed him 

Ke &c. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, K4 tapwatow awukepuna, If, whether I had believed him 
la &c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Sing, Kitta tapwatow awuks, If, whether I shall or will believe him 

&c. 
Ka tapwatow awuka, If, whether I shall or will believe him 

&c. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta ke tapwatow awuka, If, whether I shall or will have believed 
&c. him 

Ka k^ tapwatow avnika, If, whether I shall or will have believed 

&€• him. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwitow awuka, If, whether I may or can believe him 
Ka k^ tapwatow awukii, If, whether 1 may or can believe him 

&c. 

^ PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwatow awukepuna, If, whether I might, could, would, or 
. &c. should believe him 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k^tapwitowawuke- If, whether I might, could, would, or 



&c. 



puna, 



should have believed him. 



TBANSITIVB YSELB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVBESE. 



73 



Plur. Teapwitow eyum^etepunftnik,^ 

!• Srlf^ whether They believed us 
itukepunftnik, 1.23 

itakepunanik, „ They believed you 

' ikootchikepunoj \ 

ikootwipuna, [ „ They were believed * 

ikoow&puna, J 



Sing. KA tapwitow ikwa, 
K^ . &c. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

If, whether He has believed me 



PLUPEEEECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ki tapwAtow itepunS, If, whether He had believed me 

K^ &c. 



Sing, Kitta tapwStow ikwa, 
Ka &c. 



FUTTJEE TENSE. 

If, whether He shall or will believe me 



FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta k^ tapw&tow ikwa, If, whether He shall or will have be- 
Ka k^ &c. lieved me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwatow ikwa, If, whether He may or can believe me 
Ka k§ &c. 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Eitta tapwitow itepuna, If, whether He might, could, would, or 
&c. should believe me 



i 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta ke tapwitow itepuna, If, whether He might, could, would, or 

should have believed me. 

K 



74 



TRAl^SrriVE VERB — ^AIIIMATE OBJXOT — DIRECT. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

' PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing, 'feapwitow imawukwii, If, whether I believe his him, or them 

„ imawuta, If, whether Thou belie vest his him, or 

them 

imakwa, 

imayikwa, 

ayikwa, 

imawukeitay 1, 8)If, whether We beliov« hii him, or 

them 

If, whether Ye or You believe his him, 

or them 
imawakwa, > 
imavikwft t ^^^ whether They believe his him, or 

ayikwa, 



Plur. 



ft 



If, whether He believes his him, or 
them 



imawukeita, 1, SYl 
imawukwft, 1, 23 

imaw(lkwa, 






them 






them 



PAST OB IMPEBPECT TENSE. 
Sing, TeapwJtow imawukepunft. If, whether I believed his him, or them 
„ imawutepunai If, whether Thou believedst his him, 

or them 
imakopuna, ^ 
imayikopuna, | ^^» whether He beUe^edhig him, or 

ayikopuna, J 

Plur. „ imawuke^tepuna,^ 

1, 3f If, whether We believed his fnm, or 

imawukopuna, f them 

1,2) 

imawftkopuna, If, whether Ye or You believed his him, 

or them 

imawakopunA, 

imatw&puna, 

. (If, whether They believed his him, or 

imayikopun&, 
^ikopuna. 






h \ 



PEBFECT TENSE. 
Sing. K^ iapwitow imawukvrS, If, whether I have believed his him, or 
K*' &c. them. 



TBAKSmVE VBEB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVBBSB. 75 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

PEEENT TENSE. 



Sing. Teapw&tow eyikwa, 
„ eyiskwa* 



Plur 






If, whether He or They, in relation to 

him, believes me 
If, whether He or They-, in relation to 

him, believes thee 
If, whether He or They, in relation to 
him, is believed 
eyeyume^ta, 1, 3|If, whether He or They, in relation to 
eyitukwa, 1,2) 



ikooyikwa, 



him, believes us 
eyitakwa, If, whether He or They, in relation to 

him, believes you 
„ ikooyewakwa, If, whether They, in relation to him, 

are believed 

PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Teapwitow eyikopuna, | If, whether He or They, in relation to 
ey^puna, j him, believed me 

eyiskepuna. If, whether He or They, in relation to 
; him, believed thee 

/ ikopyekopuna, | If, whether He or They, in relation to 

Jkooyekopuna, ) him, was believed 

- /^ 

e]reyume^tepuna,^ 

J g/If, whether He or They, in relation to 

eyitikepuna,l,2j him, believed us 

eyitakepuna. If, whether He or They, in relation to 

him, believed you 
ikooyitchikepuna, ^ 

ikooyitwApunu, '^' whether They, in relation to him, 
ikooyewipuna,' ) were believed 



Plur. 












PEBFECT TENSE, 



Sing. Ki tapwitow eyikwa, 



If, whether He or They, in relation to 
him, has believed me 



/ ^1 



76 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. KA tapwatow imawukepunft. If, whether I had believed his 

K§ &c. him, or them 



FTJTUBE TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta tapwatow imawukwa, If, whether I shall or will •believe 

Ea &c. his him, or them 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta \h tapwatow imawukwa, If, whether I shall or will have 
Ka k§ &c. believed his him, or them. 






Potential mood. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta ke tapwatow imawukwfi, If, whether I may or can believe 
Ka ke &c. his him, or them 

t 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TEISSE. 

Sing, Kitta tapwatow imawukepunii, If, whether I/might, could, would, 
Ka &c. or sfiould believe his him, 

or them 

PLUPERFECT TENSE, 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwatow imawukepupa, If, whether I might, could, would, 
Iva k^ ^&c. or should have believed his 

him, or them. 



if 



TRANSITIVE VBKB— ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 77 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. KA tapw&tow ejdkopuna, If, whether He or They, in relation to 
KS &c. him, had belieyed me 

FUTUEE TENSE. « 

Sing. Kitta tapwitow eyikwa, If, whether He or They, in relation to 

Ka &c. him, shall or will believe me 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwitow eyikwii. If, whether He or They, in relation to 
KjI k^ &c. him, shall or will have believed 

me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwitow eyikwa, If, whether He or They, in relation to 
Ka k^ &c. him, may or can believe me 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwatow eyikopuna. If, whether He or They, in relation to 
K& &c. him, might, could, would, or 

should believe me 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing.^ Kitta k^ tapwitow eyikopuna, If, whether He or They, in relation to 
El k^ &c. him, might, could, would, or 

should have believed me. 



78 



TRANSITIVE VEBB — ANIMATK OBJECT — DIRECT. 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD.— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



in 



Sing, Ne tapwStow atookwa, 
Ke „ atookwa, 

„ atookwa. 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 






PRESENT TENSE. 

I believe him, I suppose, it seems 
Thou believest him, I suppose, ,it 

seems 
He believes him, I suppose, it 
seems 
ananatookwa, 1, 3 ) We believe him, I suppose, it 
ananatookwa, 1, 2 ) seems 



a^^7awatookwa, 
atookwiinik, 



Sing. Ne tapwatow atookwanik, 
Ke „ atookwanik, 

^, atookwa. 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



97 

5? 



Ye or You believe him, I suppose, 

it seems 
They believe him, I suppose, it 
seems 
Plural 

I believe them, I suppose, it seems 
Thou believest them, I suppose, it 

seems 
He- believes them, I suppose, it 
seems 
ananatookwanik, l,3|We believe them, I suppose, it 
ananatookwanik, 1,2) seems 

az^awatookwanik. Ye or You believe them, I suppose, 

it seems 
atookwanik, They believe them, I suppose, it 

seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwatow akopun, 
Ke „ akopun, 

„ akopun, 



Plur, Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



ananakopun, 1, 3 | 
ananakopun, 1, 2 ) 
azrawakopun, 



awakopun. 



Plural 



1 believed him, I suppose, it seems 
Thou believedst him, I suppose, it 

seems 
He believed him, I suppose, it 

seems 
We believed him, I suppose, it 

seems 
Ye or You believed him, I suppose, 

it seems 
They believed him, I suppose, it 

seems 



Si7ig. Ne tapSvatow akopunuk, 
Ke „ akopunuk, 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 



17 



I believed them, I suppose, it seems 
Thou believedst them, I suppose, 
it seems 
akopun, ' He believed them, I suppose, it 

seems 
ananakopunuk, 1, 3 |We believed them, I suppose, it 
ananakopunuk, 1, 2 y seems. ' 



TRANSITTTB VEBB — ANIMATE OBJECT— IN VBR8E. 



79 



Sing. Ne taipwktow ekotookwa, 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD.— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

He believes me, I suppose, it 

seems 
He believes thee, I suppose, 

it seems 
He is believed, I suppose, it 

seems 
He believes us, I suppose, it 

seems 
He believes you, I suppose, 5t 

seems 
They are believed, I suppose, 






ikotookwa, 

ikotookwii, 

ikoon ana took wa, 1. 3 | 
ikoonanatookwa, 1. 2 ) 
ikooz/yawatookwa, 



ikotookwanik, - 



it seems 



Sing, Ne tapwatot^ ikotookwanik, 



Plural. 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



1) 



They believe me, I suppose, it 

seems 
ikotookwanik. They believe thee, I suppose, 

it seems 
ikotookwa, He is believed, I suppose, it 

seems 
ikoonanatookwanik, 1. 3) They believe us, I suppose, it 
ikoonanatookwanik, 1. 2) seems 

ikooz^awatookwanik, They believe you, I suppose, 

it seems _ 
ikotookwanik. They are believed, I suppose, 

it seems 
PAST OE IMPEKFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwatoz/? ikokopun, 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



99 



ikokopun, 
ikokopun, 

ikoonanakopun, 1. 3 ) 
ikoonanakopun, 1. 2 ) 
ikoo wa wakopun, 

ikoowakopun, 



Sing. Ne tapwatoz^? ikokopunuk, 
Ke „ ikokopunuk, 
„ ikokopun. 



Plural. 



He believed me, I suppose, it 

seems r 

He believe3 thee, I suppose, 

it seems 
He was believed, I suppose, it 

seems 
He believed us, I suppose, it 

seems 
He believed you, I suppose, it 

seems 
They were believed, I suppose, 

it seems 

They believed me, I suppose, 

it seems 
They believed thee, I suppose, 

it seems 
He was believed, I suppose, it 

seems 



Plur. Ne „ ikoonanakopunuk, 1. 3) They believed us,_I suppose, 
„ ikoonanakopunuk, 1.2 J it seems. 






Ke 



- \ 



80 TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIBECT. 

Ke tapwitow at/?awakopuTiuk, Ye believed them, I suppose, it 

seems 
„ awakopun, They believe them, I suppose, it 

seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k^ tapwatow atookwa, I have believed him, I suppose, it 

&c. seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne k^ tapwatow akopun, 
&c. 



I had believed him, I suppose, 
it seems 



Sing. Ne ga tapwatoi^^ atookwa, 
&c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall or will believe him, I sup- 
pose, it seems 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwatow? atookwa, I shall or will have believed him, 
&c. , I suppose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kl tapwatoz^? atookwa, I may or can believe him, I 
&c. suppose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwatow akopun, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe him, I suppose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwatow akopun, I might, could, would or should have 
&c believed him, I suppose, it seems. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The same as the Subjunc. Mood of the Simple Verb, with the addition 
of atookwa, throughout all its tenses. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



81 



Ke tapwatotf? »kooi^?awakopunuk, X^^J believed you, I suppose, 

it seems 
„ ikoowakopun, They were believed, I sup- 

pose, it seems 

PEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k^ tapwato«? ikotookwa, He has believed me, I sup- 

Ac. pose, it seems 



PLUPEBFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ke tapwatoi^? ikokopun, 
&c. 



He had believed me, I sup- 
pose, it seems 



FUTUEE TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga tapwatot(? ikotookwa, 
&c. 



He shall or will believe me, I 
suppose, it seems 



FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kl tapwatotr ik6tookwa, He shall or will have be- 

' &c. lieved me, I suppose, 

it seems* 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga ke tapwatot^? ik6t6okwa, He may or can believe me, I 

&c. suppose, it seems 

PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga tapwatow? ikokopun, 
&c. 



He might, could, would, or 
should believe me, I 
suppose, it seems 



PLUPEEFECT TEN&E. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwAtott? ikokopun, He might, could, would, or 

&c. should have believed mc 

I suppose, it seems. 
L 






R2 



TKANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIBECT. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PEESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwatow imatookwa, 



Ke 



imatookwa, 




Flur. 





JJ 


imatookwa, ^ 


Ne 


99 


imay^tookwa, > 
ayetoCkwa, ) 
imananatookwa, 1. 3| 
imananatookwa, 1. 2) 


Ke 


)> 


Ke 


?? 


imazzjawatookwa, 




9) 


imatookwanik, ") 




9? 


imayetookwa, > 
ayetookwa, ) 



I believe his him^ Jiff them, I 
suppose, it^j^rais 

Thou believest his him, or them, 
I suppose, it seems 

He believes his him, or them, I 
suppose, it seems 

We believe his him, or them, I 

suppose, it seems 
Ye or You believe his him, or 

them, I suppose, it seems 

They believe his him, or them, 
I suppose, it seems 



PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE 
Sing, Ne tapwitow imakopun, 



Phir, 



Ke 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



imakopun, 



I believed his him, or them, I 

suppose, it seems 
Thou believedst his him, or 

them, I suppose, it seems 

He believed his him, or them, 
I suppose, it seems 



JJ 



imakopun, ^ 
imayekopun, > 
ayekdpun, ) 
imananakopun, 1. 3 1 We believed his him, or them, 
imananakopun, 1. 2 j I suppose, it seems 

imatrawakopun, Ye or You believed his him, or 

them, I suppose, it seems 

imaSS ] They believed his him, or them, 

ayekopun, j . I suppose, it seems 

PERFECT TENSE 



Sing, 



Ne k^ tapwatow imatookwa, 
&c. 



I have believed his him or 
them, I suppose, it seems 



\j 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Si?ig. Ne k4 tapwatow imakopun, 
&c. 



I had believed his him, or them, 
I suppose, it seems. 



TRANSraVE VEKB— ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



83 



V 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Sing. Ne tapwatot^ ikooyetookwa, 
„ ikooyetookwa, 



Ke 



ikooyetookwa, 



Plur. Ne 
K-e 
Ke 



PRESENT TENSE. 

He or They, in relation^ to Jiim, be- 
lieves or believe me, I sup- 
pose, it seems 

He or They, in relation to him, 
believes or believe thee, I 
suppose, it seems ^ 

He or They, in relation to him, 
is or are believed, I suppose, 
it seems 



ikooyenanatookwa, 
1.3 

ikooyenanatookwa, 
1. 2 

ikooyewatookwa, 



ikooyetookwii, 



He or They, in relation to him, 
believes or believe us, I 
suppose, it seems 

He or They, in relation to him, 
believes or believe you, I 
suppose, it seems 

They, in relation to him, are be- 
lieved, I suppose, it seems 



PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwatow? ikooyekopun, 



Ke 


» 


ikooyekopun, 




11 


ikooyekopun, 


Flur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 


1> 


ikooyetananakopun, 
1.3 

ikooyetananakopun, 
1. 2 

ikooyetawakopun, 




If 


ikooyekopun; 



He or They, in relation to him,be- 
lieved me, I suppose, it seems 
He or They, in relation to him, be- 
lieved thee, I suppose, it seems 
He or They, in relation to him, was 
believed, I suppose, it seems 

He or They, in relation to him, 
believed us, I suppose, it seems 



He or They, in relation to him, be- 
lieved you, I suppose, it seems 
They, in relation to him, were 
believed, I suppose, it seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ke tapwatow? ikooyetookwa, 
&c. 



He or They, in relation to him, 
has or have believed me, I 
suppose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ke tapwatow? ikooyekopun, 
&c. 



He or They, in relation to him, had 
believed me, I suppose, it seems. 



mm 



84 



TRANSITIVE VBRB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 
FDTUEE TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga tapwatow imawaatookwa, I shall or will believe his him, or 

&c. them, I suppose, it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

SiJig. Ne ga k^ tapwatow imawaatookwa, I shall or will have believed his 

&c. him, or them, I suppose, it 

seems. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwatow imawaatookwa, I may or can believe his him, or 

&c. them, I suppose, it seems 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ke ga tapwatow imakopun, I might, could, would, or should, 

&c. believe his him, or them, I 

suppose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwatow imakopun, I might, could, would, or should, 

&c. have believed his him, or 

them, I suppose, it seems. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
The same as the Accessory or Possessive Case of the simple Verb, 
with the addition of atookwa throughout all its tenses. 



TfiANSITIVB VERB — ^ANIMATE OBJECT — ^INVERSE. 



85 



FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga tapwitoz/? ikooyewaatookwa, He or They, in relation to him, 

&c. shall or will believe me, I 

suppose, it seems 

PUTUEE PEKFECT TENSE. 

Sirig, Ne ga k4 tapwitow? zkooyewaatook- He or They, in relation to him, 
^ &c. [wa, shall or will have believed 

me, I suppose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga k^ tapvs^atoz/? ikooyewaatook- He or They, in relation to him, 

&c. [wa, may or can believe me, I 

suppose, it seems 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

He or They, in relation to him, 
might, could, would, or should, 
believe me, I suppose, it seems 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k4 tapwitoi^? 2kooyekopun, He or They, in relation to him, 

&c. might, could, would, orshould, 

have believed me, I suppose, 
it seems. 



Sing, Ne ga tapwatoi^? ikooyekopun, 

&c. 



OPTATIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

a w^, flat vowel w4, 1 wish, want, or am about 

a we, ,, wa 

a ke we, kd w^ 

a ke we, ki we 

kitta we, ka we, we 

kitta k^ we, ka ke w^, ke w^. 



Present Tense^ Ne w^ 


Imper, „ 


Ne w^ 


Perfect „ 


Ne k^ wl 


Pluper. „ 


Ne k^ w4 


FiUure „ 


Ne ga wk 


Fut.Per. „ 


Ne ga k& w^ 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

Present Tenae^ Ne ga k^ w5 
Imper, „ Ne ga w5 
Pluper. „ Ne ga k^ w^ 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

kitta kS w4, ka ke we, ke w4 
kitta w§, ka we 
kitta kS w^, ka k^ we. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

WiS^ kitta tvi. 

The abovemay be placed before the preceding Moods and Tenses. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



SECOND AND FIRST PERSONS. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ke tapwatow in 

Ke „ inan, 1. 3 
Plur, Ke „ inawaw, 



Ke 



inan, 1. 3 



Thou believest me 
Thou believest us, 1. 3 
Ye or You believe me 
Ye or You believe us, 1. 3 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ke tapwatow e or ^ty, 
Ke „ etan, 

Plur. Ke „ etawaw, 
Ke „ etan, 



Sing, Ke tapwatow inapun, 
Ke ,, inanapun, 

Plur, Ke „ inawapun, 
Ke „ inanapun, 



Thou belie vedst me 
Thou believedst us, 1. 3 
Ye or You believed me 
Ye or You believed us, 1. 3 

Or, 

Thou believedst me 
Thou believedst us, 1. 3 
Ye or You believed me 
Ye or You believed us, 1. 3 



^ 



Sing, Ke ke tapwatow in. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

Thou hast believed me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ke ke tapwatow e or ^ty. Thou hadst believed me 



&c. 



Sing, Ke ke tapwatow inapun, 
&c. 



Or, 



Thou hadst believed me 



Sing. Ke ga tapwatow in, 
&c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

Thou shalt or wilt believe me 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Sing, Ke ga ke tapwatow in, 
&;c. 



Thou shalt or wilt have believed me. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



87 



Sing, 
Plur. 

Sing. 
Plur. 

Sing. 
Plur. 



SECOND AND FIRST PERSONS. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. > 

PEESENT TENSE. 

I believe thee 



Ke tapw4tot«? itin, 
Ke „ itinawaw, 
Ke „ itinan, 
Ke „ itinan, 



I believe you 

We believe fhee, 1. 3 

We believe you, 1. 3 



PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Ke tSLp^ktOw lief or itity, 
Ke ,, it^tawaw, 
Ke „ it^tan, 
Ke „ it^tan, 

Or, 

Ke iaLfyfktow ztinapun, 
Ke „ itinawapun, 
Ke ,, itinanapun, 
Ke ,, itinanapun, 



I believed thee 

I believed you 

We believed thee, 1. 3 

We believed you, 1. 3 

I believed thee 

I believed you 

We believed thee, 1. 3 

We believed you, 1. 3" 



PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke ke tapwitoi^ ztin, I have believedi thee 

&c. 

PLUPEHFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke k^ tapwatoi^? itk, or it^ty, I had believed thee 

Or, 
Sing. Ke k^ tapw^totr ztinapun I had believed thee 

&c. 

FTJTTJEE TENSE, 
Sing. Ke ga tSL'pw&tow itin, I shall or will believe thee 

&c. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. , 
Sing. Ke ga k^ tapwatot^? ztih, I shall or will have believed thee. 

&c. 



»"y ». ff>< ll ii iWft i .H iiH^! l i ^ ' . ii ri ' 



88 



TBAKSmVE VBBB — ANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIBECT. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke ga k^ tapwitow in. Thou mayst or canst believe . uie 

&c 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke ga tapw&tow k or 5ty, Thou mightest, couldst, wouldst, 
&c or shouldst believe me 

Or, 

Sing, Ke ga tapwitow inapun. Thou migbtest, couldst, wouldst, 
&c. or shouldst believe me 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke ga k^ tapwAtow S or 4ty, Thou mightest, couldst, wouldst, 

&c. or shouldst have believed me 
Or, 

Sing. Ke ga k4 tapwatow inapun. Thou mightest, couldst, wouldst, 

&c. or shouldst have believed mc. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 



Sing. 


a tapwitow 


eyun. 


(that) Thou believest me 




»j i> 


ey&, • 


„ Thou believest us, 1. 3 


Plur. 


» >? 


eyak, 


„ Ye believe me 


' 


?1 »5 


eyik, 


„ Ye believe us, 1. 3 






PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 


Sing. 


a tfi^witow eyupun, 


(that) Thou believedst me 




)> j> 


eyikepun, 


. „ Thou believedst us, 1. 3 


Plur. 


J) » 


eyakopun, 


„ Ye believed me 


•\ 


n » 


eyikepun, 


„ Ye believed us, 1. 3 z. 



PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. a ki tapwitow eyun, (that) Thou hl&i believed me 



i 



B^iite^.i.fe.=.^^.a^ 



TBAKSmYB VIBB — ^ANIMATE OBJSCT — INYSBSE. 



89 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PBESBNT TENSE. 
Sing. Ee ga k4 tapwitotr ttini I may or can believe thee 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing^ Ee ga tapw&tot(7 it& or it^ty, I might, could, would, or should 



&c. 



believe thee 



Or, 



Sing. Ee ga tapw&toz^ ttinapun, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe thee 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ee ga kS tapwitotr tt4 or it^ty, I might, could, would, or should 

&c have believed thee 

Sing. Ee ga k& tapw&tot^^ itinapun, I might, could, ^ould^ or should 

&C. have believed thee. 



i 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Sing. & tapwitot^y ttan, (that) I believe thee 

itukwaw,) " 1 believe you 

Plur. „ „ itik, „ We (1. 3) believe thee 

„ „ itik, „ We (1.3) believe you 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a tapwitotr itapan, (that) I believed thee 

„ „ itukookepun,] t beUeved vou 

itukwipun, 3 '^ I believed you 

Plttr. „ ^, it&kopuD, „ We (1. 3) believed thee 

„ „ , itikopuD, „ We (1. 3) believed you 

PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a ki tapwitou? ttan, (that) I have believed thee 

M 



wmmmmmm 



90 

Sing. 

Sing. 

Sing. 
Plur. 

Sing. 

Sing, 



PLUPERFECT TENSE, 
a kS tapw&tow eyupan, (that) Thou hadst believed me 



FUTlfcE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwitbw eyun, 



tapwitow eyune, 
„ eyike. 
„ eyako, 
„ eyiko, 



(that) Thou shalt or wilt believe me 
or, 
Thou to believe me 

And, 

(when) Thou shalt or wilt believe me 
„ Thou shalt or wilt believe U8> 1 . 3 
„ Te shall or will believe me 
,, Ye shall or will believe us, 1.3 



FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Eitta k^ tapwitow eyun, (that) Thou shalt or wilt have believed me 
&c. - tw 

Thou to have believed me 

And^ 

Ki tapwitow eyune, (when) Thou shalt or wilt have believed me. 
&c. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k£ tapw&tow eyun, (that) Thou mayst or canst believe me 
&c. 

And, 

Sing. Ki tapw&tow e3rune, (when) Thou mayst or canst believe me 
&c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Eitta tapw&tow eyuptm, (that) Thou mightst, couldst, wouldst, 
&c. or shouldst believe mie 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta kS tapw&tow eyupun, (that) Thou mightst, couldst, wouldst, 
&c. or shouldst have believed me. 



Sing. K& tapw&tow eyun, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Hadst Thou believed me. 



■> 



TBANsrcnnB vau*— ahimatb 0fij]Bicrc-*nmBSB. 

PLUFERFJCCT TEN«B. 
Sing, a k& tapwitot£7 ttapaOi (that) I had believed thee 

EUTUEE TENSE. 



91 



Sing. Kitta tapwitot/f Aan, 
&c. 



Sing. 
Plur. 



(that) I shall or will believe thee 

or, 

I to believe thee 
And, 

tapwitoiT itane, (vrhen) I shall or will believe thee 
itukwawe, „ I shall or will believe you 
itike, * „ We (1. 3) shall or will believe 

thee 
itdko, „ We (1. 3) shall or will believe you 



>» 
« 



FUTUEB PEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k4 tapwitou; itan^ (that) I shall or will have believed thee 



&c. 



or. 



I to have believed thee 
And, ♦ 

Sing. Ki tapw&toir t tane, (whe^) I shall or will have believed thee. 

&c. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESl^T TENSR -. 

Sing. Kitta ki tapw&tou; ttan, (that) I may or can believe thee 

And, 
Sing. KS tapwitot^T ttane, (when) I may or can believe thee 

PAST OE IMPBBFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta tapwitou; itapan, (that) I might, could^ would, or should 
- &c. believe thee 

PLIJPEEFECT TENSE 
Sing. Kitta k& tapwitotr ttapan, (that) I mi^ht, could, would, or should 
&c. nave believed thee. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
Sing*K& tapw&totr ttan, Had I believed thee. 






iiiiiiii 



92 



Sing, 
Plur. 



Sing. 
Plur. 



TRANSrnVB VBBB— AXnHAT£ OBJECT-^DIRECT* 

IMPERATIVE MOOD- 

PBESBNT TENSE, 
tapwitow in. Believe thou me 



i> 



man, 

ik, 

inan, 



Believe thou us, !• 3 
Believe ye me 
Believe ye us» 1. 3 



FUTURE (Indefinite). 
tapwitow Skun, Believe thou me 

,, Sk&ky Believe thou us, 1. 3 

* „ ' ikak. Believe ye me 

„ ^k&k, Believe ye us, 1. 3. 






^ 

-^ 



Sing. 
Plur. 

Sing. 
Plur. 

^Sing. 
Sing. 

Sing. 



tei 



DUBITATIVE MOOD (SubfuncHve). 

PEESENT TENSE- 

>w4tow fvnma, If, whether Thou btolievest me 
„ ew&kwa, „ Thou helievest us, 1, 3 



99 



ewakwa, 
ewikwa, 



99 



Ye helieve me 
Yehelieve us, 1. 8 



PAST OK IMPERFECT O^a^SE. 
teapw&tow ewupuna, If, whether Thou helievedst me 

„ ewikepuna, „ Thou helievedst us, 1. 3 

„ ewakopuna, „ 

„ ewikepunft, „ 



Ye helieved me 
Ye helieved U9, 1. 3 



PERFECT TENSE. 

K& tapwitow ewuna, If, whether Thou hast believed me 

K4, ' &c. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE, 
Ei tapwitow ewupunfi. If, whether Thou hadst believed me 

FUTURE TENSE, 
Eitta tapwitow ewunl^ If, whether Thou shidt or wilt believe 
Kft, &c. me 






Pifi^iiwiwmi,.j i iJji i Jj i ii,j i iJip i||^^ 



TBAMSrnVX TBBB"— AKIMATB OBJECOy^mVEBSS. 



93 



Sing. 
Phir. 

Sing. 
Plur. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 
PBESENT TENSE, 
teapwitow ttanfi, If, whether I believe thee 

„ itukwawuka^ „ I believe you 

„ itikwa, „ We (1. 3) believe thee 

„ itikwft, „ We (1. 3) believe you 



PAST OR IBffPERFECT TENSE, 
teapwitoic f tapand, If, whether I believed thee 
"„ itukw&puna, „ I believed you 

„ itikopuua, „ We (1. 3) believed thee 

„ itikopunft, „ We (!• 3) believed you 



PERFECT TENSE. 
Smg. Ki tapwitou; i tana, If, whether I have believed thee 

PLUPERFECT TENSK 
Sing. Ki tapw&toir t tapana, If, whether I had believed thee 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta tapwitou? itana^ If, whether I shall or vnll believe thee 

Ea, &c. 



v^* 



iiiiii^iiiiiiiiii^^ "t'"^iff ^ rjivwifr^iBicy--^^^ \'..:.i..^^ 



94 TRANSniVB VBRB— AHX1I4IB OBJSCT^BXBSOT. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta k^ tapwitow ewunA, If, whether, Thou shalt or wilt have 
Ka k^, &c. belieyed me. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

^ PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing, Eatta kS tapwitow ewuna, If, whether, Thou may8t or canst 
Ea k^, &c. believe me 

PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta tapw&tow ewupuna, If, whether, Thou mightst, couldst, 
Ka, &c. wouldst, or shouldst believe me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta k^ tapwitow ewupuna, If, whether, Thou mightst, couldst, 
Ka kl, &c. wouldst, or shouldst have be- 

lieved me, 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke tapwitow inatookwa, Thou believest me, I suppose, it seems 

Ke „ inanatookwa, Thou believest us (1. 3) I suppose, it 

seems 

Plur. Ke tapwitow inaurawatookwa, Ye believe me, I suppose, it seems 

Ke „ inanatookwd. Ye believe us (li 3), I suppose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke tapwitow inakopun, Thou believedst me^ I suppose, it seems 

Ke „ inanakopun. Thou believedst us (1. S), I suppose, it 



seems 



Plur. Ke 
Ke 






inatrawakopun, Ye believed me, I suppose, it seems 
inanak(^n» Ye believed us (1. 3), I suppose, it 
seems 



PERFECT TENSE 
Sing. Ke k^ tapwitow inatookwa, Thou hast believed me, I suppose, it 

seems 

PLUPBEPECT TENSE 

Sing. Ke k^ tapwitow inakopun, Thou hadst believed me, I suppose, it 

seems. 



'^^immm^ma^^mmm^ 



TEAHOnyi TBBB^AmitA'TB OBnBOV-^^KVBBSB. 



&5 



FUTUSS PJBSUrZCT TENSE. 

49ffigr* Ktttb kd topwitotr ilana, If, whether I shall or will have 

: believed thee. 
KaW &c. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PBESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta ki tapwAtou? ttana» If, whether I may or can believe thee 

Ea ki &c. 

PAST OB IMPEBaraCT T^SB. 

Sing. £itta tapw&toto ttapana. If, whether I might, could, would 

or should believe thee 
Ka &c. 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Eitta ki tapw4to«? itapana, 11^ whether I might, could, would, or 

should have believed thee. 
Ea kd &c 



Sing. 
Plur. 



Smg. 
Plur 



Sing, 
Sing, 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PBESENT TENSE. 
Ee tapwitotr ttinatookwa, I believe thee, I suppose, it seems 

Ee „ itinotoawatookwa, I believe you, 1 suppose, it seems 
Ee „ itinanaiookwa, We (1.^) believe thee^ I suppose, it 

seems 
Ee „ itinanatookwa. We (1. 3) believe you, I suppose it 

seems 

PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. - . ' 

Ee tapwatott^ itinakopun, I believed thee, I suppose, it seems 

Ee „ itinat^wakopun, I believed you, I suppose, it -seems 
Ee „ itinanakopun, We (1. 3) believed thee, I suppose 

it seems 
Xjt „ itinaQakopttii, We (1. 3) believed you, I suppose, it 

seems 

PBBFECT TENSE. 
Ee k& tapwitotr itinatookwa, I have believed thee,I suppose it seems 

PLUPEBPECT, TENSE. 
Ee kl tapwatdto itinakopun^ I had believed thee, I suppose, it seems. 



V 



96 



TRAKfimyB VEBB-T-AKIMATB OBJECT— BIBECT* 



FUTURE TENSE. ,, 
Sing, Ee ga tapw&tow inAtookwa, Thou thalt or wilt believe me, 1 
&c. suppose, it SbeiQs 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ke ga k^ tapw&tow inatookwA^ Thou shalt or wilt hav e b e li eved 
&c. 1 me, I suppose, it seems. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ke ga k^ tapwHtow inatookwft, Thou mayst or canst believe me, I 
&c. ^ suppose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

S^ng. Ee ga tapw&tow inakopun, Thou mightst, couldst, wouldst, or 

&c. shouldst believe me I suppose, 

it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSK 

Sing. Ee ga k4 tapwitow inakopun, TUbu mighttt, couldst^ wouldst, or 
^l^ &c. shouldst have believed me, I 

* " '\ suppose, it seems. 



v^ 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



The same as the simple verb, with the addition of atookwa throughout 
all its tenses. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

The same prefixes as noticed before a;t page 86, Ke wi being used 
instead of Ne wi in the Indicative and Potential Moods. 






OTASSmVB VBKB — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVBBSB. 97 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Sing. Ke ga tapw&totr ftinatookwa, I shall or will believe thee, I sup- 
&c. pose, it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ee ga k^ tapwitou? ttinatookwfi, I shall or will have believed thee 



&c. 



I suppose, it seems 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ee ga kd tapw&tottr itinatookwa, I may or can believe thee, I sup- 
&c, pose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ee ga tapw4toe^ itinakopun, I might, could^ would, or should 
&c. believe thee, I suppose, it 

seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ee ga kl tapw&totr itinakopun, I might, could, would, or should 
&c. have believed thee, I suppose, 

it seems. 



N 



u t 



9S 



THANSmVB VERB — IKDETEBMNATK — ABIMATE OBJSCT — DIBXCT. 



INDETERlIINATE.~Aiiimate Ol^ect. (3rrf Conjug. ao.) 



Phir. 



0. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PBE8ENT TENSE. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Ne tapwi 


b akan, 


I believe somebody 


Ke „ 


akan, 


Thou believest 


?» 


akao, 


He belieyes 


Ne „ 


akanan, 1. 


30 „ , ,. 
y We believe 


Ke „ 


akananow, 1. 


Ke „ 


akanawaWf 


Ye believe 


»1 


akawuky 


They believe 


PAST 


OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 


Ne tapwAt akA, or akAty, 


I believed somebody 


Ke „ 


akA, or akAty, 


Thou believedst 


Oo „ 


akA, or akAty, 


He believed 


Ne „ 


akAtanan, 1 . 


3) 

oC We believed 


11 

Ke „ 


akAtanonoWy 1. 


Ke „ 


akAtawaw, 


Ye believed 


Oo „ 


akAtawaw, 
Or, 


They believed 


Ne tapwii 


t akanapuD, 


I believed somebody 


Ke „ 


akanapan, 


Thou believedst 


?) 


akapun, 


He believed 


Ne „ 


akananapon^ 1. 


2] We believed 


Ke „ 


akananapim, 1. 


Ke „ 


akanawapun, 


Ye believed 




akawApun, | 
akapuneek, . 


They believed 



I have believed somebody 



PERFECT TENSE. 
Ne k^ tapwAt akan^ 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Ne k4 tapwAt akA, or akAty, I had believed somebody. 



:% 





• 


* 

TBANSmVK VERB — IITOETKRMINATE ANIMATE OBJECl — INVERSE. 99 






INDETEBMrNATS. Animftte Ohiect. (^rd Ctmiuir. ^ao.\ 








• - 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PEESENT TENSE. 






Sing. 


Ne tapw&t akowin, Somebody believes me ^ 
Ke „ akowin. Somebody believes thee ^ 
„ owaw, He is believed by somebody 






Ttur. 


Ne „ akowinan, 13) . . , i- 

Ke „ akowinanow, 1. 2) S^^^^ody believes us 












' 


Ke „ akowinawaw, Somebody believes you ' <. 








„ " owawuk, Tbey are believed byi somebody 


^ 






PAST OB IMPEKFECT TENSE, 






Sing. 


Ne tapwit akow^, ty. Somebody believed me 
Ke „ akowS, ty, Somebody believed thee 

n 0^*1 tyi He was believed by somebody 






Plur. 


Ne „ akowfitanan, 1.3] , , , ,. , 
Ke „ akow^tananow, 1.2) Somebody believed us 














Ke „ akow^tawaw. Somebody believed you 

„ owityuk. They were believed by somebody 
Or, 






Sing. 


Ne tapwit akowinapnn, Somebody believed me 
Ke „ akowinapun, Somebody believed thee 








„ owapun, He was believed by somebody 






Flur. 


Ne „ akowinanapun, 1. 3| ^^ ^^^^^ ^ 

Ke ,1 akowmanapun, 1.23. 

Ke „ akowinawapuD, Somcrody believed you 

„ owawipun, ' They were believed by somebody 
„ owapuneek, ) 












■ -n 


PERFECT TENSE. 






Sing. 


Ne \& tapwAt akowin. Somebody has believed me 
&c. 






€ :■,. 


PLTJPEBFECT TENSE. 






>> Sing. 


Ne ki tapwit akowS, ty, Somebody^had believed me. 




- 




• 





itJffiiffeitS'^i^ifiiMiff^^^ 



■Lr I ■■&<-^^^r^i'S^li^*MjJnilfiiiiO':^i^^^ „■■ =."'...1.,^'..' 



,:% 



100 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — ANIMATE OBJECT— DIRECT. 



Or, 



Sing. Ne k^ tapwit akanapuu, 
&c. 



I had believed somebody 



FUTUBE TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akan, I shall or will believe somebody 

&c. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga kS tapwit akan, Lgtalljp^ll have believed somebody. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

I may or can believe somebody 



Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwKt akan. 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwat akA, or akAty, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe somebody 

Or, 

Sing. Ne ga tapwAt akanapun, I might, could, would, or should 

&e. believe somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kk tapwAt akA, or akAty, I might, could, would, or should 
&c. have believed somebody 

Or, • 

Sing. Ne ga ,k^ tapwAt akanapun, I might, could, would, or should have 
&c. ^' believed somebody. 



Sing, a tapwAt akayan, 
„ „ akayun, 
„ „ akat, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) I believe somebody 
Thou believest 
He believes. 



TBANSmVB VBBB — mDOTBUBONATB — ANTMATB OBJECT — INVERSE. 101 

Or, 

Sing. Ne k^ tapwSt akowinapun, Somebody had believed me 
&c. 

, FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akowin, Somebody shall or will believe me 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE- 

Sing. Ne ga ki tapwit akowin, Somebody shall or will have be- 

&c. lieved me. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga kS tapw&t akowin, 



Somebody may or can believe me 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akowi, ty, Somebody might, could, would, or 

&c. should believe me 

.;: ' Or, 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akowinapun, Somebody might, could, would, or 

&c. should believe me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga ki tapwit akowS, ty, Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should have believed me 

; Or, 

Sing. Ne ga ki tapwit akowinapun. Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should have believed me. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. & tapwit akoweyan, 
„ „ akoweyun, 
« it 



(that) Somebody believes me 
Somebody believes thee 
He is believed. 



102 
Plur. 



TRANSITIVK VERB — INDETKRMIKATE — ^ANIBfATE OBJECT — ^DIBBCT. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



a tapwat akftyik, !• Z) 
akayuk, 1. 2) 
akayak, 






11 

11 

11 



akatchik, ) 
akatwaw, ) 



(that) We believe somebody 
Ye believe 
They believe 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. a tapwat akayapan, 



Plur. 



(that) I believed somebody 



„ „ akatepun, "[ 

„ „ akapun, J 
„ „ akayAkepun, 1. 

„ „ akayukepun, 1. 

„ „ akayakepuD) 

„ „ akatchikepun, ^ 

„ „ akatwipuD, 

„ „ akawApun, 


„ He believed 

3) 

2| « W^ believed 

„ Ye believed 

^^ \, They beUeved 

) 


PERFECT TENSE. 


a k^ tapwit akayan, 
&c. 


(that) I have believed somebody 


PLUPERFECT TENSE. 


a k^ tapwat akayapan, 
&c. 


(that) I had believed somebody 


FUTURE TENSE. 


£itta tapw&t akayan, 


(that) I shall or will believe somebody 


&c. 


I to believe somebody 
And, 


tapwdt akayane, 
,, akayune, 
,, ^ akatche, 
„ akayiko, 1. 3 1 
„ akayuko, 1. 2 J 
„ akayako, 
„ akatwawe, 


(when) I shall on^ill believe somebody 
„ Thou shak or wilt believe 
„ He shall or will Ifelieve 

„ We shall or will believe 

„ Ye shall or will believe 
„ They shall or will believe 



wu^ 



m 



m^im 



nniiiiii 



TSAHsmra tkbb — unystEXUxsATR — ^amimatb object — ^invbbsb. 103 



Plur. a tapw&t akoweyik, 1. 3 



, 1. 3] 
, 1. 2) 





11 
11 


11 
11 


akoweyakf 
&tchik, » 
Atwaw.J 








ii. 

PAST 


Sing. 


a tapwAt akoweyapan, 
,, „ akoweyupun, 



(that) Somebody believes us 
Somebody believes you 
They are believed 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Plur. „ 



11 

'11 

»i 



11 
11 

11 



itepun, 

akowey&kepuU) 1. 3 1 
akoweyukepUD) 1. 2 ) 
akoweyakepun, 
itchikepun^ *) 
itwipun, 5 



(that) Somebody believed me 
Somebody believed thee 
He was believed 

Somebody believed us 

Somebody believed you 

They were believed 



Sing, a kA tapwit akoweyazi, 
&e. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) SfAnebody has believed me 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, fi ki tapwit akoweyapan, (that) Somebody had believed me 

&c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 



Sing. 


Kitta tapwAt akoweyan, 


(that) Somebody shall or will believe me 




&c. 


or 
Somebody to believe me 


• 




And, 


Sing. 


tapw&t akoweyane^i 
„ akoweyune,; 
„ itche, 


(when) Somebody shall or will believe me 
„ Somebodyshallorwill believe thee 
„ He shall or will be believed 


Plur. 


„ akowey&kov 1. 
)) akoweyuko^ 1. 
„ akoweyako 
,, itwawe, 


3) 

^ ,, Somebody shall or will believe us 

A/ 

„ Somebody shall or will believe you 

„ They shall or will be believed 



^■• 



M 



104 



Sing. 



Sing. 



TBANSITIYE V£EB — ^INDETEBMINATE — ANIMATB OBJECT — ^DIBECT. 

FIJTUEE PEBFECT TENSE. 
Kitta kl tapwit akayan, (that) I shall or will have believed 



&c. 



K^ tapwit akayane, 
&c. 



somebody 



or 



Andy 



I to have believed somebody 



(when) I shall or will have believed 
- somebody 



Sing. 
Sing. 

Sing. 
Sing, 

Sing. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PEESEin? TENSE. 

£itta k^ ts^wAt akayan, (that) I may or can believe somebody 

&c. 
V Andj 

Kl tapwit akayane, (when) I may or can believe somebody 

&c. 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akayapan, (that) I might, could, would, or should 

believe somebody 
PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k4 tapwit akayapan, that I might, could, would, or 

should have believed somebody. 



&c. 



&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

KS tapwat akayan, Had I believed somebody. 

' &c. 



Sing. 
Flur. 



Kitta 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSR 
tapwit aka, Believe thou somebody 



akao, Let him believe 

aka/^n, tak. Let us (1 . 2) believe 

akak, Believe ye 

akawuk, Let them believe. 

Inverse. 

Kitta tapwAt owaw, Let him be believed 

I, owawuk, Let them be believed. 



Kitta 



n 
1} 



^■. 



TBA»OT:iVBViCBB—Iin)BTERMINATB— ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 105 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Eitta ki tapwit akoweyan^ (that) Somebody shall or will have 

believed me^ 
&c. or 

Somebody to have believed me 
Andy 

Sing KS tapwit akoweyane, (when) Somebody shall or will have 

&c. believed me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Stta kk tapw&t akoweyaii, (that) Somebody may or can -believe 

&c. me 

' t Andy 

Sit^. KS tapw&t akoweyane (when) Somebody may or ean be- 

lieve me 



&c. 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Kitta tapwit akoweyapan (that) Somebody might, could, would, 
&c. or should believe me 

) PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta ki tapwit akoweyapan, (that) Somebody might, could, would, 
&c. or should have believed me. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
Sing. K4 tapw&t akoweyan, Had Somebody believed me. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD -Direct. 

FUTUEE (Indefinite). 

Sing. tapw&t ak&kim, Believe Thou somebody 

Kitta ,, akao, Let him believe 

Plur. „ ak&kuk, Let us (1. 2) believe 

: „ ak&kak, Believe ye 

Kitta „ akawuk, Let them believe, 

o 



106 TSANsmvE VBBB — rsovrBBiosaix — ANiMATK oBncT — Tmoot. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Sing. Ne tapw^t akawan, 
, akawan, 



£e 



Flur. Ne 
Ee 
Ke 



J} 
J? 



PEESBNT TENSE. 

I, in relation to him, believe somebody 
Thou, in relation to him, believest, 

somebody 
He, in relation to him, believes 
Q somebody 
1. 3')r<We, in relation to him, believe 



akawao, ') 

akayewa, ) 

akawanan, 

akawananow, 1. 2) L \ somebody 

akawanawaw, xe, in relation to him, believe some- 

1 ^ 
akawawuk, ') Tphey, in relation to him, believe 

akayewa, ) ' somebody 



PAST OE IMPEBFBCT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwAt akawA, ty. 



Ke 

Oo 
Oo 
Pbir, Ne 
Ke 
Ke 

Oo 
Oo 



akawi, ty, 



V 



I, in relation to him, believed some* 

body • 

Thou, in relation to him, believedst 
somebody 

akawi, ty, | He, in relation to him, believed 

akay£, ty, ) somebody 

akaw&tanan, 1. 3) We, in relation to him, believed 
akaw&tananow, li 2) somebody 

akaw&tawaw, > v Te, in relation to him, believed some- 
'^^ ' body^ 

' They, in' relation to him, believed 
somebody 

Or, 



akawAtawaw, ") 
akay^, ty, ) 



Sing. Ne tapw&t akawanapun, 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



akawanapun, 
akayepun, 



19 

»9 

^ 99 

99 
99 



I^ in relation to him, believ^ some* 

body 
Thou, in relation to him, believedst 

somebody 
He, in relation to him, believed some* 
body 

akawananapun, I. 3|We, in relation to him, believed 
ak^wanani^un, 1. 2) somebody 
akawanawapun. Ye, in relation to him, believed 

akayepun, *) 

\ 5 



akayepuneek, 



They, in Ji^tion to him, believed 
somebody 



PBEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k^ tapwAt akawan, I, in relation to him, have believed 

&c. iomebody. 



^wiiiiiiiiiii^ 



TBAVarnVB TEBB— INDTTEBHIHATX'— 'AinMATE OBJECT — mVSBSB. 107 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

- - \ 

PBESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapw&t akowewan. 



Ee 



Plur. Ne 
£e 
Ke 



Somebody believes^toe, in relation to 

„ akowewan, ^ Somebody believes thee, in relation 

to him 

„ owimawa, He, in relation to him, is believed by 

„ akowewanan, I. 3\ Somebody believes us, in relation 

9, akowewananow» 1. 2) to him 

„ akowewanawaw, Somebody believes you, in relation 

to him 
„ owimawa, They, in relation to him, are be- 

lieved by somebody 

PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapw&t akowewi, ty, 



£e 



i%ir. Ne 
Ze 
Ee 



akowewiy ty, 






owimd, ty, 



Sing. Ne tapw&t akowewanapun, 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ee 
Ee 



11 
11 

II 
11 



Somebody believed me, in relation 

to him 
Somebody believed thee, in relation 
to him 

owimi, ty, He, in relation to him,was believed by 

akowewAtanan, 1. 3*) Somebody believed us, in relation 
akowewitananow, 1.2) to him 

akowewAtawaw, Somebody believed you in relation 

to him 
They, in relation to him were be- 
heved by somebody 
Or, 

Somebody believed me, in relation 

to him 
Somebody believed thee, in relation 

to him 
He, in relation to him, was believed by 
akowewananapun,1.3")Somebody believed us, in relation 
akowewananapun,1»2) to him 
akowewanawapun, Somebody believed you, in relation 

to him 
owiipaponi ) They, in relation to him, were be- 

owimapnneek, j Ueved by somebody 

PEEFBCT TENSE. 



akowewan^un, 
owimapun, 



iS^tfi^« Ne k& tapwit akowewan. 



Somebody has believed me, in relation 
to him. 



108 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDSTERMINATB — AmMATE OBiSCT^DIRXCT. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k§ tapwit akftwA. tj,^ I, in relation to him, had believed 

&c. somebody 

Or, 
Sing, Ne k4 tapwit akawanapun^ I, in relation to him, had believed 

&c. somebody 

FTJTUEE TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akawan, I, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. believe somebody 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga k4 tapw^t ak&wan, I, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. have believed somebody. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwAt akftwan, I^ in relation to him, ^may or can 

&c. believe somebody 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akawi, ty, I, in relation to him, might, could, 

&c. would, or should believe some- 

body 
Or, 
Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akftwanapun, I, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should believe some- 

body 

PLUPEJiFECT TENSE, 

Sing. Ne ga kl tapw&t akawi^ ty, I, in relation to hinif might, could, 

&c. wouUt, or f bould have believed 

somebody 
Or, 

Sing. Ne ga k& tapwit akawani^un, t, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would or should, have believed 

somebody. 



iftiitti 



TRANSmVB VBBB— INDKTBKMINATE — ^ANIMATE OBJECT — INVEB8S. 109 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k4 tapw&t akowewA, ty. Somebody had believed me, in 

&c. relation to him 

Or, 
Sing. Ne k& tapw&t akowewanapun, Somebody had believed me, in relation 
- * &c. to him 

FUTUEE TENSE, 

&ng. Ne ga tapwit akowewan, Somebody shall or will believe me, 

&c. . in relation to him 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE, 

Sing. Ne ga k4 tapw&t akowewan, Somebody shall or will have believed 
&c. me, in relation to him. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga ki tapw&t akowewan. Somebody may or can believe me, 
, &c. in relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwftt akowewi, ty, Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c* should believe me, in relation 

to him 
Or, ' 
Sing. Ne ga tapw4t akowewanapun, Somebody might, could, would, or 
4c. should believe me, in relation to 

him 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga ki tapwit akowe vA, ty. Somebody might, could, would, or 
4<^' „ should have believed me, in 

relation to him 
Or, 

Sing. Ne gaki tapwit akowewanapun, Somebody might, could, would, or 

*^ should have believed me, in re- 

lation to him. 



110 TBiNSrriYB VHBB — IKDBTBBBfIKAT&— AUDCATE OBJECT-^BIBECT. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PEBSENT TENSE. 



Sing* a tapw&t akawuk, 
ak&wut, 



« i> 



Plur. „ 



99 99 



99 >J 

»> » 

99 99 

99 »9 



ak&wat, I 
akayit, ) 



1} 



(that) I, in relation to him, believe somebody 
ti Thou, in relation to him^ believest 

somebody 
yy He, in relation to him, believes 

somebody 



akftwukeet, 1. 3) „ We, in relation to him, believe 

akawuk, 

akAwAk, 



akfiwatcbik, 
akawatwaw, 
akayit, 
akawayit» 



somebody 
Ye, in relation to him, believe some- 
body 



„ They, in relation to him, believe 
somebody ^ ^ 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing, a tapwit akawukepun, (that) I, in relation to him, believed some- 
body 



Plur. 



99 9) 

99 91 

99 99 

99 99 



3> 99 

9^ 99 

99 »» 

f) 99 

99 » 



akawutepun, 

akawatepun, ^ 
akayiteptm, [ 
akay4pun» ) 
akawiUce^tepun, ' 

1 3 
akawukepun, 

1-2 
akawakepun, 



akawatchikepun, ^ 
akawatwipun, / 
akawipun, V " 

ak&yitepun, I 
akay^pun, ^ 



Thou, in relation to him, believedst 
somebody 

He^ in relation to him, believed 
somebody 

We, in relation" to himt believed 
somebody 

Ye, in relation to him, believed 
somebody 

They, in relation to him, believed 
somebody 



PBEPECT TENSE. 

Sing, a k& tapwit akftwuk, (that) I, in relation to him, have believed 
&c. somebody 

PLVPEEFSCX TENS& 

Sing, a ki tapwit akawuke* (that) I, in relation to hiai; had believed 
&c. pun,] somebody. 



'-f^' 



-f^' 



TRAHSmVB VBRB — IKDBTBBMINATB — ^AlJlDtATB OBJEOT — INYEBSS. Ill 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing, a tapw&t akowewnk, (that) Somebody believes me, in relation 

to him 
,, ,, akowewuty ,, Somebody believes thee» in relation 

to him 
,, „ amelt, ,, He^ in relation to him, is believed by 

somebody 



Plur. 






akowewukeSt, 1.3) „ Somebody believes us^ in relation to 
akowewuk, 1.2) 



akowewak, 



ame^tchik, 
ame^twaw. 



■} 



him 
„ Somebody believes you, in relation 

to him 
,, They, in relation to him, are be* 

lieved by somebody 



PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a tapwAt akowewukepun, (that) Somebody believed me, in relation 

to him 



Ptur, „ 



1> 


}} 


akowewutepun, „ Somebody believed thee, in relation 

to him 


?1 


n 

51 


ame^tepan, ^ .„ He, in relation to him, was believed 

by somebody 
akowewukedtepun, ^ 

1. SL, Somebody believed us, in relation to 
akowewukepun, [ him 

1 9/ 


J9 . 


11 


akowewakepun, „ Somebody believed you, in relation 

him 


>1 
11 


11 


ameStepun, ) „ They, in relation to him, weri be- 
ameltwipun, . lieved by somebody 



PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, a kd tapw&t akowewok, (that) Somebody hal belieVed me, in re- 
&C lation to him 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

SSn^^akitapwit akovrewuke- (that) Somebody had believed me, in re- 
Ac. [pun. 



lation to him. ^ 



TRANSITrVE VEBB - INBBTBRMINATE— ANIMATB OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 

FUTXJEB TJNSIL.-^'^ ^ 

(that) I, in relation to him, shall or 
^ will believe somebody 

or, 
I, in relation to him, to believe 
somebody 



112 



iSing, Eitta tapwAt akawuk, 
&c. 



Sing. 



tapwit atewuke, 
,, akawutche, 



Flur. 



51 



akawatche> | 
akajitche, ) 
akawukeStche,!. 3| 
akawuko» 1. 2) 
akawako, 



> 



And, 

(when) I, in relation to him, shall or 

will believe somebody 

„ Thou, in relation to him, shalt 

or wilt believe somebody 

„ He, in relation to him, shall 

or will believe somebody 

We, in relation to him, shall 

or will believe somebodv 

Ye, in relation to him, shau 

or will believe somebody 

They, in relation to him^ 

shall or will believe 

somebody 



„ akawatwawe, ^ , 

„ akayitche > 
„ akayitwawe, ) 

FUTUEE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Eitta k^ tapwit akawuk, (that) I, in relation to him, shall or 

&c. will have believed somebody 

or, 
I, in relation to him, to have 
And believed somebody 

Sing. Ee tapwat akawuke, (when) I, in relation to him shall or 

&c. ^ will have believed somebody. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Eitta kS tapwit akawuk, _ (that) t, in relation to him, may or 
&c. can believe somebody 

And^ 

Sing. Ee tapw&t akawuke, (when) I, in relation to him, may^ or 

&c. can believe somebody 

PAST OB IMPEBPECT TENSE. 

Sing. Eitta tapwit akawukepun, (that) I, in relation to him, might, 

&c. could, would, or should 

believe somebody 
PLFPEEPBCT TENSE. 

Sing. Eitta kS tapwit akawukepun, (that) I, in relation to him, might, 
^ &c could, would, or should 

have believed somebody. 



TRANSrnVB VBBB — INDETEKMINATE — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSB. 113 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 
Sing. 

Sing. 
Sing. 



FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit akowewuk, (that) Somebody shall or will believe 

&c. me, in relation to him 

or, 
Somebody to believe me, in 
relation to him 
And^ 

(when) Somebody shall or will be- 
lieve me, in relation to him 

„ Somebody shall or will be- 
lieve thee, in relation to him 

,^ He, in relation to him, shall 
or will be believed 

„ Somebody shall or will be- 
lieve us, in relation to him 

„ Somebody shall or will believe 
you, in ration to him 

„ They, in relation to him, shall 
or will be believed 



tapwAt akowewuke, 

„ akowewutche, 

„ ame^tche^ 

„ 'akowewuke^tche,1.8 

„ akowewuko, 

„ akowewako, 

„ ame^twawe, 



1.2 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k* tapwAt akowewuk, (that) Somebody shall or will have 

believed me, in relation to him 

or, 
Somebody to have believed 
me, in relation to him 
And, 

(when) Somebody shall or will have 
believed me, in relation to 
him. 



&c. 



KS tapwSt akowewuke. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta k* tapwat akowewuk, (that) Somebody may or can believe 
*^ • ^ me, in relation to him 

And, 
Kg taprit akowewuke, (when) Somebody may or can believe 

*^* me, in relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ^wkt akowewukepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, 
*^* . or should believe me, in 

relation to him 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kittak^tapwAtakowewuke- (that) Somebody might, could, would, 
*^' P^J or should have beliep^ed 

me, inrelation to him. 
p 



114 TRANSrnVE VKRB — INDETEBMINATK— ANfMATE OBJECl^-rDtRRCT. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Sing. K5 tapwAt akawuk, Had I, in relation to him, believed 

somebody. 

- IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
/• PRESENT TJENSE. 

tapw&t akao, Be'lieve thou, ia relation to him^ some- 



- / 
Sing. 



body 



-Kitta 



akayewa, 



Plur. 



Kitta 



Sing 



Plur. 



Let him, in relation to him, believe 
somebody 
,, akawaton, tak, Let us (1. 2), in relation to him, be- 
lieve somebody 
„ akaw&k, , Believe ye, in relation to him, somebody 

9,1 ak&yewa, Let them, in relation to him, believe 

somebody 

FUTURE (^Indefinite). 
tapwit akawAkun, Believe thou, in relation to him, some- 



Kitta 



Kitta 





body 


akayewa, 


Let him, in relation to him, believe 




somebody 


akawikuk, 


Let us (1. 2), in relation to him, be- 




lieve somebody 


akaw&kak, 


Believe ye, in relation to him, somebody 


akayewa. 


' Let them, in relation to him, believe 




somebody. 



Sing, 



Plur, 



DUBITATIVE MOOD (Subjunctive). 

PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwat akawana, If, whether I believe somebody 

akawuna, „ Thou believest somebody 

akakwa, „ He believes somebody 

Sw^M^-'S " We believe somebody 

akawakwa, „ Te believe swiebody 

akawakwa, ,, They believe somebody 



11 

11 



TRANSITIVE V^BB — INDETERMINATE — ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 



115 



Sing. Kh tapw&t akowewuk, 
&c. 



Had somebody believed me, in relation 
to him. 



IMPERATIVE ^OOD 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwit owimawa, Let him or them, in relation to him, 

be believed by somebody. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive) 

PRESENT TENSR 

Sing, teapwit akowewana, 

akowewuna, 

Qwawe^ta, 
Plnr. „ akowewikwa, 1.31 

akowewukwi, 1.2i 
- akowewdkw^ 
owawe^tanik, 



y 



If, whether Somebody believes me 
„ Somebody believes thee 

„ He is believedby somebody 

„ Somebody believes us 

„ Somebody believes you 

„ They are believed by some- 

body 



116 TRANSnrVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 
PAST OB IMPEEPBCT TENSR 



Sing, 



Plur. 



teapwit akawapana, If, whether I believed somebody 



akawupuna, 

akakopun^ 

akSw^epuDil, 1. 3^ 

akawukepuBd, 

akawakepima, 

akawakepuna, 



t, 1.3) 

I, 1.2) 



Thou believedst somebody 
He believed somebody 

We Believed somebody 

Ye believed somebody 
They believed somebody 



PEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kk tapwat akawana, If, whether I have believed somebody 



K4 &c. 



PLUPEKFECT TENSE. 



^Sing* Ki tapw§,t akawapana, If, whether I had believed somebody 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing, Kitta tapwit akawana, If, whether I shall or will believe 

Ka &c. somebody 

FUTUBE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwat akawana, If, whether I shall or will have be- 
Ka k^ &c. lieved somebody. ^ 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwit akawana, If, whether I may or can believe 

Ka k^ &c. somebody 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwat akawapana, If, whether I might, could, would, 

Ka &c. or should believe somebody 

PLFPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwit akawapana, If, whether I might, could, would, 
Kri k^ &c. or should have believed somebody 



TRANSITIVE VBRB — INDBTEBBONATB — ANIMATE OBJECT — ^INVERSE. 117 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE, 
teapw&t akowewapana, If, whether Somebody believed me 



n 


akowewupuna, 


11 


Somebody believed thee ! 


»i 


owaweStepuna, 


^') 


He was believed by some- 
body 


» 
M 


akowewAkepuna, 1. 3 * 
akowewukepuna, 1 . 2J 


J} 


Somebody believed us 


>i 


akowewakepuDHf 


^i 


Somebody believed you 


11 


owawe^tepunanik, 


»• 


They were believed by 



Sing. 



]^lur. 



somebody 
PEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kh tapw&t akowewana, If, whether Somebody has believed me 

K6 Ac- 

pluperfect TENSE. 
Sing. KA tapw&t akowewapana. If, whether Somebody had believed me 

FUTUEE TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta tapwit akowewana, If, whether Somebody shall or will 

Ka &c. believe me ' ^ 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k6 tapw&t akowewanft, If, whether Somebody shall or will 



Ea k& &c. 



have believed me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k& tapw&t akowewanft, If, whether Somebody may or can 
Ka ki &c, believe me 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta tapw&t akowewapana, If, whether^-^Somebody might, could, 
Ka &c« would, or should believe me 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta ki tapw&t akowewapana. If, whether Somebody might, could, 
Ea k^ &c. would, or should have believed 

me. 



118 



TBANSITIVE VBBB— INDBTEEMINATB — ANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 



' ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE,— DITBITATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing, teapwit akiwawuka, 

„ akawawuta, 



Plur. 



1') 



akawakwa, ") 
akayikwa, J 



If) whether I, in relation to him, be- 
lieve somebody 

If, whether Thou, in relation to him, 
believest somebody 

If, whether He, in relation to him, be- 
lieveg somebody 



akawawukeeta,!. 3") If, whether We, in relation to him, 
akawawukwa, 1. 2) 



akawawakwg, 

akawakw&, 1 
akayikwa, | 
akawayikwa,J 



believe somebody 
If, whether Ye, in relation to him, be- 
lieve somebody 

If, whether They, in relation to him, 
believe somebody 



PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE 
Sinff, teapwat akawawukepuna, 

„ akawawutepuna, 



Plur. 



1? 



^1 



If, whether I, in relation to him, believed 

somebody 
If, whether Thou, in relation to him, 

believed somebody 

akStepunf 1 ^^' ""^^fir ^'* "/^^''»'«° ^ ^'"^ 
akaylpuna, ) believed somebody 

akawawuke^tepuna, ^ 

1. Sf If, whether We, in relation to him, be- 
akawawukepuna, [ lieved somebody 

1.2} 
akawawakepuna, If, whether Ye, in relation to him, be- 
lieved somebody 
akawatchikepuna, « 
akawatwApuna, 
akaw&puna, 
akayitepuna, 
akaySpuna, 



If, whether They, in relation to him, 
believed somebody 



PEEPECT TENSE. 



Sing, K4 tapwit akawawuka, 
K^ &c. 



If, whether I, in relation to him, ha^e 
believed somebody 



PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. KA tapw4t akawawukepuna, If, whether I, in relation to him, had 
K^ &c. believed somebody* 



in?rii"|- 



TBAN8ITIVB VERB — INDBTERMINATB — ^ANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 119 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBIT ATI VB MOOD. 



Sing, teapw&t akowewawuka, 
„ akowewawuta, 



Plur. 






PRESENT TENSE. 

If, whether Somebody believes me, in 

relation to him 
If, whether Somebody believes thee, in 
relation to him 
owimawelta, If, whether He, in relation to him, is 

believed by somebody 
akowewawuke^ta,1.3|If, whether Somebody believes us, in 
akowewawukwa, 1.2J relation to him 

„ akowewawakwa, If, whether Somebody believes you, in 

relation to him 
„ owimawe^tanik, If, whether They, in relation to him, 

are believed by somebody 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, teapw&t akowewawukepuna, If, whether Somebody believed me, in 

relation to him 

„ akowewawutepuna, If, whether Somebody believed thee, in 

relation to him 

„ owimaweltepui^, If, whether He, in relation to him, was 

believed by somebody 
Plur. „ akowewawuke^te- ^ 

pun^ 1.3 f K, whether Somebody believed us, in 

„ akowewawukepuna, I relation to him 

' 1. 2 ^ 

,, akowewawakepooii, If, whether Somebody believed you, in 

relation to him 

„ owimaweStepunanik, If, whether They, in relation to him, 

were believed by somebody 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kk tapwit akowewawuka, If, whether Somebody has believed me, 
K5 &c. in relation to him 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kk tapwit akowewawukepuna. If, whether Somebody had believed 
K4 &c. me, in relation to him. 



- , -;l.,-,.,rlM,aiks^ 



120 



TRANSITIVE VEEB — INDBTEBMINATB — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



M- 



FUTURE TENSE* 
Sing, Kitta tapw4t akawawuka, If, whether I, in relation to him, 

Ka &c, \ shall or will believe somebody 

PUTUEE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta kS tapw&t akawawuka, If, whether I, in relation to him, 

KakS &c. shall or will have believed 

somebody. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PKESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k^ tapwit akawawuka, If, whether I, in relation to him, 

Ka kS &c. may or can believe somebody 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta tapwat akawawukepuna, If, whether I, in relation to him, 
Ka &c. might, could, would, or should, 

believe somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwit akawawukepuna, If, whether I, in relation to him, 
Ka k^ &c. might, could, would, orshduld, 

have believed somebody. 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PBESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne tapw&t akanatookwd, I believe somebody, I suppose, it 

seems 
Ke „ akanatookwa, Thou belie vest somebody, I sup- 

pose, it seems 
„ akatookwa, He believes somebody, I suppose, 

it seems 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



55 

55 



iakananatookwa, 1.31 We believe somebody, I suppose, 
akananatookwa, 1. 2i 



akanawatookwa, . 
akatookwanik, 



It seems 
Ye believe somebody, I suppose, 

it seems 
They believe somebody, I suppose, 

it seems. 



TRANSinVB VERB — INDETERBilNATB — ^ANIMATE OBJECT — ^INVEBSE. 121 

FUTUBE TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwit akowewawuks, If, whether Somebody shall or will 

Ka &c. believe me, in relation to him 

FUTXJEE PEBFECT I'ENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k§ tapwit akowewawuka, If, whether Somebody shall or will 



K&U 



&c. 



have believed me, in relation 
to him 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta kl tapwat akowewawuka, If, whether Somebody may or can 
Ka kS &c. believe me, in relation to him 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta tapw4t akowewawukepuna, If, whether Somebody might, could, 
Ka &c. would, or should believe me, 

in relation to him 
PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta k& tapwit akowewawukepuna, If, whether Somebody might, 
Ka kS &c. ^ could, would, or should have 

believed me, in relation to him . 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— DTDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne tapwit akowinatookwa. Somebody believes me, I suppose, 

it seems 
akowinatookwa. Somebody believes thee, I suppose, 

it seems 
owatookwa, He is believed by somebody, I sup- 

pose, it seems 
akowinanatookwfi, 1.3")Somebody believes us, I suppose, it 
akowinanatookwa, 1.2) seems 
akowinawatookwa. Somebody believes you, I suppose, 

it seems 
owatookwanik, They are believed by somebody, I 

suppose, it seems 
Q 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



n 
n 
?? 



mm 



y- 









122 TRANSITIVE VERB-^INBETERMINATE — ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 
PAST Oa IMPERFECT tENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwit akanakopun, 



Ke 



akanakopuDy 
akakopun, 



I believed somebody, I suppose, 

it seems 
Thou believedst somebody, I sup- 



pose, it seems 
I belies 



PluT. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



J? 



akananakopun, 1. 3 | 
akananakopun, 1. 2 j 
akanawakopuD, 

akawakopun, 



He believed somebody, I suppose, 
it seems 

We believed somebody, I sup- 
pose, it seems 

Ye believed somebody, I suppose, 
it seems 

They believed somebody, I sup- 
pose, it seems 
PEBFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne k^ tapwat akauatookwa, I have believed somebody, I sup- 

fee, pose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne \k tapwat akanakopun, I had believed somebody, I sup- 

fee, pose, it seems. 

FUTURE TENSE. 



Sing, Ne ga tapwat akanatookwa, 
&c. 



I shall or will believe somebody, 
I suppose, it seems 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akanatookwa, I shall or will have believed 

&c. somebody, I suppose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga ke tapwat akanatookwa, I may or can believe somebody, 
&c. I suppose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSK 
Sing, Ne ga tapwit akanakopun, x I might, could, would, or should 

&c. \.^^^ believe somebody, I suppose, 

^\^ it seems 
PLUPERFECT TE^E. 

Sing, Ne ga kS tapwit akanakopun, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. have believed somebody, I 

suppose, it seems. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
The same as the Subjunctive Mood of the Simple Verb, with the 
addition of dtookwa throughoitt all its tenses. 






TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — ANIMATE OBJECT — ^INVERSB. 



123 



Ee 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE: 

Sing, Ne tapwit akowinakopun, Somebody believed me, I suppose, 

it seems 
„ akowinakopun, Somebody believed thee, I suppose, 

it seems 
„ owakopun, He was believed by somebody, I 

suppose, it seems 
„ akowinanakopun, 1.3] Somebody' believed us, I suppose, it 
„ akowinanakopun, 1,2 J seeiils 

„ akowinawakopun. Somebody believed you, I suppose, 

it seems 
„ owakopunuk. They were believed by somebody, I 

suppose, it seems 
PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne k^ tapwllt akowinatookwa, Somebody has believed me, I sup- 
&o. pose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne k^ tapwat akowinakopun, Spmebody had believed me, I sup- 

Ac. pose, it seems 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwtit akowinatookwa,- Somebody shall or will believe me, 
&c. I suppose, it seems 

.^ FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga k^ tapwit akowinatookwa, Somebody shall or will have he- 
Ac. lieved me, I suppose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga kS tapwat akowinatookwa. Somebody may or can believe me, I 
&c. suppose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapw4t akowinakopun, Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should believe me, I suppose, 

it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga k^ tapwilt akowinakopun, Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should have believed me, I 

suppose, it seems. 



124 TRANarnVB VEBB— indeterminate — animate object — ^DIRECT. 



m 



,1 ^^ 

• i', 

■ h 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne tapwat akawanatookwa, 



Ee 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



51 



11 



I, in relation to him, believe some- 
body, I suppose, it seems 
Thou, in relation to him, belie vest 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 
He, in relation to him, believes 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 
akawananatookwa, 1.3) We, in relation to him, believe 
akawananatookwa, 1.2) somebody, I suppose, it seems 



akawanatook wa , 

akawatookwa, ) 
akayeetookwa, ) 



akawanawatookwa, 

akawfttook wanik , ^ 
akayeetookwa | 
akayeetookwanee, ^ 



Ye, in relation to him, believe 

somebody, I suppose, it seems 

They, in relation to him, believe 

somebody, I suppose, it 

seems 



PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne tapwat akawanakopun, 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



akawanakopun, 
akayekopun. 






I, in relation to him, believed 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 
Thou, in relation to him, believedst 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 
He, in relation to him, believed 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 
akawananakopun, J. 3) We, in relation to nim, believed 
akawananakopun, 1. 2} somebody, I suppose, it seems 
aka^vanawakopun. Ye, in relation to him, believed 

somebody, I suppose, it seems 
akayekopun, 1 They, in relation to him, believed 

akayekopuneek,/ somebody, I suppose, it seems 

PEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne k^ tapwat akawanatookwa, 
&c. 



I, in relation to him, have believed 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 



PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne k^ tapwit akawanakopun, 
&c. 



I, in relation to him, had believed 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 



PTJTUEE TENSE. 



Sing, Ne ga tapwit akawanatookwa, 



hi 



I, in relation to him, shall or will 
believe somebody, I suppose, 
it seems. 



TBiarernVB TBBB— nroBTERMINATB— AKIMATB object— nJVEBSE. 125 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— STJPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PEESENT TENSE. 
Sir^. Ne tapwit akowewanatookwa, Somebody believes me, in relation 

Ke 



\ 

akowewanatookwa, 
owimatookwa, 



Flur. Ne „ akowewananatookwa, 

1.3 
Ke « akowewananatookwa, 

1. 2 
Ke „ akowewanawatookwa, 



to him, I suppose, it seems 
Somebody believes thee, in relation 

. to him, I suppose, it seems 
He, in relation to him, is believed by 
somebody, I suppose, it seems 
Somebody believes us, in relation 

to him, I suppose, it seems 



Somebody believes you, in relation 

to him, I suppose, it seems 
They, in relation to him, are be- 
lieved by somebody, I suppose, 
it seems 
PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne tapwit akowewanakopun, Somebody believed me, in relation 






owimatookwa, ) 
owimatookwanee ,) 



Ke „ akowewanakopun, 
„ owimakopun. 



Plur, Ne „ akowewananakopun, 

1.3 

Ke „ akowewananakopun, 

1.2 

Ke ,, akowewanawakopun, 



to him, I suppose, it seems 
Somebody believed thee, in relation 

to him, I suppose, it seems 
He, in relation to him, was be- 
lieved by somebody, I suppose, 
it seems 
Somebody believed us, in relation 

to him, I suppose, it seems 



Somebody believed you, in relation 
to him, I suppose, it seems 
„ owimakopun, They, in relation to him, were be- 

lieved by somebody, I suppose, 
it seems 
PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne k4 tapw&t akowewanatookwa, Somebody has believed me, in re- 
Ac. lation to him, I suppose, it seems 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne k§ tapwAt akowewanakopun,^ Somebody had believed me, in re- 
&C. " lation to him, I suppose, it seems 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akowewanatookwa. Somebody shall or will believe 
&c. me, in relation to him, I sup- 
pose, it seems. 



ssss 



126 TRANBITIYB YERB — INDBTBRMIFATE — AQBa<IT AND OBJECT-— DIRICT. 

FUTUEE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akftwanatookwa, I, in relation to him, shall or will 
&c. have believed somebody, I sup- 

pose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD: 

PEESENT TENSE, 
Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akawanatookwa, I, in relation to him, may or can 
&c. believe somebody, I suppose, 

it seems 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga tapwat akawanakopun, I, in relation to him, might, could, 
&C' would, or should believe some- 

body, I suppose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwat akawanakopun, I, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c- would, or should have believed 

somebody, I suppose it seems. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The same as the Accessory or Possessive Case of the Subjunctive 
Mood of the Simple Verb, with the addition of atookwa throughout all its 
tenses. 

OPTATIVE^ MOOD. 

The same prefixes as noticed before at page 86. 
INDETERMINATK— AGENT AND OBJECT— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE, 
tapwat akanewew, | Somebody believes somebody (there 
„ jianewun, j is a believing) 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE 
tap wit akanewepun, ^ , , , ,. 

„ akanewunopunj Somebody behaved somebody 



PERFECT TENSE. 
K^ tapwat akanewew, 
., akanewun 



::l 



Somebody has believed somebody 



;; ■ 



TRANSrriVB VfflftB — INDBTEBMINATE — AGBNT AND OBJECT — IKVBBSE. 127 

/^ FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne ga k^tapwAt akowewanatookwa, Somebody shall or will have 
J ^ &c. believed me, in relation to 

him, I suppose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing, P^e ga kS tapw&t akowewanatookwa, Somebody may or can believe me 
&c. in relation to him, I sup- 

pose, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne ga tapwit akowewanakopun, Somebody might, could, would, 

&c. or should believe me, in 

relation to him, I suppose, 
it seems 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing, Ne ga k^ tapw&t akowewanakopun. Somebody might, could, would 
&c. . or should have believed me, 

in relation to him, I sup- 
pose, it seems. 



INDETERMINATE— AGENT AND OBJECT— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE, 
tapwit akowinanewew, 
,, akowinanewun 



j Somebody is believed by somebody 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwit akowinanewepun, ) Somebody was believed by some- 
„ akowinanewunopunO body 



PERFECT TENSE. 



K5 tapwit akowinanewew, ) Somebody ha£ been believed by 
„ akowinanewun, J somebody. 



'''\ 



iii 



128^ TRANSITIVE VERB — INDBTBRBONATE — AGENT AND OBJECT — ^DIBEOT. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE, 

K^ tapwk akanewepun, | Somebody had believed somebody 
„ akanewunopun, J "^ 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Kitta tapwdt akanewew, | Somebody shall or wiU beUeve somebody 
akanewun, j 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat akanewew, | Somebody shall or will have believed 



akanewun 



;1 



somebody. 



i 






'U 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwit akanewew, | Somebody may or can beUeve somebody 
„ akanewun, J 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 



akanewunopun,J should believe somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE 



Kitta tapwat akanewepun, 1 Somebody might, could, would, or 

ij 

[JPE 

Kitta k^ tapwat akanewepun, . ") Somebody might, could, would, or 
„ akanewunopun,3 should have believed somebody. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

a tapwat akanewik, ^ 

„ akanewuk, [ (that/ SomeWy believes somebody 
„ akSk, ) 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

a tapwit akanewikepun, 'j " 

„ akanewukepun,[ (that) Somebody belieyed somebody 
^, ak^epun, 3 

PERFECT TENSE, 
a kS tapwit akanewik, (that) Somebody has believed somebody 
&c. c. 



TRANSITIVB VBBB — INDETERMINATE— AGENT AND OBJECT — ^INVERSE. 129 

PLUPEBFECT TENSE. 
KA tapwAt akowinanewepun, | Somebody had been believed by 

„ akowinanewunopun, ; somebody 

* FUTURE TEKSE. 



Kifta tapwit akowinanewew, 
„ akowinanewun 



:) 



Somebody shall or will be believed 
by somebody 



FUTUBE PERFECT TENSE 
Etta kS tapwAt akowinanewew, ) Somebody shall or will have been 



akowinanewun 



:1 



believed by somebody 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



/f> 



akowinanewun 



;] 



Somebody may or can be believed 
by somebody 



Kitta k& tapwit akowinanewew, 
nanewun, 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwit akowinanewepun, ) Somebody might, could, would, or 
akowinanewunopun, i should be believed by somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akowinanewepun, ^ Somebody might, could, would, or 

„ «^„, ^«», ^ should have been believed by 

somebody 



akowinanewunopun, 



(that) Somebody is believed by some- 
body 



' SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

a tapwit akowinanewik, ^ 
„ akowinanewuk, [ 
„ akowik, j 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

a tapwit akowinanewikepun, l,^t.^xo vj i.t ju 

" , .. t, f (that) Somebody was believed by some- 

„ akowmanewukepun, r - ^^ 

„ akowikepun, ^ 

PERFECT TENSE. 
a ke tapwat akowinanewik, (that) Somebody has been believed bj 

&c. somebody 

E 



/ 






f i 

■c' '* 



130 TRANSITIVE VEBB— INDBTBRBilNATE — AGENT AND OBJECT— DIRBCT, 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
A k^ tapwit akanewikepun, (that) Somebody had believed somebody 

&c. 

FUTUEE TENSE. 

Kitta tapwit akanewik, (that) Somebody shall or will believe 

&c. somebody 

Or^ Somebody to believe somebody 

^ . t, ' / (when) Somebody shall or will believe 

„ akanewuke, V , , , 

. 1 somebody 

FTJTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akanewik, (that) Somebody shall or will have believed 

&c. somebody 

Or, Somebody to have believed some- 
body 
Andj 
K^ tapwit akanewike, (when) Somebody shall or will have be- 

^^' lieved somebody 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tap w St akanewik, (that) Somebody may or can believe 



&c. 



K^ tapwit akanewike, 
&e. 



And. 



somebody 



(when) Somebody may or can believe 
somebody 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. ^ 
Kitta tapwat akanewikepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, 

or should believe somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Ktta kS tapwat akanewikepun, {that) Somebody might, could, would, 

or should have believed somebody 



&c. 



Ac. 



K^ tapwat akanewik, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Had Somebody believed somebody 



iiMiiiiiii^ 



TRANSITIVB VEBB — DIDETBRMINATB — AGENT AND OBJECT — INVERSE. 131 



» 
»? 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

A k^ tapwit akowinanewikepun, (that) Somebody had been believed by 

&c. somebody 

FUTURE TEN^E. 

Kitta tapw&t akowinanewik, (that) Somebody shall or will be believed 

&c. by somebody 

Or^ Somebody to be believed by 
somebody 

, ^ , . t, ' / (when) Somebody shall or will be believed 

akowinanewuke, r , i i 

akowike, ) by somebody 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k§ tapwit akowinanewik, (that) Somebody -shall or will have been 
&c. believed by somebody 

or, 
Somebody to have been believed 
by somebody 
And^ 
K6 tapwit akowinanewike, (when) Somebody shall or will have been 

&c. believed by somebody 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akowinanewik, (that) Somebody may or can be believed 
&c. by somebody 



And, 



K£ tapwat akowinanewike, 



(when) Somebody may or can be believed 
by somebody 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit akowinanewikepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should be believed^ by somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akowinanewike- (that) Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. [p^n, should have been believed by 

somebody 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Kd tapwit akowinanewik, Had Somebody been believed by some- 

Ac. body 




IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Kitta tapwat akanewew, ") Let Somebody believe somebody 

akanewun, ) Let there be a believing 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PKESENT TENSE, 
tapwat akawan, Somebody, in relation to him, believes 

somebody 
PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE, 
tapwat akawanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, believed 

somebody 
PERFECT TENSE. 
K^ tapwit akawan, Somebody, in relation to him, has believed 

somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
K^ tapw&t akawanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, had believed 

somebody 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit akawan, Somebody, in relation to him, shall or 

will believe somebody 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akawan, Somebody, in relation to him, shall or 

will have believed somebody 

POTENTLAJL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta k4 tapwat akawan, Somebody, in relation to him, may or can 

believe somebody 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwSt akawanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, might, could, 

would, or should believe somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Jvitta k^ tapwit akawanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, might, 

could, would, or should have believed 
somebody 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
A tapwit akawe^t, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, believes 

somebody 




TBA^SmVE VERB — DTDBTEBMINATB — ^AOBNT AND OBJBCT — INVEBSE. 

IMPEEATIVE MOOD. 



133 



Kitta tapwit akowinanewew, "J j^^ Somebody be believed by somebody 
„ akowinanewun, ) 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE, 
tapw&t akowewan, Somebody, in relation to him, is believed 

by somebody 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwit akowewanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, was believed 

by somebody 
PERFECT TENSE 
Ki tapwat akowewan. Somebody, in relation to him, has been 

believed by somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
KS tapwit akowewanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, had been 

believed by somebody 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit akowewan, Somebody, in relation to him, shall or 

will be believed by somebody 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akowewan, Somebody, in relation to him, shall or 

will have been believed by somebody 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k§ tapwit akowewan, Somebody, in relation to him, may or can 

be believed by somebody 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
Kitta tapwit akowewanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, might, could, 

would, or should be believed by 
somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k4 tapwit akowewanapun, Somebody, in relation to him, might, 

could, would or should have ^en 
believed by somebody 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT ,TENSE. 
A tapwit akoweweSt, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, is be- 

lieved by somebody 



I 



134 ^TftANSITIVE VERB — INDBTERMINATB — ^AGBMT AKD OBJECT — DIBEOT. 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
A tapwAt akaweetepun, ' (that) Somebody, in relation to him, believed 

somebody 
PERFECT TENSE. 
A ke tapwat akawe^t (that) Somebody, in relation to him, has 

believed somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
A ke tapwat akawe^tepun, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, had 

believed somebody 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Eitta tapwat akaweet, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will believe somebody 
Or^ Somebody, in relation to him, to 
believe somebody 

tapwat akawe4tche, (when) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will believe somebody 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akaweet, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will have believed somebody 
Or^ Somebody, in relation to him, to have, 
belrexed somebody 

And, 

Kk tapwat akawe^tche, (when) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will have believed somebody 
POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akaweet, (that) Somebody, in relation to hinytfay or 

can believe somebody/-^ 



K^ tapwat akaweetche, 



And, 



(when) Somebody, in relation to bin:!, may 
or can believe somebody 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akaweetepun, ' (that) Somebody, in relation to him,^Bnght, 

could, would, or should belfeve 
somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akawe^tepun, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, might, 

could, ^ould^ or should have 
believed somebody 
CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

K^ tapwit akaweet, Had Somebody, in relation to him, be- 

lieved somebody 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. [somebody 

Kitta tapwit akawan, Let Somebody, in relation to him, believe 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATB — AGENT AND OBJEOT — INVERSB. 136 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
A tapw&t akowewe^tepuB, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, was 

believed by somebody 
PERFECT TENSE. 
A k^ tapwit akowewe^t, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, has 

been believed by somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
A k^ tapwit akowewe^tepun, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, had 

been believed by somebody 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwSt akowewe^t, (that) Somebody, in relation to him^ shall 

or will be believed by somebody 
Ory somebody, in relation to him, to be 

believed by somebody 
And^ 
tapwit akowewe^tche, (when) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will be believed by somebody 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k4 tapwit akowewe^t, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will have been believed by, 
somebody 
- Or, somebody, in relation to him, to have 

been believed by somebody 
Ajidy 
Ki tapwat akoweweStche, (when) Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will have been believed by 
somebody 
POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwAt akowewe^t, (that) Somebody, in relation to him, may 

or can be believed by somebody 
Andy 

K^ tapwit akowewe^tche, (when) Somebody, in relation to him, may 

or can be believed by somebody 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwit akowewe^tepun, (that) Somebody, in relation to me, might, 

could, would, or should be 
believed by somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kittakd tapw&t akowewe^tepun, (that) Somebody^ in relation to him, might, 

could, would, or should have 
been believed by somebody* 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
K& tapw4t akowewe^ty Had Somebody, in relation to bim, been 

believed by somebody 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. [by somebody 

Kitta tapwit akowewan, Let Somebody, in relation to him, be believed 




teapwat akanewikwa, 

akanewunookwa, f If or whether Somebody believes some- 

akanewukwa, f body 

akl,kwa, 



PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

teapwat akanewikepuna, ^ 

„ akanewunookopuna, f If or whether Somebody believed some- 
„ akanewukepuna, ' f body 

akikepuna, j 

PEEEECT TENSE. 

Kd tapwat akanewikwa, If or whether Somebody has believed 

Ke &c. somebody 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

K^i tapwat akanewikepuna, If or whether Somebody had believed' 

K^ &c. somebody 

FUTUEE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akanewikwa, If or whether Sojnebody shall or will 

K'dj &c. believe somebody 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akanewikwa, If or whether Somebody shall or will 

Ka k^ &c. have believed somebody 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akanewikwa, If or whether Somebody may or can 

Ka ke &c. believe somebody 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akanewikepuna, If or whether Somebody might, could, 

Ka &c. would, or should believe somebody 

PLUPEEFECT TENSli. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akanewikepuna. If or whether Somebody might, could, 
Ka ke &c. would, or should have believed 

somebody 




TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — AGENT AND OBJECT — INVERSE. 137 

DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 

PRESENT TENSE. 

teapw&t akowinanewikwa, | 

akowinanewunookwa, f If or whether SomebodjT is be- 
akowinanewukwa, f lieved by somebody 

akowikwa, J 



11 

n 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSK 



teapw^t akowinanewikepuna, 

akowinanewunookopung^ f If or whether Somebody was be- 
akowinanewukepun5, ^\ lieved by somebody 
akowikepuna, 






PERFECT TENSE. 



K& tapwit akowinanewikwa, 
Kg &c. 



If or whether Somebody has been 
believed by somebody 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

K4 tapwit akowinanewikepuna, If or whether Somebody had been 

K4 &c, believed by somebody 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwit akowinanewikwa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether Somebody shall or 
will be believed by somebody 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kg tapwit akowinanewikwa. If or whether Somebody shall or 

Ka kg &c. will have been believed by 

somebody. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta kg tapwit akowinanewikwa, If or whether Somebody may or can-^ 

Ka kg ac. be believed by somebody 

,PA8T OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 

Kitta tapwit akowinanewikepuna, If or whether, Somebody might, could, 

Kft &c. would, or should be believed by 

somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kg tapwit akowinanewikepuna, If or whether Somebody might,. 
Ka kg &c. could, would, or should have 

been believed by somebody. 

s 



138 TRANSITIVE VERB— INDETERMINATE — AGENT AND OBJECT — DIRECT. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Subjunctive. 



PBESENT TENSE. 



teapwit akawawe^ta, 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, believes somebody 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



teapwat akawawe^tepunfi, 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, believed somebody 



PERFECT TENSE. 



Ki tapwat akawawe^tii, 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, has believed somebody 



PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 



KA tapwat akawawe^tepuna, 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, had believed somebody 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kilta tapwat akiiwawe^tfi, 

Ka ,, „ 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, shall or will believe 
somebody 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwat akawawe^ta, 
Ka k^ 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, shall or will have 
believed somebody. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat akawaweSta, 
Ka ke „ „ 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, may or can believe 
somebody 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSR 



Kitta tapwat akawawe^tepana, 

Ka •• ,, 



If or whether Somebody, in relation 
to him, might, could, would, or 
should believe somebody 



PLUPERFECT TENSE, y 

Kitta k^ tapw4t akawawe^tepuna. If or whether Somebody, in relation 1 

Ka k^ „ „ to him, might, covdd, wouldj^or J 

should have believed someboayT"*"*"''^ 



TRANSITIVE VBRB — INDETERMINATE — AGENT AND OBJECT — INVERSE. 139 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Subjunctive. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

teapw&t akowewawe^ta, If or whether Somebody, in relation 

to him, is believed by somebody 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapw^t akowewawe^tepuna, If or whether* Somebody, in relation 

to him,wa8 believed by somebody 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Ki tapwit akowewawe^ta, If or whether Somebody, in relation 

'KS „ » " to him, has been believed by 

somebody 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

KA tapwSt akowewawe^tepuna, , If or whether Somebody, in relation 

„ to him, had been believed by 

J ' somebody 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akowewawe^ta, If or whether Somebody, in relation 

Ka „ „ to him, shall or will be believed 

by somebody 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE.' 
Eitta ki tapwit akowewawe^ta, If or whether Somebody, in relation 

Ka k^ ,, „ to him, shall or will have been 

believed by somebody. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwat akowewaweSta, If or whether Somebody, in relation 

Ka k^ ,5 ,, to him, may or can be believed 

by somebody 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akowewawe^tepuna, If or whether Somebody, in relation 

^"^ yy to him, might, could, would, or 

should be believed by somebody 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta kStapwitakowewawe^tepuna, • If or whether Somebody, in relation 



Ka 



Kaki 



to him, might, could, would, or 
should have been believed by 
somebody. 



140 TRA.NSITIVEJ VERB — INDETERMINATE — AGENT AND OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PKESENT TENSE. 



tapwat akanewetookwg, 
„ akanevunotookwa 



. ) 



Somebody believes, I suppose, it 



seems 



akanewunokopun 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

,1 



tapwat akanewekopun, ) Somebody believed, I suppose, it 

i 

PERFECT TENSE 



seems 



K^ tapwat akanewetookwa, ] 
akauewunotookwa, / 



)9 n 



Somebody has believed, I suppose, it 
seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



K^ tapwat akanewekopun, • \ Somebody had believed, I suppose, it 

,, ,, akanewunokopun, j seems 



FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akanewetookwa, | Somebody shall or will believe, I 

suppose, it seems 



11 n 



akanew unotook wa, 



.1 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akanewetookwa, | Somebody shall or will have be- 
„ „ ., akanewunotookwa, ) lieved, I suppose, it seems. 



1^ n J» 



POTENTIAL MOOD 
PEESENT TENSE. 

1 



suppose or it seems 



Kitta k^ tapwat akanewetookwa, I Somebody may or can believe, I 
swunotookwa, j suppose c 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akanewekopun, \ Somebody miffht, could, would, or 



.) 



akanewunokopun, j should I>elieve, I suppose or it 

seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE, 
Kitta k^ tapwAt akanewekopun, 1 Somebody might, could, would, or 
akanewunokopun, j should have believed, I suppose 

or it seems. 



?? »■» » 



8UBJUNCl?lVE MOOD. 
The same as the Subjunctive Mood of the Simple Verb, with the 
addition of atookwd throughout all its tenses. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — AGENT AND OBJECT — INVERSE. 141 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVB MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwit akowinajiewetookwa, 1 Somebody is believed, I suppose^ it 
, , akowinaDewunotookwii, J seems 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwtt akowinooewekppun, | Somebody was believed, I suppose, 
„ akowinanewunoKopun, ) it seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 
K4 tapwit akowinanewetookwft, ') Somebody has been believed, I sup- 



..] 



akowinanewunotookwa, j pose, it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

KA tapwit akowinanewekopun, | Somebody had been believed, I sup- 
„ „ akowinanewunokopun, ) pose, it seems 

^ FUTURE TENSE. 

Kitta tapw&t akowinanewetookwa, ^ Somebody shall or will be believed, 
„ „ akowinanewunotookwil, j I suppose, it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapw&t akowinanewetookwa, ^ Somebody shall or will have been 
„ „ „ akowinwewunotookwa,) believed, I suppose, it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k£ tapw&t akowinanewetookwa, ^Somebody may or can be believed, 
„ „ „ akowinanewunotookwft,] I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwit akowinanewekopun, 1 Somebody might, could, would, or 
„ „ akowinanewunokopun, ) should te believed, I suppose 

or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwit akowinanewekopun, | Somebody might, could, would, or 
„ „ „ aVowinanewiiTioVonun,) should have been believed, I 

suppose or it seems. 



142 TRAKSmVE VBRB — IKDETBItMINATE — AGEKT AND OBJECT — DIBBCT. 

ACCESSOBY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPP08ITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PHESJBNT TENSE, 
tap wat akawanatookwa, Somebody, in relation to him, believes, 

I suppose or it seems 

PAST OB IMPEEPECT TENSE, 
tapwat akawanakopun, Somebody^ in relation to * bim, be- 

lieved, I suppose or it seems 
PERFECT TENSE. 
K^ tapwat akawanatookwa, Some^dy, in relation to him, has 

believed, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPEBFECT^TBNSE. 
K^ tapwat akawanakopun, Somebody, in relation to him, had 

believed^ I suppose or it seems 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akawanatookwa, Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will believe, I suppose or it 
seems 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapw4t akawanatookwa, Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will have believed, I suppose, 
or it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSR 

Kitta k4 tapwAt akawanatookwa, Somebody, in relation to him, may 

or can believe, I suppose or it 
seems 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwit akawanakopun. Somebody, in relation to him, might, 

could, would, or should believe, 
I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k4 tapwit akawanakopun, Somebody, in relation to him, might, 

could, would, or should have 
believed, I suppose or it seems. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The same as the Accessory or Possessive Case of the Subjunctive Mood 
of the Simple Verb, with the addition of atookwa throughout all its tenses. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 
The same prefixes as noticed before at page 85. 



TBA2^81TIVB VERB — ^INDETBMnNATE — ^AOBWT AND OBJECT— -INVBHSE. 143 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE X!ASE—SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEBSEirr TBNSR : 

tapwit akowewanatookwa, Somebody, in relation to him, is 

believed, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
tapwAt akowewanakopim, Somebody, in relation to Jiim, was 

believed, I suppose or it seems 

PEEFBCT TENSE. 

K* tapwAt akow^anatookwa. Somebody, in relation to him, has 

been believed, I suppose or it 
seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

K* tapwAt akowewanakopun. Somebody, in relation to him, had 

been believed, I supposeorit seema^ ^ -^ 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Kitta.tapwAt akowewanatookwa Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will be believed, I suppose 
or it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kA tapwAt akovrewanatookwfi, Somebody, in relation to him, shall 

or will have been believed, I 
suppose or it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwat akowewanatookwa, Somebody, in relation to him, may 

or can be believed, I suppose or 
it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwAt akowewanakopun, Somebody, in relation to him; might, 

could, would or should be be- 
lieved, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Etta ki tapwAt akowewanakopun, Somebody, in relation to him, might, 

could, would or should have been 
believed, I suppose or it seems. 



144 TRANSmYE VEEB — ^UnDETBRMIKATE— INANIMATE — DEFINITE — DIKKCT. 

INDETERMINATE— /namVnate—Z>§/fmte. 

INPICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwit akao, It believes 

„ akawa, They believe 

PAST OB IMPEBJFECT TENSE. 

tapwAt akapun, It believed 

„ akapunee, They believed 

PEEFECT TENSE. 
K& tapwit akao, It has believed 



&C. - . :' 

PLUPEBFECT TENSE, 
Ke tapwit akapun, It had believed 



&c. 



Kitta tapwilt akao, 
&c. 



FUTUEE TENSE. 

It shall or will believe 

I 



Kitta k^ tapwdt akfio, 
&c. 



FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

It shall or will have believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
Kitta kl tapwat akao, It may or can believe 



&c. 



PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akapun, 
&c. 



It mighty could, would or should 
believe 



PLUPEBFECT TENSE. : 

Kitta k§ tapwit akapun, It might, could, would or should 



&c. 



have believed. 



lUAOTITIVB VERB — INDBTEBMINATE — INANIMATIfr-^BEFINITB — ^INVERSB. 145 

mDETERMINATE— iminimo/e— i)«/m^^. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwi chikatao. It is believed 

„ chikatawa, They are believed 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 

tapw& chikatapun, It was believed 
„ chikatapuneek, They were believed 



ES tapwi chikataOy 



PERFECT TENSE. 

It has been believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE, 
E£ tapwi chikatapun, It had been believed 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwi chikataOi It shall or will be believed 

&C. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k& tapwi chikatao^ It shall or will have been believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k& tapw& chikataOy It may or can be believed 
&c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwi chika^pun, It might, could, would, or should be 
&c, believed 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^tapwi chikatapun, It might, could, would, or should have 
&c. been believed. 



146 TRANSITIVE VBRB — INDBTSBMINATE — QVANIHATB— *BBVimTB— >DXEBCT. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TBNBK 



A tapwit akak, 

„ akakee, waw, 



(that) It believes 
They believe 



A tapwit akftkepun, 
,^ akakepunee, 



A k^ tapwit akak, 
&c. 

A k^ tapwat akakepun, 

&c. 



Kitta tapwit akak, 
&c. 



tapwit akake, 
„ akakwawe, 



Kitta^k^ tapwat akak, 
&c. 



K^ tapwit akake, 
&c. 



Kitta ke tapwit akak, 
&c. 

K^ tapwit akake, 
&c. 



PAST OE IMPBEFECT TENSE* 

(that) It believed 

They believed 

PERFECT TENSE, 
(that) It has believed 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

(that) It had believed 

FUTURE TENSE. 

(that) It shall or will believe 
or, 
It to believe 
And, . 

(when) It shall or will believe 
„ They shall or will believe 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) It shall or will have believed 
or. 
It to have believed 

Andy 

(when) It shall or^wiU have believed. 

POTMTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) It may or can believe 

Andy 
(when) It may or can believcJ 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akakepun^ 
&c. 



(that) It might could, would» or should 
^lieve 



TBAKSmVE VBBB— INDETERMINATE — ^INANIMATE — ^DEFINITE — INVERSE. 147 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapw&t it 



(that) It is believed 

They are believed 



PAST OE IMPEBFECT TENSE. 

A tapwit it^pun, i (that) It was believed 

„ kiw&pun^ chikepun, They were believed 

PEEFECT TENSE. 

A k4 tapw&t iX (that) It has been believed 

&c. 

PLTTPEBFECT TENSE. 

A kS tapwit itepun, (that^ It had been believed 



&c. 

Eitta tapwit iX 
&c. 



FUTITBE TENSE. 

(that) It shall or will be believed 
or. 
It to be believed 

And^ 
(when) It shall or will be believed 

They shall or will be believed 



tapw&t itche, 
„ dtwawe, 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwit 4t 
&c. 



KS tapwit itche, 
„ dtwawe, 



(that) It shall or will have been believed 

It to have been believed 

And^ 

(when) It shall or will have been believed 

They shall or will have been believed. 



Eitta kl tapw&t it 
&c. 



E4 tapw&t itche, 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) It may or can be believed 

And^ 
(when) It may or can be believed 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapw&t itepuni 

&C. 



(that) It might, could, would, or should be 
believed 



148 TEANSrnVB VEEB — ^HJDBTBBMINATB — ^INANIMATB — DBFIKITB — BIBECT. 

PLITPERi^CT TENSE. 

Eitta kd tapw&t akakepun, (that) It might, could, would, or should 
&c. have believed. 



E4 tapwit akak, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD, 
(had) It believed. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Kitta tapwat akao, 
akawa, 



9t ?? 



Let it believe 
•Let them believe. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOQD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
tapwit akayew. It, in relation to him, believes 



„ akayewa, 



They, in relation to him, believe 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



tapwat akayepun, 
„ akayepunee, 



It, in relation to him, believed 
They, in relation to him, believed 



K4 tapwit akayew, 
&c. 



K^ tapwit akayepun, 
&c. 



Kitta tapwat akayew. 



PEEFECT TENSE 

It, in relation to him, has believed 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, had believed 

FUTTJBE TENSE. 

It, in relation tb him, shall or will 
believe ^ 



FUTURE PEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akayew, It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. have believed. 



nni 



TBANSmVfi VBHB-*HNtlBTBBMXNATB — XNAmMATK— DEFINITB — HJVBRSE. 149 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kfi tapwit itepun, (that) It might, could, would, or should have 

&c. , been helieved. 



K& tapw&t it, 
&c. 



Eitta tapw&t owaw, 
„ „ owawuk, 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

Had it been believed. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Let it be believed 
Let them be believed. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

^EESENT TENSE, 
tapwit owimawa, It, in relation to' him, is believed 



owimawa, 



They, in relation to him,^ are believed 



PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapw&t owimapun, 
„ owimapuneek, 



It, in relation to him, was believed 
They, in relation to him, were believed 



Kk tapwit ovmnawa, 



Ki tapw&t owimapun, 
&c. 



Kitta tapw&t owimawa, 
&c. 



PEBFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, has been believed 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, had been believed 

FUTURE TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, shall or wiU be 
believed 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ki tapw&t owimawa, It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. have been believed. 



1?^ 






150 TRANSITiyB VEBB — INDBTBEMIHATB — ^INAFIICATE — ^DEFINITB— DIBECT. 



Kitta k^ tapwat akayew, 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEBSENT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, may or can believe 



PAST OE IMPEBFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwit akayepun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him» might, could, 
would, or should believe 



PLUPEBFBCfT TBN8B. 



Kitta kS tapwAt akayepun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should have believed. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) It, in relation to him, believes 
„ They, in delation to him, believe 

PAST OK IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat akayikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, believed 

„ akayikepunee „ They, in relation to him, believed 



A tapwat akayik, 
„ . akayikee, 



A k^ tapwit akayik, 
&c. 



PERFECT TENSE, 
(that) It, in relation to him, has believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

A k^ tapwit akayikepun, (that)"It, in relation to him, had believed 
&c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

(that) It, in relation to him, shall or will 
believe 

Andy 
(when) It) in relation to him, shall or will 
believe 

„ akayikwawe, „ They, in relation to him, shall or wiD 

believe 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwit, akayik, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or will have 
&c. believed. 



Klitta tapwit akayik, 
&c. 

tapwat akayike, 



TRANMTIVB VERB — INDKEBBMIKATB — ^IKAWMATB — ^DKFI»lTB~IHVBBaE. 151 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

EEBSENT TENSE. 



Eitta kS tapw&t owimawa, 



It, in relation to him, may or can be 
believed 



PAST OE IMPBEPECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapw&t owimapun, 

&c. 



It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should be believed 



PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 



Kitta kS tapw&t owimapun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should have been believed. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PEESENT TENSE. 



A tapwAt ame^t, (that) It, in relation to him, is believed 

„ ameitcAifc, waw, „ They, in relation to him, are believed 

P^ST OE IMPEEPECT TENSE. 

A tapw&t ame^tepun, (that) It, in relation to him, was believed 

„ ameStw&pun, „ They, in relation to him, were believed 

PEEPECT TENSE. 

A k£ tapw&t ameit, (that) It, in relation to him, has been believed 

&c. 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
A kS tapw&t ameStepun, (that) It, in relation to him, had been believed 

&c. 

FUTUEE TENSE. 

(that) It, in relation to him, shall or will be 
believed 

And, 

tapw&t ame^tche, (when) It, in relation to him, shall or will be 

believed 
„ ameltwawe, „ They, in relation to him, shall or will 

be believed 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSK 
Etta k^ tapwAt ame^, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or will have 

&c. been believed 



Eitta tapw&t ame^t 
&c. 



162 TEANSmVB VERB — ^INDBTEBMINATB — ^INANIMATB — ^DKFINITB — DIBBCT. 

And, 



Ki tapwit akayike, 



(when) It, in relation to him^ shall or will 
have believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



Kitta k^ tapwit akayik, 
&c. 



K^ tapwl.t akSyike, 
&c. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) It) in relation to him, may or can 
believe ^ 

Andy 

(when) It, in relation to him^ may or can 
believe 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akajikepun, (that) It» in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should believe 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. \ 

£[itta k^ tapw&t akayikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have believed. 



K& tapwit akayik, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) It| in relation to him, believed. 



Kitta tapwit akayew, 
„ akayewa, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Let It, in relation to him, believe 
Let Them, in relation to him, believe. 



TRANSrriVB YERB<-^INDBTKBMINATE — INANIMATE — DEFINITE — ^INVERSE. 153 

And^ 



Kd tapwAt ameStche 



(when) It, in relation to him, shall or will 
have been believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PBESBNT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat ameit, (that) It, in relation to him, may or can be 

&c* A believed 

And^ 

K^ tapwAt ameitche, (when) It, in relation to him, may or can be 

&c. believed 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Eitta tapwit ame^tepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, could 
&c. would, or should be believed 

^PLTJPEBFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k6 tapwAt ame^tepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have been be- 

lieved. 



ES tapwit ame^t 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) It, in relation to him, been believed. 



Kitta tapw&t owimawa, 
„., owimawa, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Let It, in relation to him, be believed 
Let Them, in relation to him, be believed. 



154 TRANSITIVE VERB— INDBTBBMINATB — IKANIMATB — ^MPimTB — DIB«CT. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD. {Subjunctive). 



teapwat akakwa, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

If or whether It believes 

^, They believe 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwit akiikepuna, If or whether It, believed 

„ They believed 



„ akawakepunfi, „ 

PERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It has believed 

PLirPERFECT TENSE. 
Ki tapwat akakepunS, If or whether It had believed 

K5 &c. 



Kd tapwat akakwa, 
ISjk &c. 



Kitta tapw&t akakwa, 
Ka &c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

If or whether It shall or will believe 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSR 
Kitta k^ tapwAt akakwa, If or whether It shall or will have 

Ka k^ &c. believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwit akakwa, If or whether It may or can believe 

Ka k^ &c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akakepuDa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It might, could, would, or 
should believe 



Kitta ke tapwat ak&kepuna, 
Ka k^ &c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It might, could, would, or 
should have believed. 



TBANSmVK VXBB — INDBTBRMINATB — INAKHHATB — DKFINITB — INVERSE. 155 

DUBITATIVE MOOD. {Subjunctive.) 

PEESENT TENSE. 

teapwit owaweSte, If or whether It is believed 

„ owawe^tanik, „ They are believed 

PAST OR IMPEEPECT TENSE. 

teapw&t owaweitepuna, If or whether It was believed 

„ owawe^tepunanik, „ They were believed 



Ki tapwit owaweSta, 
K5 &c. 



KA tapwat owawe^tepuna, 
KS &c. 



Kitta tapwat owaweSta, 



PERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It has been believed 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It had been believed 

FUTURE TENSE. 

If or whether It shall or will be believed 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kS tapwit owawe^ta, If or whether It shall or will have been 

Ka k§ &c. believed 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k4 tapwAt owaweSta^ If or whether It may or can be believed 

KakA &c. 

PAST OE OiPEEFECT TENSE. 

Ctta tapwAt owaweitepUBa, K or whether It might, could, would or 

Ka &c. should be believed 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE, 

Kitta k* tapwit owaweitepuna, If or whether It might, could, would or 
Ka ki &c. should have been believed. 



4^i: 



I 

I 



156 TRANSITIVE VERB— INDETBRMINATB — INAXIMATB — DEPDOTB — ^DIRECT. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Subjunctive. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



' teapwat akayikwa, 

„ akayikwanee, 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believes 
If or whether They, in relation to him, 

believe 



teapwit akayikopuna, 
„ akayikopunanee, 



PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It, in relation to him, 
believed 
' If or whether They, in relation to him, 
believed y 



PEKFECT TENSE, 



Ki tapwAt akayikwa, 
K^ &c. 



K4 tapwat akayikopuna, 
K^ &c. 



Kitta tapwat akayikwa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, has 
believed 



PLUPEBFBCT TENSE. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, have 
believed 



FX7TUBE TENSE. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
shall or will believe 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat akayikwa, 
Ka k^ &c. 



If or whethei" It, in relation to him, 
shall or will have believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



Kitta ke tapwat akayikwa, 
Ka k^ &c. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

If or whether It, in relation to him, 
may or can believe 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akayikopuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

Ka &c. might, could, would, or should 



believe 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat akayikopuna, 
Ka k4 &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
might, could, would, or should 
have believed. 



TRANSmVB VEBB — INBETSRMINATB — INANIMATB — DBPINTTB-^-INVBRSE. 167 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Svbjunctive. 
PEESENT TENSE. 



teapwit owimawe^ta, 
„ owimawe^tanik. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 

is believed 
If or whether They, in relation to him, 

are believed 



PAST OR. IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwit owimawe4tepuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

was believed 
„ owimaweetepunanik, If or whether They, in relation to him, 

were believed 



PERFECT TENSR 



KA tapwit owimawe^ta, 
K6 &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, has 
been believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

K4 tapwit owimawe^tepun^, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

&c. hjad been believed 



K4 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta tapw&t owimawe^ta, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to hmi, 
shall or will be believed 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitte k5 tapwit owimawe^ta, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

^^ ^* &c- shall or will have been believed. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta kS tapwit owimawe^ta, If or whether It, in relation to hun, 



E&k^ 



&^* may or can be believed 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Etta tapwit owimawe^tepuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 



Ea 



&c 



tnight, could, would, or should 
be believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE, 



Kitta k4 tapwit owimawe^tepuna, If or whether It, in relation to him 



KakI 



&c. 



might, could, would, or should 
have been believed. 



■i % 

4 



168 TBANSITIVE VEBB— INDBTBBMINATE— INANIJIATE—DBFIOTTB— DDIJCT. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD-INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
tapw^t akatookwa. It beUeves, I suppose or it seems 

„ akatookwanee, They believe, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 
tapwit akakopun, It believed, I suppose or it seems 

„ akakopunee, They believed, I suppose or it seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 
Kl tapwit akatookwa, ' it has believed, I suppose or it seems 



&c. 



Kc tapwat akakopuD, 
&c. 



Kitta tapwat akatookwa, 
&c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

It had believed, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE TENSE. 

It shall or wiU believe, I suppose or 
It seems 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwAt akatookwa, It shall or will have beUeved, I sup. 

®^- pose or it seems. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Kitta U tapwit akatookwa, It may or can believe. I suppose or 

***^- It seems 



Kitta tapwit akakopun, 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



It might, could, would, or should 
beheve, I suppose or it seems 



PLUPEKFECT TENSE. 
Kitta U tapwit akakopun, It might, could, would, or should have 

^"eved, I suppose or it seems. 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

, ,.7^« f?« ^ tJ't Subjunctive Mood of the Simple Verb with th^ 
addition of oftwAwa throughout all its tenses. ""r*" '^ro, witn the 



1? 



TBANSmVB VERB— INDBTERMINiJb — INANIMATE — ^DBJINITE — ^INVERSE. 159 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

It is believea, i suppose or it seems 
owatookwanik, They are believed, I suppose or it seems 



tapwit owatookwa, It is believed, I suppose or it seems 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
♦ 

It was believed, I suppose or it seems 

„ owakopunuk, They were believed, I suppose or it seems 



tapw&t owakopun, It was believed, I suppose or it seems 



PERFECT TENSE. 



K^ tapwit owatookwft, 
&c. 



K^ tapwAt owakopun, 



Kitta tapw&t owatookwa, 
&c. 



It has been believed, I suppose or it 
seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



It had been believed, 1 suppose or it 
seems 



FUTURE TENSE. 



It shall or will be believed, I suppose 
or it seems 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwit owatookwa, 
&c. 



It shall or will have been believed, I 
suppose or it seems. ^ 



^ 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Eitta ki tapwit owatookwa, It may or can be believed, I suppose or 

&c. it seems ' ^" 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwit owakopun, 
&c. 



It might, could, would, or should be 
believed, I suppose or it seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwit owakopun, It might, could, would, or should have 

&c. been believed, I suppose or it 

seems. 



160 TBANSmVE VERB— INDBTEBMINATE — INANIMATE — ^DEFINITE— DIRBCT. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEBSBNT TENSE. 

tapwat akayeetookwa, It, in relation to him, believes, I suppose 

or it seems 
„ akayeetookwiinee, They, in relation to him, believe, I 

suppose or it seems 

PAST OE IMPEBFECT TENSE, 
tapwat akayekopun, It, in relation to him, believed, I sup- 

pose or it seems 
„ akiiyekopunee, They, in relation to him, believed, I 

suppose or it seems 

PEEFECT TEKSE. 
K4 tapwat akayeetookwa. It, in relation to Mm, has believed, I 

&c. suppose or it seems 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Ke tapwit akayekopun, It, in relation to him, had believed, I 

&c. suppose or it seems 

FUTUEE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit akayeetookwa, It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. believe, I suppose or it seems 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akayeetookwa, It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. . have believed, I suppose or it seems. 



Kitta ko tapwat akfiyeetookwa, 
&c. 



Kitta tapwit akayekopun, 

&c. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, may or can 
believe, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSK 

It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should believe, I suppose 
or it seems ^ 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akaydcopun, It, in relation to him, might, could, 

&c. would, or should have believed, 

I suppose or it seems. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The same as the Accessory or Possessive Case of the Subjunctive Mood 
of; the Simple Verb, with the addition of atookwa throughout all its tenses. 



TRANSrnVB VERB — ^INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE — DEFINITE — INVERSE. 161 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
tapw&t owimatookwa. It, in relation to him, is believed, I 

suppose or it seems 
„ owimatookwanee, They, in relation to him, are believed, 

I suppose or it seems 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwat owimakopun, It, in relation to him, was believed, I 

suppose or it seems 
„ owimakopunee, They, in relation to him, were believed, 

I suppose or it seems 
PERFECT TENSE. 

K4 tapwit owimatookwfi, It, in delation to him, has been believed, 

&c. I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kk tapwat owimakopun. It, in relation to him, had been be- 

&c. lieved, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit owimatookwa, It, in relation to him, shall or will be 

&c* believed, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwAt owimatookwa. It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. have been believed, I suppose or 

it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta k4^tapw4t owimatookwa, It, in relation to him, may or can 

&c* be believed, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwiU owimakopun, It, in relation to him, might, could, 

&c. would, or should be believed, I 

suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwAt owimakopun^ It, in relation to him, might, could, 

&c. would, or should have been be- 

lieved, I suppose or it seems. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 
The same prefixes, as noticed before at page 85. 



tm-' 



' »*• • 



l(te TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — ^INANIMATE — IND EF I NI TE — DIRECT. 

IJ^ETERmtfATE-- Inanimate— Indefinite. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akamukun, It believes 

„ akamukunwa, They believe 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat akamukuDopun, It believed 
„ akamukunopunee, They believed 



Ke tapwit akamukun, 
&c. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

It has believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

K^ tapwJt akamukunopuUf It had believed 

&c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Bjitta tapwat akamukun, It shall or will believe 

&c, 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwit akamukun, It shall or will have believed. 
&c. 



POTENTUL MOOa 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Eitta kl tapwat akamukun, It may or can believe 

&c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akamukunopun. It might, could, would, or should 
&c. believe 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kiStapw&takamukunopun, It might, could, would, or should have 
&c. beUeved. 



TBAKSmVB VBBB — INDBTBEMINATE — INAJilMATB — rNDKFINITB — mVEBSE. 163 

mT)ETERMmATE— Inanimate— Indejinite. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

tapwi chikatao, It is believed 

„ chikatawa, They are believed 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

tapwi chikatapun, It was believed 

„ chikatapunee, They were believed 

PERFECT TENSE. 

K^ ta^4 chikatao It has been believed 

&c. 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
KS tapwi chikatapun, It had been believed 



&c. 



Eitta tapw& chikatao, 
&c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

It shall or will be believed 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Etta k4 tapwa chikatao, It shall or will have been believed 

&c. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k4 tapwi chikatao, It may or can be believed 

&c. 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwi chikatapun, It might, could, would, or should be 

&c. believed 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
Eitta kS tapwi chikatapun, It might, could, would, or should have 

&c, been believed. 



m 



mniiiii 



./ 



164 TRANSITIVE VERB— INDETEimiNA'rE— INANIMATE— INDEFINITE— DIRECT. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 



A tapwat akamukuk, 

„ akamukuke^, waw, 



(that) It believes 
„ They believe 



PAST OR IMPERPECT TENSE. 
A tapwat akamukukepun, (that) It believed 

„ akamukukepunee, „ They believed 

PERFECT TENSE. 
A U tapwAt akamukuk, (that) It has beUeved 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

A ke tapwat akamukikepun, (that) It had believed 

&c. 



Kitta tapwit akamukuk, 
&c. 



tapwat akamukuke, 
,, akamukukwawe, 



FUTURE TENSE. 

(that) It shall or will believe 
or, 
It to believe 

And, 

(when) It shall or will believe 
„ They shall or will believe 



Kitta k4 tapwit akamukuk, 
&c. 



E^ tapwat akamukuke, 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

. (that) It shall or will have believed. 



And, ^ 

(when) It shall or will have believed. 



Kitta k^ tapwit akamukuk, 



Ke tapwit akamukuke, 
&c. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

fthat) It may or can believe 



And^ 
(when) It may or can believe 



TRANSITIVB VBBB — INDBTEBMINATB — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — INVEKSE. 165 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwi chikataky 
„ chikatakee, 



(that) It is believed 
„ They are believed 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



A tapwi chikatakepuiiy 
», chikatfikepucee, 



A k^ tapwi chikatak, 
&c. 



A k6 tapwi chikatakepuQ, 
&c. 



Kitta tapwi chikatak. 



tapw& chikatake, 
„ chikatakwawe, 



(that) It was believed 
„ They were believed 

PEEFECT TENSE. 

(that) It has been believed 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

(that) It had been believed 



FUTURE TENSE. 



(that) It shall or will be believed 
or, 
It to be believed 

And, 

(when) It shall or will be believed 
„ They shall or will be believed 



Eitta kS tapw& chikataki 



K£ tapwa chikatake^ 
&c. 



Eatta kS tapw& chikatak, 
&c. 



K& tapw& chikat&ke, 
&c. 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) It shall or will have been be- 
lieved 

Andf 

(when) It shall or will have been be- 
lieved 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) It may or can be believed 

And^ 
(when) It may or can be believed 



ii 



iMHii 



1 66 TRAN8ITIVB VERB — INBETEBMINATB — INAIf IMATB — INDEFINITE — ^PmBCT. 



PAST OB IMPEBFEOT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akamukukepun, 
&c. 



(that) It might, could, woulc^ or 
should believe 



PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 



A< 



Kitta ke^ tapwit akamukukepun, (that) It might, could, would, or 

&c. should have believed 



K^ tapwat akamukuk, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) It believed. 



IMPEBATIVE MOOD. 



Kitta tapwit akamukun, 

„ akamukunwa, 



Let it believe 
Let them believe. 



ACCESSOEY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwit akamukuneyew, 
: „ akamukuneyewa, 



It, in relation to bim, believes 
They, in relation to him, believe 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwit akamukimeyepun, 
„ akamukuneyepunee, 



It, in relation to him, believed 
They, in relation to him, believed 



K^ tapwat akamukuneyew, 

&c. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, has believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



E^ tapw4t akamukuneyepun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, had be- 
lieved 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta iapwSt akamukuneyew, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, shall or 
will believe 



TBASmVE VEBB— DTDETBRMINATE — INAIOMATE — mDEFINITE — INVERSE. 167 



PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Eitta tapwi chikatakepun, 
&c. 



(that) It might, eould, would, or should 
be believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kS tapw& chikatakepun, (that) It, might, could, would, or should 
&c. have been believed. 



E^ tapw4 chikatak) 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) It been believed. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Eitta tapw4 chikatao, 
„ chikatawa, 



Let it be believed 
Let them be believed. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
tapwa chikatayew, It, in relation to him, is believed 



„ chikatayewa, 



They, in relation to him, are be- 
lieved 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwi chikatSyepun, 
„ . cbikatayepunee, 



f It, in relation to him, was believed 
* They, in relation to him, were be- 
lieved 
PERFECT TENSK 
KJ tapwi chikatayew, It, in relation to him, has been 



&c. 



believed 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



K^ tapwi chikatayepun, 
&c. 



Kitta tapwi chikatayew, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, had been 
believed 



FUTURE TENSE. 



It, in relation to him, shall or will 
be believed 



^m 






ll 
.M 



"* t? I 

III 



Wl 



u 






168 TRANSITIVE VBEB — INDETBRMINATB — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — DIRECT. 



fUTUEE PEBFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwAt akamukuneyew, It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. have believed. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PBESENT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwit akfimukuneyew, 

&c. 



It^ in relation to him, may or can 
believe 



PAST OB IMPEEFBCT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akamukuneyepun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should believe 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwAt akamukuneyepun, It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have believed. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PBESENT TENSE. 

A tapwit akamukuneyik, (that) It, in relation to him, believes 

„ akamukuneyikee, „ They, in relation to him, believe 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat akamukuneyikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, believed 
„ akamukuneyikepunee, „ They, in relation to him, believed 

PERFECT TENSE. 

A k^ tapwat akamukuneyik, (that) It, in relation to him, has believed 
&c. 

PLUPEBFBCT TBNSR 

A k^ tapwat akamukuneyikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, had believed 
&c. 

FUTUBE TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akamukuneyik, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or will 
&c, believe 

tapwat akamukuneyike, (when) It, in relation to him, shall or will 

believe 
„ akamukuneyikwawe, „ They, in relation to him, shajl or 

will believe 



lili 



TRANSltlVR VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 169 



I 



FUTXTEE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k& tapwIL chikataycw, 



It, in relation to him, shall or will 
have been believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwi chikatayew, 



It, in relation to him, may or can 
be believed 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



ICitta tapwi chikatayepun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should be believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k§ tapwi chikatayepun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would, or should have been believed. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

A tapwi chikatayik, (that) It, in relation to him, is believed 

„ chikatayikee, „ They, in relation to him, are heliev( d 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwi chikatayikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, was believed 

„ chikatayikepunee, y, They, in relation to him, were believed 



A kS tapwi chikatayik, 
&c. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

(that) It, in relation to him, has been be- 
lieved 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

A kk tapwi chikatayikepim, (that) It in reUition to him, had been be- 
&c. lieved 

FUTURE TENSE. 

ELitta tapwi chikatftyik, (that) It in relation to him, shall or will be 

&c. believed 

Andy 

tapwi chikatayike, (when) It, in relation to him, shall or will be 

believed 
„ chikatayikwawe, „ They, in relation to him, shall or 

will be believed 






.v., -M 



■■Urn 

i 

m 



■^;hS 



ii 



ifi 



fm 

m 



mm 



170 TRANSITIVE VERB— INDETERMINATE — INANIMATB — ^INDEFINITB — ^DIRBCT. 

FUTXJEE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k4 tapwat akamukuneyik, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or 



&c. 

K^ tapwat akamukuneyike, 
&c. 



will have believed 
And, 

(when) It, in relation to him, shall or 
will Ijave believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwiit akSmukuneyik, (that) It, in relation to him, may or 

&c. can believQ 

Andy 

Ke tapwat akamukuneyike, (when) It, in relation to hira, may or 

&c. can believe ' 

PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akamukuneyikepun, . (that) It, in relation to him, might, 
&c. could, would, or should 

believe 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akamukuneyikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might 
&C' could, would, or should have 

believed. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 



Ke tapwat akamukuneyik, 



(had) It, in relation to him, be- 
lieved. 



IMPERATIVE MQOD. 



Kitta tapwSt akamukuneyew, 
„ akamukuneyewa, 



Let It, in relation to him, believe 
Let Them, in relation to him, be- 
lieve. 



ii* 



TRANSTTITE VERB — iNDETfiRMINATB— INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 171 
FUTUEE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kS tapwa chikatayik, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c. have been believed ^ 

Andy 

Ke tapwi chikatayike, (when) It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c, have been believed. " ' 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



PEESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k§ tapwi chikatayik, (that) It, in relation to him, may or can be 
&c. believed 



Kl tapwa chikatayike, 
&c. 



Andy 

(when) It, in relation to him, may or can be 
believed 



PAST OK IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwa chikatayikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should be believed 



\- -'t 



PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwi chikatayikepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have been be- 

lieved. 



K§ tapwa chikatayik, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

' (had) It, in relation to him, been believed. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Kitta tapwa chikatayew, 
„ chikatayewa, 



Let It, in relation to him, be believed 
Let Them, in relation to him, be believed. 



-W i 



iiliiii 



I; 



1 72 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — ^DIRECT. 

DUBITATIVE MOOD (Subjunctive). 



PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwit alvamukunookwcl, ) jf ^^ whether It believes 

„ akamukukwa, ) 
„ akauiukunoowakwa, If or whether They believe 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapTvat akamukunookopuna, 1 jf ^^ ^^hether It believed 
,, akamukukepuna, ) 

„ akamukunoowakopuna, Ijf ^^ whether They believed 

„ akamukukwapuna, ) 



PERFECT TENSE. 



KA tapwat akamukunookwa, 
Kl &c. 



If or whether It has believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Kcl tapwat akamukunookopuna, 
K^ &e. * 



If or whether It had believed 



FUTURE TENSfi. 

Kitta tapwat akamukunookwa, If or whether It shall or will believe 

Ka &c. 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akamukunookwa, ' If or whether It shall or will have 
X^U &c. believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta U tapwat akamukunookwa, If or whether It may or can believe 

KakI &c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwk akamukunookopuna, If or whether It might, could, would, 

g. ^^>^ or should believe 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit akamukunookopuna, If or whether It might, could, would, 
Ka k^ *&c. should have beheved. 



r » 



TRANSrnVB VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE — ^INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 173 

DUBITATIVE MOOD. {Subjunctive). 

PBESENT TENSE. 
teapw& chikatftkwa, If or whether It is believed 

„ chikafewakwa, If or whether They are believed 

PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE, 
teapwi chikatakopuna, If or whether It was believed 



chikatawakopuna, 



If or whether They were believed 



M 



''\l 



-I 



: •' ■ '^^ 



PERFECT TENSE. 
KA tapwi chikatakwft, If or whether It has been believed 

Ki &c. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
K4 tapwi chikatakopuna, If or whether It had been believed 



Ki 



&c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwi chikatftkwa, If or whether It shall or will be 

Kft, &c. believed 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Eitta k6 tapw4 chikatakwa, 
Ka kS &c. 



If or whether It shall or will have 
been believed. 



-'if': 
■'■ii(<i 



■"^'D 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwi chikatakwa, 
Ka k4 &c. 



If or whether It may or can be be- 
lieved 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sjtta tapwi cbikatakopunay 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It might, could, would, 
or should be believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta kS tapwi chikatakopuna, 
Ka k^ &c. 



If or whether It might, could, would, 
or should have been believed. 



l^ 



174 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE— INDETINlTB-^DHfflOT. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Subjunctive, 

PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwat akiimukuneyikwil, ^ If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believes 
„ akamukuneyikwanee, If or whether They, in relation to 

him, believe 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwat akaraukuneyikopuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believed 
„ akamukuneyikopunanee, If or whether They, in relation to 

him, believed 

PERFECT TENSE. 



Kc\ tapwat akamukuneyikwa, 
K6 &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
has believed 



PLirPERFECT TENSE. 



Ka tapwat akamukuneyikopunii 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
had believed 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akamukuneyikwa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
shall or will believe 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwAt akamukuneyikwa, If or whether It, in relation to him, 
Ka ke &c. shall or will have believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akamukuneyikwil If or whether It, in relation to him, 

Ka ke &c. may or can believe 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akaraukuneyikopuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 
Ka &c. * might, could, would, or should 

believe 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akaraukuneyikopuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 
Ka ke &c. might, could, would, or should, 

have believed 



^ i; :i^ 



TBAKSinVB VERB— INDETEEBONATB— INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 176 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE.— DUBIT ATI VE MOOD. 

Subjunctive. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwA chikatayikwa, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

is believed 
„ chikatayikwSnee, If or whether They, in relaition to 

him, are believed , 

PAST OR II4PERFECT TENSE. 

teapwa chikatayikopuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

was believed 
„ chikatayikopunanee, If or whether They, in relation to 

him, were believed 

• PERFECT TENSE. 



Ki tapwi chikatayikwa, 
K5 &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
has been believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



KA tapwa chikatayikopuna, 
KS &c. 



Kitta tapwa chikatayikwa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
had been believed 



FUTURE TENSE. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
shall or will be believed 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta kl tapwa chikatayikwa, 
Ka k^ ^ &c. 



If or whether It, in* relation to him, 
shall or will hav,^ been believed. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwi chikatayikwa. If or whether It, in relation to him, 



Kak^ 



&c. ' may or can be believed 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwa chikatayikopunS, 
Ka /i&c. 

1 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
might, could, would, or should be 
believed 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapwa chikatayikopuna, 
Ejk\ih &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
might, could, would, or should 
have been believed. 



% 



V 

,i 
( 

I' I 

i 



176 TRANSITIVE VEEB — INDETERMINATE — ANIMATE — INDBFINITE — ilREOT. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akamukunotookwa, It Tielieves, I suppose or it seems 

„ akamukunotookwanee, They believe, I suppose ofr it seems 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwat akamukunokopun, It believed, I suppose or 

„ akamukunokopuuee, They believed, I suppose; 

PERFECT TENSE. 

It has believed, I suppose or it seems 



It seems 
or it seems 



Ke tapwat akamukunotookwa, 
&c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



K^ tapwat akamukunokopun, 
&c. 



It had believed, I suppose or it seems 



FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akamukunatookwa. It shall or will believe, I suppose or 

&c. it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akamukunatookwa, It shall or will have b#lieved» I sup- 
Ac. pose or it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwit akamukunatookwa, It may or can believe, I suppose or 
&c, it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwdt akamukunokopun, It might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akamukunokopun, It might, could, would, or should 

&c. have believed, I suppose or it 

seems. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. * 

The same as the Subjunctive Mood of the Simple Verb, with the 
addition of atookwa throughout all its tenses. 



TRANSITIVE VBRB—INBETERMINATE— INANIMATE— INDEFINITE— INVERSE. 177 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

• It is believed, I suppose or it seems 
They are believed, I suppose or it 
seems 



tapwa chikatatookwa, 
, , chikatatookwanee, 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwa chikatakopun, 
„ chikatakopuuee, 



It was believed, I suppose or it seems 
They were believed, I suppose or it 
•seems 



PERFECT TENSE. 



K^ tapwa chikatatookwa, 
&c. 



E6 tapwi chikatakopun, 
&c. 



It has been believed, I suppose or it 
seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



It had been believed, I suppose or it 
seems 



}<i^ 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwa chikatatookwa, 
&c. 



It shall or will be believed, I suppose 
it seems 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapw4 chikatatookwa, 
&c. 



It shall or will have been believed, 
I suppose or it seems. 



V 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta k4 tapwa chikatatookwa, 
&c. 



It may or can be believed, I suppose 
or it seems 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwi chikatakopun, 
&c. 



It might, could, would or should be 
believed, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Etta k^ tapwi chikatakopun, 
&c. 



It might, could, would, or should have 
been believed, I suppose or it 

seems. 



.%' 



m 



178 TRANSmVB YEKB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE INDEFINITE — DIBEC3T. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
tapwat akamukuneyeetookwa, It, in relation to him, believcB, I 

suppose or it seems 
„ akamukuneyeetookwanee, They, in relation to him, believe, 

I suppose or it seems 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwat akamukuneyekopun, It, in relation to him, believed, 

I suppose or it seems 
„ akamukuneyekopunee, They, in relation to him, believed, I 

suppose or it seems 
PERFECT TENSE. . 
Ke tapwat akamukuneyeetookwa, It, in relation to him, has believed, 

&c. I suppose or it seems 

I , PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Ke tapwat akamukuneyekopun, It, in relation to him, had believed, 

I suppose or it seems 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akamukuneyeetookwa, It, in relation to him, shall or will 
&c. believe, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
• Kitta k^ tapw^^ akamukuneyeetookwa, It, in relation to him, shall or will 
&c. have believed, I suppose or it 

seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akamukuneyeetookwa, It, in relation to him, may or can 
&c. believe, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akamukuneyekopun. It, in relation to him, might, could, 

I &c. would, or should believe, I sup- 

': ^ pose or it seems 

i * PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

i 

I ' Kitta ke tapwat akamukuneyekopun, It, in relation to him, might, could, 

i&c. would, or should have believed, 

I suppose or it seems 
I ^ SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



f i' 



■r 



The same as the Accessory or Possessive Case of the Subjunctive Mood 
of the Simple Verb, with the addition of atookwa throughout all its tenses. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 
The Optative Mood is formed by the addition of the same prefixes as 
noticed before at page 85. 



iilB 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 179 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE, 
tapwi chikatayeetookwil, It, in relation to him, is believed, 

„ chikatayeetookwanee, 



tapwi chikatayekopun, 
„ chikatayekopunee, 



I suppose or it seems 
They, in relation to him, are believed, 
I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, was believed, 
I suppose or it seems 

They, in relation to him, w,ere be- 
lieved, I suppose or it seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 



K& tapwa chikatayeetookwa, 
&c. 



KS tapw& chikatayekopun, 
&c. 



It, in relation to him, has been 
believed, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, had been 
believed, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE TENSE- 



Kitta tapwi. chikatayeetookwa 
&c 



It, in relation to him, shall or will 
be believed, I suppose or it 
seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwi chikatayeetookwa. It, in relation to him, shall or will 

&c; have been believed, I suppose 

or it seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD, 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k§ tapw^ chikatayeetookwa, It, in relation to him, may or can 
&c. be believed, I suppose or it 

seems 



Kitta tapw^ chikatayekopun, 
&c. 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

It, in relation to him, might, could, 
would or shoidd be believed, I 
suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k§ tapwl chikatayekopun, It, in relation to him, might, could, 

&c« would or should have been be- 

lieved, I suppose or it seems. 



1 1 



\i 



"i 



I 



M. 



% 






■ c' ', ft 



• II 



y% 



^ 



m 



:,*• 



m 



.v\ 



^ 



( 180 ) 



TRANSITIVE VERB— Inanimate Object. (6<A Conjug. um.) 

INDICATIVE MOOD— Direct. 







PRESENT TENSE. 


Sing. Ne tapwit 


an, 


I believe it 


Ke 


15 


an, 


Thou believest it 




99 


um, 


He believes it 


Flur. Ne 


u 


anan, 1. 3' 
ana wow, 1. 2> 


We believe it 


Ke 


J> 




Ke 


»> 


anawaw, 


Ye believe it 




» 


umwuk, 


They believe it 






PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 


Sing. Ne tapwat a, ty, 


I believed it 


Ke 


7? 


4, ty, 


Thou believedst it 


Oo 


Jj 


i.ty, 


He believed it 


Plur. Ne 


)> 


itanan, 1. 3 ') 
itanawow, 1. 2 ) 


We believed it 


Ee 


15 




Ke 


n 


itawaw, 


Ye believed it 


Oo 


)5 


atawaw, 

Or, 


They believed it 


Sing. Ne ^ 


tapwat anapun, 


I believed it 


Ke 


>? 


anapun, 


Thou believedst it 




» 


umopun, 


He believed it 


Plur. Ne 


J5 


ananapun, 1. 3 , 
ananapun, I. 2 i 


We believed it 


Ke 


» ■ 




-mu- 




anawapun, 


Ye believed it , 




99 


umopuSBcfcy— 4- . 


— She^-Mieved it 




>5 


umoowApun, j 








PEBFECT TENSE. 


sing-. Ne kl tapwat an, 


I have believed it 




&c. 








PLUPERFECT TENSE. 


Sing. Ne kl tapwit 1, ty, 
&c. 


I had believed it. 



( 181 ) 

TRANSITIVE VERB.— Inanimate Object. (&h Conjug. um.) 
INDICATIVE MOOD— Inverse. 



Sing. Ne tapwit akoon, 
Ee 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



^V- 



7? 

It 



PRESENT TENSE. 

It believes me 

akoon. It believes thee 

akoo, He is believed by it 

akoonan, 1.3 ) _ ... 
, ^ ft V I* believes us 

akoonanow, 1. 2 J 

akoonawaw, It, believes you 

akoowuk, They are believed by it 



Ke 
Oo 

Plur, Ne 
Ke 
Ke 

" Oo 









PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne tapwat ak6, ty. It believed me 

„ ak6, ty, It believed thee 

ak6, ty, He was believed by it 

ak6tanan, 1. 3 )• , ,. , 
,, ^ ^ fit believed us 

akotananow, 1. 2 -) 

ak6tawaw. It believed you ^'^ 

3k6tawaWi y^j ty, They were believed by it 

Or, 
Sing, Ne tapwat akoonapun, It believed me 

Ke „ akoonapun. It believed thee 

„ akoopun, He was believed by it 

Flur, Ne „ akoonanfiq)un, 1- 3 | 
akoonanapun, 1. 2 5 
akoonawapun, It believed you 

ako6tawdpun,^ 

akoopuneek, i They were believed by it 

„ akoowapun, ) 

PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne kS tapwit akoon, It has believed me 



Ne 


77 


Ke 


M 


Ke 


1> 




17 




77 



believed us 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Ne i& tap wit ak6, ty. It had believed me. 

&c. 



■^'■M 



fe^ 




Sing. Ne ga ke tapwit fin, I may or can believe it 

&c. 

PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

I might, could, would, or should 
believe it 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit anapun, I might, could, would, or should 



Sijig. Ne ga tapwat i, ty, 
&c. 



&c. 



believe it 



PLTJPEEFECT TENSE. 

^ing. Negak^tapwit 4, ty, I might, could, would, or should 

&c have believed it 

Or, 

Sing. Ne ga k§ tapw&t anapun, I might, could, would, or should have 

&c. believed it. 



Sing. A tapwit uman, 
„ „ umun, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PBESE]ST TENSE. 

(that) I believe it 
„ Thou believest it 
„ He believes it. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



- TRANSmVB VEKB — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVEHSE. 

Or, 

Ne k^ tapwAt akoonapun, It had believed me 
&c. 

rUTUEE TENSE, 
Ne ga tapw&t akooD, It shall or will believe me 



183 



&e. 



EUTUBE PEBFECT TENSE. 



Sing. 

Sing. 
Sing. 

Sing. 
Sing. 



Ne ga k§ tapwit akoon, It shall or will have believed me. 

&c. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 
Ne ga k4 tapwat akoon, It may or edn believe me 

&c. 

. PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Ne ga tapwit ak6, ty, ' It might, could, would, or should 

&c. believe me 

Or, 
Ne ga tapwit akoonapun, It might, could, would, or should 

g^Q^ believe me 

PLTJPEEFECT TENSE, 

Ne gak§ tapwat akA,ty, It might, could, would, or should 

g^Q^ have believed me 

Or, 

Ne ga kS tapw&t akoonapun. It might, could, would, or should 
g^Q^ have believed me. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PBESENT TENSE. 
Sing. A tapwh akooyan, (that) It believes me 

„ „ akooyun, 
„ akoot, 



„ It believes thee 
„ He is believed by it. 



\t 



i 



\ 



184 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



Plur. A tap wit unmk, 1. 3 
„ ,, umuk, 1. 2 

„ umak, 
„ „ ukik, 
)) «• UKwaWi 



(that) We believe it 
„ Ye believe it 
„ They believe it 



PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. A tapwat umapan, 



(j;hat) I believed it 





Plur. 


„ „ umupun, 

„ „ ukepun, '; 

„ „ fipun, ) 
„ „ umakepun^ 1. 

„ „ nmukepun, 1. 

;, „ umakepun, 

„ „ ukikepun, 

„ „ ukwipun, 

„ „ umwApun, , 


3 
2 


„ Ihou believedst it 
„ He believed it 

I „ We believed it 
„ Ye believed it 

^ „ They believed it 






PEKFECT TENSE. 




Sing. 


A ke tapwat uman, 
&c. 




(that) I have believed it 






PLUPEBFECT TENSE. 




Sing. 


A ke tapwat umapan, 
&c. 


^3 


(that) I had believed it 


) 


Sing. 


FUTUBE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat uman, (that) I shall or will believe it 


/ 




&c. 




I to. believe it 
And, 




Sing. 


tapwit umane, 
„ umune 
„ uke, 




(when) I shall or will believe it 
„ Thou shalt or wilt believe it 
^ „ He shall or will believe it 


- 


Phir. 


„ umiko, 
„ nmuko, 
„ ' umako, 
„ ukwawe, 




„ We shall^or will believe it 

„ Ye shall or will believe it 
„ They shall or will believe it 



TIUNSITIVB VERB — INANIMATB OBJECT — INVERSE. 



185 



Plur. A ta]^wit akooyik, 1. 3 
akooyuk, 
akooyak, 
akootchiky 






n 



1.2 

1 



akootwaw, 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE 



(that) It believes us 
„ It believes you 
„ They are believed by it 



Sing. A tapwat akooyapan, 



11 


11 
11 


akootepun, -^^ 
ako6pun, 


yy 


99 


Plur. „ 


17 


akooyikepun, 1. 3 


11 


»1 


akooyukepun, 1. 2 


n 


11 


akooyakepun, 


>i 


99 


akootchikepun, ^ 


11 


11 


akootwdpun, > 


99 


« 


akoowipun, 3 


Sing. A k§ tapwHt akooyan, 






&c. 



jStTig^. A kh tapwat akooyapan, 
&c. 



(that) It believed me 
„ It believed thee 

„ He was believed by it 

„ It believed us 
„ It believed you 

„ They were believed by it 

DT TENSE, 
(that) It has believed me 



PLUPERpECT TENSE. 

/ (that) It had believed me 



Sing. Kitta tapwat akooyan, 



Sing. 



Plur. 



tapw&t akooyane, (^ 


rhei 


„ akooyune, 


11 


„ akootche, 


» 


„ akooyiko, 1. 3 \ 
„ akooyuko, 1. 2 




11 


„ akooyako, 


)) 


,, akootwawe, 


)j 



FUTURE TENSE. 

(that) It shall or will believe me, 
or 
It to believe me 

And^ 

(when) It shall or will believe me 
It shall or will believe thee 
He shall or will be believed 

It shall or will believe us 

It shall or will believe you 
They shall or will be believed 

A A 



/ 




/■ 



.>^* 



186 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



rUTUBE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwit uman, (that) I shall or will have believed it 



&c. 



K^ tapwat umane, 

^A &c. 



or 



I to have believed it 
And^ 
(when) I shall or will have believed it. 



Sing. 
Sing. 

Sing. 
Sing. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. , 

Kitta ke tapwat uman, (that) I may or can believe it 

&c. ' 

And^ ^ 

K& tapwat umane, (when) I may or can. believe it 

&c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat umapan, 
&c. 



((hat) I might, could, would, or should 
telieve it 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwat umapan, (that) I might, could, would, or 

&c. should have believed it. 



Sing. Ke tapwat uman, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) I believed it. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 





PRESENT TENSE. 


Sing. 


tapwat d, 


Believe thou it 




Kitta „ urn, 


Let him believe it 


Flur. 


„ utan, tak, 


Let us (1. 2) believe it 




„ umook, 


Believe ye it 




Kitta „ umwuk} 


Let them believe it. - 



Inverse* 

Kitta tapwat akoo. Let him be believed by it 

„ akoowuk, Let them be believed by it. 



NPPOTP 



TBANSrnVB VEBB — IKANIMATB OBJECT—^INYEESE. 
FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 



187 



Sing, kitta k^ tapwit akooyan, (that) It shall or will have believed uj^ 
&c. ^ 



or. 



Sing. K4 tapwit akooyane. 
&c. 



It to have believed me 
And^ 

(when) It shall or will have believed me. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k§ tapwat akooyan, (that) It may or can believe me 
&c. 

Sing. Ke tapwat akooyane, (when) It may or can believe me 

&c. 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwat akooyapan, (that) It might, could, would, or should 

&d;*y believe me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k6 tapwit akooyapan, (that) It might, could^ would, or should 
&c. have believed me. 



Sing. Ki tapwit akooyan, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) It believed me. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

FUTUEE {Indefinite). Direct 



Sing. tapwat umo6kun, 

Kitta „ um, 
Plur. ,, umo6kuk, 

„ umo6kak, 



Kitta 



umwuk, 



Believe thou it 

Let him believe it ^ 

Let us (1. 2) believe it 

Believe ye it 

Let them believe it. 



1- 



tliiiiiiiiii 



188 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwat umwan, 



K^ 



Plur, Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



umwan, 

umwilo, 

utneyewa, 

umwanan 

umwananoWj 

umwanawaw, 

umwawuk, 

umeyewa. 



I believe it, in relation to him 
Thou ijellevest it, in relation to him 

I He believes it, in relation to him 

' ' f We believe it, in relation to him 
ow, 1. 2) 

Ye believe it, in relation to him 
They believe it, in relation to him 



k,j 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwit umwi, ty, 



Plur. 



Ke 
Oo- 
Oo 
Ne 
Ke 
Ke 
Oo 
Oo 






1"} 



I believed it, in relation to him, 
Thou believedst it, in relation to him 



He believed it, in illation to him 



umv^A, ty, 
umwi, ty, ^ 
umey^, ty, ) 

^ ' ■ [ We believed it, in relation to him 

umwatanawow, 1.2) 

umwitawaw, ' Ye believed it, in relation to him 

umwAtawaw, 

umeye, ty, 



i They believed it, in relation to him 



Or, 



Sing. Ne tapwat umwanapun, 



Plur. 



Ke 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



J) 



umwanapun, 

umwapun, 

umeyepun. 



I believed it, in relation to him 
Thou believedst it, in relation to him 

> He believed it, in relation to him 

umwananapun.l.S) ^^ ^jj^^^^ .^^ j^ ^^^^.^^ ^^ ^.^ 

umwananapun,1.2) 

umwanawapun, Ye believed it, in relation to him 

umwapuneek, ^ 

umeyepun, > They believed it, in relation to him 

umeyepuneek, ) 



mmm 



.V^j-c. 



TRAMSmVE VEBB — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVBB8B. 



189 



\ 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PBESENT TENSE, 



Sing. Ne tapwit akoowan, 



f 



Plur. 



Ee 



Ne 
Ke 
Ee 



n 

)? 



J It, in relation to him, believes me / 
It, in relation to him, believes thee 
He is believed by it, in relation to 
him 



)j 



akoowan, 
akoowao, 
akooyewa, 

akoowanan, 1.3| j^^ in relation to him, believes us 
akoowananow,! .2) 

akoowanawaw, It, in relation to him, believes you 

akoowawuk, \ They are believed by it, in relation 
akooyewa, ) to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne^pwit akoowA, ty, 



Plur. 



Ke 
Oo 
Go 

Ne 
Ke 

Ke 
Oo 
Oo 



akoowA, ty, 
akoowd, ty, | 
akooy^, ty, ) 
akoow&tanan, 
akoow&tananow 

akoow&tawaw, 
akoowitawaw, *) 
akooy§, ty, 3 



It, in relation to him, believed me 
Itj^in relal&on to him, believed thee 
He was believed by it, in relation to 
him 

fit, in relation to him, believed us 
,1.2) ' 

It, in relation to him, believed you 
They were believed by it, in relation 
to him 



Or, 



Sing. Ne tapwat akoowanapun, 



Plur. 



Ke 



Ne 
Ke 

Ke 






» 
« 



It, in relation to him, believed me 
It, in relation to him, believed thee 
He was believed by it, in relation to 
him 



us 



akoowanapun, 

akoowapun, | 

akooyepun, ) 

akoowananapun,l-3|j^^ ^ ^l^^^^ to him, believed i 

akoowananapun,1.2) 

akoowanawapun, It, in relation to him, believed^ you 

akoowapuneek, | They were believed by it, in relation 

akooyepun, ) to him 



i 



m 






^l! 



III! 

An 

ill 
i! 



m 



Ij 

'in 



I 









M 



liiitttt^iSfti^ 



A. 




i 



I mighty couldy would, or should be- 
lieve it, in relation to him 
Or, 
Sing. Ne ga tapw&t umwanapun, I might, could, would, or should be- ^ 

g^c, U^^^ ^^9 ^ relation to him 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Sinff, Ne ga k^ tapwit umwi, ty, I might, could, would, or should have ^ 

® &c, believed it, in relation to him 

Or, 

S^ingTlfegaki tapwit umwanapun, I might, could, would, or should 

&c. have believed it, in relation 

to him. 




TRANSmVB VERB — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 191 

PERFECT TENSE. ^ 

Itj'in relation to him, has believed 
me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne kS tapw&t akoow&, ty, It, in relation to him, had believed 



Sing. Ne k^ tapw&t akoowan, 

^ &c. 



&c. 



Or, 



me 



Sing. Ne kS tapw&t akoowanapun, It, in relation to him, had believed 
&c. me 

FUTURE TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga tapwit akoowan. 



''" It, in relation to him, shall or will 
believe me 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga ki tapwit akoowan, It, ip relation to him, shall or will 

&c. •^ have believed me. 



'■■']; 



'Hi* 



^.4'! I 



U 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k4 tapw&t akoowan, It, in relation to him, may or can 

&c. believe me 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akoowi, ty, It, in relation to him, might, could, 

Sec would or should believe me 

Or. 

Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akoowanapun, * It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would or should believe me 

• PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Ne ga kS tapw&t akoowi, ty, It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have believed 

me 
Or, ^ ^ 

Sing. Ne ga k4 tapw&t akoowanapun. It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have believed 

me. " 



192 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



Sing, 



Plur. 



Sing, 



Plur. 





PBESENT TENSE: 




A tapw&t umwuk, (that^ 


I believe it, in relation to him 




»i « 


umwut, „ 


Thou believest it, in relation to 
him 




V) f 4 


umwat, 

umeyit, 3 " 






n 11 


He believes it, in relation, to him 




)) >) 


umwukeet, 1. 3> 
umwuk, ^1.2) '' 






n » 


We believe it, in relation to him 




n ?i 


umwak, „ 


Ye believe it, in relation to him 




y> ?> 


umwatchik,^ 






11 ij 


umwatwaw, > „ 


They believe it, in- relation to him 




n J) 


umeyit, ) 


- 






PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 




A tapwAt umwukepun, (that^ 


I believed it, in relation to him 




99 )? 


umwutepun^ „ 


Thou believedst it, in relation to 

him 




1> 3) 


umwatepun, ^ 






>5 >? 


umwipun, f „ 


He believed it, in relation to 


« 


>» >1 


umeyitepun, ( 


him 




5J )) 


umey^pun, -^ 






99 99 


umwuke^tepun,1.3| „ 
umw.ukepun, 1.2j 


We believed it, in relation to 




» J) 


him 


^ 


J5 99 


umwakepuir, „ 


Ye believed it, in relation to him 




99 IJ 


umwatchikepun, n 






»5 71 


umwatwipun, [ „ 


They believed it, in relation to 




99 ?1 


umeyitepun, f 


him 




)J 55 


umey^pun, ) 


• 





Sing. 



Sing. 



PEBPECT TENSE. 
A k^ tapwat umwuk, (that) I have believed it, in relation to 

&c. him 

J PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

A k^ taptm umwukepun, (that) I had believed it, in relation to 
&c. him 



TRANSrnVB VKRB — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. ^ 193 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

(that) It, in relation to him, believes me 
It, in relation to him, believes thee 
He is believed by it, in relation to 

him 
It, in relation to him, believes 

It, in relation to him, believes you 

They are believed by it, in relation 
to him 



Sing. A tapwAl 


t akoowuk, 


(thai 


»^ 71 


akoowut, 


>; 


» »1 


akoowat, ; 
akooyit, : 


n 


l> » 




Flur, „ „ 


akoowuke4t»L3^ 
akoolnik, 1.2 • 


» 


)) » 




)i 11 


akoowak, ' 


»i 


M n 


akoowatchik, ^ 




n » 


akoowatwaw, f 


»> 


j> « 


akoowayit, f 




« 11 


akooyit, ^ 





^"^ 



^1 






PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sivg. A tapwat akoowukepun, (that) It, in relation to him, believed me 
akoowutepun, „ It, in relation to him, believed thee 

akoowatepun, n 
„ „ akooyitepun, ( 
„ „ akooy^pun, i 



71 )j 



He was believed by it, in relation 
to him 



Plur, 



M 77 

77 77 

>> 77 

)) » 

77 77 

77 77 

75 77 

77 JJ 



akoowukeitepun,I.3)„ It, in relation to him, believed 

akoowukepun, 1.2) 
akoowakepan, 



us 



akoowatchikepun, 

akoowatw&pun, 

akoow&pun, 

akooyitepun, 

akooy^pun, 



It, in relation to him, believed 
you 

They were believed by it, in 
relation to him 



PERFECT TENSE. 

Sifig. A k^ tapwit akoowuk, (that) It, in relation to him, has believed 
&c. tne 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE, 

Sing, A k^ tapwit akoowukepon, (that) It, in relation to him, had be- 
4c. lieved me 

B B 



I 



-'h 



iM 



V" 



194 

Sivg. 

Sing. 



TBANSmVB VERB— 'IN ANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 
FUTUEE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat umwuk, 
&c. 



tapwat umwuke, 
„ umwutche, 



Plur. 






umwatche, ) „ 
umeyitche, ) 
umwuke^tche,1.3")„ 
umwuko, ' 1.23 
umwako, „ 



(that) I shall or will believe it, in 
relation to him 

I to believe it, in relation to him 
And, ^ ^ 

(when) I shall or will believe it, in re- 
lation to him 
„ Thou shalt or wilt believe it, in 
relation to him 
) „ He^all or^will believe it, in re- 



latioifto him 
We shall or will believe it, in 

-relation to him 
Ye shall or will believe it, in 

relation to him 
They shall or will believe it, in 

relation to him 



Sing, 



Elitta k^ tapwit umwuk, 
&c. 



Sing. 

Sing. 
Sing. 

Sing. 

Sing. 



umwatwawe, ^ 
umeyitche, | 
umeyitwaVe, ) 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

(that) I shall or will have believed it, -in 
relation to him 

I to have believed it, in relation 
- to him 
Andj 
K5 tapwat umwuke, (when) I shall or will have believed it, 

&c. in relation to him, 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwat umwuk, ' (that) I may or can believe it, in re- 
Ac. lation to him 
And^ 



Ke tapwat umwuke, 
&c. 



(when) I may or can believe it, in 
relation to him 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE, 

Kitta tapwit umwukepun, (that) I might, could, would, or should 

believe it, in relation to him 

PLUif^EEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat umwukepun, (that) I might, could, would, or should 
&c. \ have believed it, in relation 

to him. 



&c. 



TpANSITIVB VERB — INANIMATE OBJBCT — INVEBSE. 195 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwat akoowuk, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or 

will believe me 

It, in relation to him, to believe me 
Andy 

(when) It, in relation to him, shall or 
will believe me 
,, It, in relation to him, shall or 
will believe thee 

He shall or will be believed by 
it, in relation to him 
akoowukeetche,1.3|„ It, in relation to him, shall or 

will believe us 
It, in relation to him, shall or 
will believe you 



Sing. 



tapwat akoowuke, 
„ akoowutche, 



Plur. 



1) 



akoowatche, 1 
akooyitcbe, j 



akoowiko, 
akoowako, 



,1.3) 

1.2J 



They shall or will be believed by 
it, in relation to him 



„ akoowatwawe,^ 
„ akooyitcbe^ 
„ akooyitwawe, j 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta ke tapwat akoowuk, (that) It, in relation to him, shall or 
&c. will have believed me 

It, in relation to him, to have 
believed me 
Andj 
Sing. K^ tapwat akoowuke, (when) It, in relation to him, shall or 

&c. will have believed me. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta ke tapwat akoowuk, (that) It, in relation to him, may or can 
&c. believe me 

And, 

Sing. KS tapwat akoowuke, 
&c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwat akoowukepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, 
&c. could, would, or should be- 

lieve me 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing* Kitta ke tapwit akoowukepun, (that) It, in relation to him, might, 
&c. could, would, or should have 

believed me. 



(when) It, in relation to him, may or 
V can believe me 



W' 



ill 



,196 



TRANSITIVE VBBB— INANIMATB OBJECT — DIRECT. 

OONDITIONAL MOOD. 



Sing» K4 tapw&t umwuk, 
&c. 



(had) I believed it, in relation to him. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Sing. 



Plur, 



tapwut um, 



Kitta 



11 

yy 

11 



umwao, -^ 
umeyewa, j 
umwa^Ti, tak, 



Kitta 



PRESENT TENSE. 

Believe thou it, in relation to- him 
-) Let him believe it^ in relation to 

him 
Let us (1. 2) believe it, in relation 

to him 
Believe ye it, in relation to him 
Let them believe it, in relation to 
him 



umw^, 
umwawuk,*^ 
umeyewa, ) 

FUTUEE (Ind^iUy 



Kitta 



tapwit umw&kun, 



i 



Kitta 



umvirao, '^ 
umeyewa, ) 
umwdkuk, 

umwAkak, 
umwawukO 
umeyewa, ) 



Believe thou it, in relation to him 
Let him believe it, in relation to 

him 
Let US, (1. 2) believe it, in relation 

to him 
Believe ye it, in relation to him 
Let them believe it, in relation to 

him 



Sing. 



Plur. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD. {Subjunctive.) 
PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwit mnoowan(w)a, If or whether I believe it 

umoowun(w)a, „ 
ukwa^ 1 

umookwa, J " 
umoow&kwa, 1.3^ 

umoowukwft, 1.2) '* 

umoowakwfi,^ ,« 

umoowakwa „ 






Thou believest it 
He believes it 



We believe it 

Te believe it 
They believe it 



TBANSITIVB VBBB— INANIMATE OBJECT — INVEBSE. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 



197 



Sing. Kl tapw^t akoownky 
&c. 



(had) It, in relation to him, belieyed 

me. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. " 



Sing. Kitta tapwilt akoowao, | 
„ „ akooyewa, ) 

Plur. „ „ akoowawuk,^ 

akooyewa, J 



11 



»1 



Let him be believed by it, in relation 
to him 

Let them be believed by it, in re- 
lation to him 






'II: 



y* 



III 

is 
III 



m 



Sing. 



Plur. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD. (Subjunctive). 
PBESENT TENSE. 



teapwSt 


akoowana, If or 


whether It believes me 






akoowuna, 


» 


It believes thee 


; 




akookwa, 


» 


He is believed by it 






akoow&kwa, 1.3\ 
akoowukwa, 1.2^ 




It believes us 




'? 




1 




akoowftkwa, 


M 


It believes you 




akoowakwa, 


)> 


They are believed by it 


H 



198 



TBANSITIVB VEEB — ^INAHIMATB OBJECT — DIBBCT. 



Sing.. 



Plur. 



teapwat umwapana, 
„ umwupuna, 
„ ukepuna, 



PAST OB IMPBBFECT TENSE, 

If or whether I believed it 

J) 






umookopuna, ) 
umw&kepuna, 1.3-^ 
umwukepuna,1.25 
umwakepuna^ 
umwakepuna, 



9i 



Thou believedst it 
He believed it . 

We believed it 

Ye believed it 
They believed it 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Kk tapwat umwaDa, 
K^ &c. 



PERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether I have believed it 



PLXJPERFECT TENSE. 
Ki tapwat umwapana, If or whether I had believed it 



K^ 



&c. 



Kitta tapwat umwana, 
Ka &c^ 



FUTUBE TENSE. 
' ~ If or whether I shall or will believe it 



FimJEE PEEFECT TENSE 

Kitta ke tapwat umwana, If or whether It shall or will have 

Ka ke &c. _ believed it. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Kitta ke tapwat umwana, If or whether I may or can believe it 

Ka k^ &c. 

-^ 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
7 Sing. Kitta tapwat umwapana, If or whether I might, could, would, 

Ka &c. or should believe 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Sing. Kitta kS tapwat umwapana, If or whether I might, could, would, 
^ t^ &c. or should have believed it. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



TBANSmVE VERB — IKAinMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It believed me 
„ It believed thee 



190 



teapw&t akoowapana, 
akoowupupa, 
akookopuna^ 
akoowikepuna, 1.3| 
akoowukepuna, JLJ2 j 
akoowakepupa^ 
akoowakepuna, 






He was believed by it 

It believed us 

It believed you 
They wer? believed by 
it 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



Sing. 



PERFECT TENSE. 
K4 tapw&t ako<}wana^ If or whether It has believed tne 



m 



&c. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. ^ 

If or whether It had believed mc 



Ki tapwat akoowapana, 
K6 &c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit akoowana, If or whether It shall or will be- 

Ka &c. lieve tne 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta k& tapwit akoowana^ 
Ka kl &c. 



If or whether It shall or will have 
believed me. 



J:>U 



lir 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta kk tapw&t akoowana, If or whether It may or can believe me 
Kak* &c. 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwit akoowapana, ^ If or whether It might, could, would, 
Ka &c. or should believe me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwit akoowapana, If or whether It might, could, would, 
Ka k^ &c. or should, have believed me. 



^rf jiiitiiTf^f^riii - 



200 TKANSmVE VBBB — ISAJSilMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 

, ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD 

Subjunctive. 
PEESENT TENSE. • 
Sing, ^ teapwat umwawuka, 
„ umwawuta, 



Plur. 



Sing, 



Plur, 






If or whether I believe it, in relation 

to him 
If or whether Thou believest it, in 
relation to him 
umwakwa, | - If or whether He believes it, in 

umeyikwa, j relation to him 

umwawukeeta,1.3| If or whether We believe it, in re- 
am wawukwa, 1.2J lation to him 
umwawakwa, If or whether Ye believe it, in re- 
lation to him 
umeyikwa, If or whether They believe it, in re- 
lation to him 



PAST Ofi IMPEKiECT TENSE 
teapwat umwawukepuna, 
„ umwawutepuna, 



If or whether I believed it, in relation 

to him 
If oi^whether Thou believedst it, in 

relation to, him 



1? 

11 



umwatepuna, 
umeyitepuna, 
umeyepuna, 
umwawukeke- 



If or whether He believed it, in re- 
lation to him 



wruke^te- hf ^r whether We believed it, in re- 
puna, 1.3 lotion to him 
um waw u kepuna, 1 .26 J 

umwawakepuna. If or whether Ye believed it, in re- 
lation to him 
umeyitepuna, n 

umeyepuna. If or whether They beUeved it, in 

umwatchikepuna, rd^ixou to him 

umwatwapuna, \ 
umwipuna, ^ 



PEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ki tapwat umwawuka, 
Ke &c. 



If or whether I have believed it, in 
relation to him 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sine. Ki tapwat umwawukepunii, If or whether I had believed it, in 
Ke &c. relation to him. 



TBANSrriVB VERB— .INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE, 



201 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DU BIT ATIVE. MOOD. 



Sing, 



PEBSENT TEirSE. 
teapwat akoowawuka, 

„ akoowawuta, 



11 
J) 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believes me 
If or whether It,, in relation to him, 
belieyes thee 

akoowakwaJ If or whether He is believed by it, 

akooyikwa, j in relation to him 

akoowawuke^ta, 1.3) If or whether It, in relation to him, 
akoowawukwa, 1.2) believes us 
akoowawakwa, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believes you 

akoojikwl^ ( K or whether They are beUeved by 
akoowayikwa, i 



it, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TI^NSE. 



SingT teapwit akoowawukepuna, 
„ akoowawutepuna, 



Plur. 



U 

1) 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believed me 
If or whether It, in relation to him, 
believed thee 
akoowatepuna, ^ 
akooyitepuua, > 
akooyepuna, ) 

nun" 1 ^i^^ ^^ whether It, in relation to him, 

akoowawikepu5,i:2J ^^'^"'* >" 

akoowaw^lkepuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 

believed you 
akoowatchikepuna, 
akoowatwipuna, 
akoowipund, 
akooyitepuna, 
akooyepuna, 



If or whether He was believed by it, 
in relation to him 



^If or whether They were believed by 
it, in relation to him 



PERFECT TENSE. 



Sing, K4 tapwat akoowawuka, 
Ke &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
has believed me 



Iti 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ki tapwit akoowawukepuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 
K& Sec. had believed me 



c c 



202 



TRANSITIVE VERB — ININIMATB OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapw4t umwawuka, If or whether I shall or will believe 

Ka &c. it, in relation to him 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwat nmwawuka, If or whether I shall or will have 
Ka k^ &c. believed it, in relation to him. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwat umwawuka, If or whether I may or can believe 
Ka ke &c. it, in relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwat umwawtikepuna, If or whether I might, could, would, 
Ka &c. or should believe it, in relation 

to him ^ 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k^ tapwat umwawukepuna, If or whether I might, could, would, 

Ka kS &c. or should have believed it, in 

relation to him. 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne 


tapwal 


; anatookwa. 


Ke 


(" 


anatookwa. 




?1 


umotookwa. 


Plur. Ne 


11 


ananatookwa, 1.3^ 
ananatookwfi, 1.2 j 


Ke 


31 


Ke 


51 


anawatookwa, 




11 


umotookwanik. 



I believe it, I suppose or it seems 
Thou believestit, I suppose or it seems 
He believes it, I suppose or it seems 

We believe it, I suppose or it seems 

Te believe it, I suppose or it seems 
They believe it, I suppose or it seems 






TRANSITIVE VBKD — ^INAIIIMATE OBJECT — HITVEBSE. 
FUTUEE TENSE. 



203 



Sing, Kitta tapwat akoowawuka, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether It, in relation to him, 
shall or will believe me 



i4, 



rUTUEE PERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Kitta k^ tapwit akoowawuka, If or whether It, in relation to him^ 
Ka kS &c. shall or will have believed me. 



;: i 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta kS tapwat akoowawuka, If or whether It, in relation to him, 
Ka k^ &c. may or can believe me 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta tapwit akoowawukepuna, If or whether It, in relation to him, 
Ka &c, might, could, would, or should 

believe me 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Kitta k4 tapwit akoowawuke- If or whether It, in relation to him, 
Ka k^ &c, [puna, might, could, would, or should 

* have believed me. 



SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwat akoonatookwa, 



Ke 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



It believes me, I suppose or it seems 

akoonatookw&, It believes thee, I suppose or it seems 

akootookwa He is believed by it, I suppose or it 

seems 

akoonanatookwa,1.37Tx v v t 

, ^ >It believes us, 1 suppose or it seems 

akoonanatookw&,1.2 ; 

akoonawatookwa. It believes you, I suppose or it seems 
akootookwanik, They are believed by it, I suppose or 

it seems 



^%l 



miiim 



204 



TRANSITIVE VBKB — ^INANIIIATB OBJECT — DIEECT. 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne tapwit iinakopun, I believed it, I suppose or it seems 

Ke „ iinakopun, Thou believedst it, I suppose or it 

seems 
umokopun, He believed it, I suppose or it seems 

ananakopun, 1. 3 ) We believed it, I suppose or it 
, 1, 2 J seems 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



ananakopun, 
anawakopun, 
umwakopun, 



I suppo 
it, I 



anawakopun, Ye believed it, I suppose or it seems 

)un, _---.-- 

PERFECT TENSE. 



They believed it, I suppose or it 

seems 



Sing, Ne k^ tapwit anatookwa, 
&c. 



I have believed it, I suppose or it 

seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne k4 tapwat anakopun, 
&c. 



I had believed it, 1 suppose or it 
seems 



Sing. Ne ga tapwat anatookwa, 
&c. 



FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall or will believe it, I suppose 
or it seems 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga k^ tapwit anatookwa, It shall or will have believed it, I 
&c. suppose or4t seems. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwat anatookwa, I may or can believe it, I suppose or 
&c. it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga tapwat anakopun, 
&c. 



I might, coidd, would, or should 
believe it, I suppose or it seenis 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwat anakopun, I might, could, would, or should have 
&e. believed it, I suppose or it 

seems. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The same as the Subjunctive Mood of the Simple Verb, with the 
addition of atookwa throughout all its tenses. 



TBAmUTlVE VBBB— INAmiATR OBJECT — INVEBSE. 



PAST OE IMPBEFECT TENSE. 



205 



Sing. Ne tapw&t akoonakopun, 



Ee 



Plur. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



Oo 



1J 



It believed me, I suppose or it seems 
akoonakopun, It believed thee, I suppose or it seems 

akookopun, He was believed by it, I suppose or 

it seems 
akoonanakopun, 1.3)t^ , ,. , t 
akoonanakopun, 1.2^* believed us, I suppose or it seems 

akoonawakopun, It believed you, I suppose or it seems 

akoowakopun, ) m, , ,. j i v. t 

ako6tawaiopun, ^^^y ^^/^ ^'^^^^^ ^^ '^^ ^ ^^PP^^^ 

akookopuneek, ) or it seems 

PEEFECT TENSE, 

Sing. Ne k4 tapw&t akoonatookwa, It has believed me, I suppose or it 
&c. seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k^ tapwSt akoonakopun, It had believed me, I suppose or it 
&c. seems 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akoonatookwa, It shall or will believe me, I suppose 
&c. or it seems 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akoonatookwa, It shall or will have believed me, I 
&c. suppose or it seems. 



li 



^ir 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne gakS tapwit akoonatookwa, It may or can believe me, I suppose 
&c. or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne ga tapwit akoonakopun, 



It might, could, would, or should 
believe me, I suppose or it seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. ^ 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akoonakopun, It might, could, would, or should have 
&c, believed me, I suppose or it 



seems. 



^ 



fS^ 



206 



TBANSITIVE YBRB — ^INANTMATB OBJECT — DIRECT. 



ACCKSSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



Si7ig\ Ne tapwat umwanatookwa, 
Ke „ umwanatookwa. 



Ffur, 



Phfr. 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



;" 



umwatookwa, 1 
umeyeetookwa, I 
umwananatookwa,! 
umwananatookwa, 1 
umwanawatookwa, 

umwatookwanik, 
umeyeetookwanee, 



I believe it, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems 
Thou believest it, in relation to 

him, I suppose or it seems 
He believes it, in relation to him, 
I suppose or it seems 
,8 \ We believe it, in relation to him, 
.2J ' I suppose or it seems 
' Ye believe it, in relation to him, I 
suppose or it seems 
They believe it, in relation to him, 
I suppose, or it seems 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwat umwanakopun, . 
umwanakopun, 



Ke 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



umwakopun, 1 



I believed it, in relation to him, 

I suppose or it seems 
Thou belie vedst it, in relation to 

him, I suppose or it seems 
He believed it, in relation to him, 
umeyekopun, j I suppose or it seems 

umwananakopun, 1.3) We believed it, in relation to him, 
umwananakopun, 1.2) I suppose or it seems 

umwanawakopun, Ye believed it, in relation to him, 

I suppose or it seems 
„ umwakopun, ] They believed it, in relation tohim, 

„ umeyekopuneei, J I suppose or it seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Neke tapwat umwanatookwa, I have believed it, in relation to^ 
&c. him, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing, Ne kv^ tapwat umwauakopun, I had believed it, in relation to 

&c. him, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Sing, Ne ga tapwit umwanatookwa, I shall or will believe it, in relation 

&t. to him, I suppose or it seems. 



^i\: 



TRANSITIVB VERB — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 



207 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapw&t akoowanatookwa, 
Ke „ akoowanatookwa, 



Flnr. Ne 
Ke 
Ke 






1? 

f9 



akooyeetookwa, 

akoowananatook wa, 1 
akoowananatookwa, 1 
akoo wanawatookwS , 

akooyeetookwii, | 
akooyeetookwanee, J 



It, in relation to him, believes me? 

I suppose or it seems 
It, in relation to him, believes 

thee, I suppose or it seems 
He is believed by it, in relation to 

him, I suppose or it seems 
3] It, in relation to him, believes us, 
.2 J I suppose or it seems 

It, in relation to him, believes you, 

I suppose or it seems 
They are believed by it, in relation 

to him, I suppose or it seems 



PAS*r OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Sing. Ne tapwAt akoowanakopun, 



Plur. 



Ke 



Ne 
Ke 
Ke 



akoowanakopun, 
akooyekopun, 



It, in relation to him, believed me, 

I suppose or it seems 
It, in relation to him, believed 

thee, I suppose or it seems 

He was believed by it, in relation 

to him, I suppose or it seems 

akoowananakopun, 1.3|It, in relation to him, believed us, 

akoowananakopun, 1.2) I suppose or it seems 

akoowanawakopun, It, in relation to him, believed you, 

I suppose or it seems 
„ akooyekopun, They were believed by it, in re- 

lation to him, I suppose or it 
seems 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne k^ tapw&t akoowanatookwa. It, in relation to him, has believed 
&c. me, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TEN^. 

Sing. Ne k^ tapw4t akoowanakopun. It, in relation to him, had believed 
&c. me, I suppose or it seems 

FUTURE TENSE. ^ 

Sing. Ne ga tapwit akoowanatookwa, It, in relation to ftim, shall or will 

believe me, I suppose or it 
seems 



^ 



208 



TRANSITIVE VERB— INDETERMINATE — ^DIRECT. 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



^tng. Ne ga ke tapwat umwanatookwa, I shall or will have believed it, 
&c. in relation to him, I suppose 

or it seems. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

present; TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga ke tapwat umwanatookwa, I may or can believe it, in relation 
&c. to him, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OE IMPERFECT TRNSE. 

tSing. Ne ga tapwat umwanakopun, I mi^ht^ could, would, or should 

&c. behi^ve it, in relation to him, 

I su^ipose or it seems 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



/ 



Si7ig. Ne ga ke tapwat umwanakopun, I mighty could, would, or should 
&c. h^ve believed it, in relation 

to him, I suppose or it 
seems. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

The same as the Subjunctive Mood of the Accessory or Possessive Case 
of the Simple Verb, with the addition of dtookwa throughout all its tenses. 



' OPTATIVE MOOD. 
The same prefixes, as noticed before at page 85. 

INDET*ERMINATE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akunewew, Ply^r, (a) -) 

„ akunewuo, „ (wa) j Somebody believes it 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwit akunewepun, Pliur. (ee)") 

, / V ^ Somebody believed it 

„ akunewunopun, ,, (ee)) '' 



PERFECT TENSE. 



K^ tapwat akunewew, 
„ akunewun. 



; ) 



Somebody has believed it 



\'-i^.' 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 209 

FUTURE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akoowanatookwft, It, in relation to him, shall or will 
&c. have believed me, I suppose 

or it seems 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE, 

Sing. Ne ga k^ tapwit akoowanfitookwa, It, in relation to him, may or can 
&c. believe me, I suppose or it 

seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne ga tapw&t akoow^nakopun, It, in relation to him, might, could 
&c. would, or should believe 

me, I suppose or it seems 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Sing. Ne gakS tapw&t akoowanakopun, It, in relation to him, might, could, 
&c. would, or should have believed 

me, I suppose or it seems 



X 



■i:'l 



tl 



If 



I 



INDETERMINATE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwAt akoonanewewv Plur. (a) ] q uj-i.v ju-.. 
'^ \ Somebody is believed by it 

„ akoonanewun, „ (wa) J 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwSt akoonanewepun, Plur. (ee) ) . 

„ akoonanewuuopun, „ (ee) ) S^^^^ody was belietfed by it 



PERFECT TENSE. 
Kk tapwit akoonanewew,^ 



pwai aKoonanewew,' -) 
„ akoonanewun, } Somebody has been believed by it 



'1 

^1 



ill 



B D 



/ 



210 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIRECT. 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

K^ tapwAt akunewepun, | Somebody had believed it 

„ akunewunopun, ) ^^ 

FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta ,.pwJt ^k„„e.ew, | ^^^^ ^^, „ ^„ ^^.^^ „ 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

ebody sh 
lieved it. 



Kitta ke tapwat akunewew, | Somebody shall or will have be- 
^ akunewun, ) 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta k^ tapw4t akunewew, ) Somebody may or can believe it 
„ akunewun, ) j j ■ 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akunewepun, "1 Somebody might, could, would or 
„ akunewunopun,/ 



should believe it 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akunewepun, ") Somebody might, could, would or 
,, akunewunopun,) should have believed it. 

SUBJUIfCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

A tapwat akunewik, Plur. (ee)^ 

,, akunewuk, „ (ee)[ (that) Somebody believes it 
umeek, „ (ee)) 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat akunewikepun, PL (ee)^ 

„ akunewukepun, „ (ee)>(that) Somebody believed it 
,, ume^kepun, „ (ee)J 



PERFECT TENSE. 



A k^ tapwat akunewik, 
&c. 



(that) Somebody has believed it 



TRANSmVE VEBB — INDETEEMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 211 

PLUPERFECT TEXSE. 
„ akoonanewunopun, \ Somebody had been believed by it 

FUTTJEE TENSE. 

'' \ 
„ akoonanewun, ) by it 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE, 
,, akoonanewun, J believed by it. 



Kitta tapwat akoonanewew, \ Somebody shall or will be believed 

E PERI 
Kitta ke tapwat akoonanewew, \ Somebody shall or will have been 



,;| 



V 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat akoonanewew, | Somebody may or can be believed by 



akoonanewun 



;} 



It 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akoonanewepun, | Somebody might, could, would, or 
,, akoonanewunopun, ) should be believed by it 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k^ tapwat akoonanewepun, \ Somebody might, could, would, or 
„ akoonanewunopun,! should have been believ^by it. 






I 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 

PRESENT TENSE. 
A tapwat akoonanewik, Plur,{ee) 

akook, „ (ee) 



y 



^ akoonanewuk, „ (^^)[ (that) SomeboSy is believed by it 
M (ee)3 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



A tapwit akoonanewikepun, PL (ee)) 

„ akoonanewukepun, „ (ee)^ (that) Somebody was believed by it 
„ akookepun, „ (ee)J 



PERFECT TENSE. 



A k§ tapwat akoonanewik, 
&c. 



(that) Somebody has been believed 
by it 



ft: 



212 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT, 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

A k^ tapwat akunewikepun, (that) Somebody had believed it 
&c. 

FUTURE TENSE. 

Kitta tapwat akunewik, (that) Somebody shall or will believe it 

&c. or, 

Somebody to believe it 

And^ 
tapwAt akunewike, ) 

„ akunewuke, > (when) Somebody shall or will believe it 
„ umeeke, J 

FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwit akunewik, (that) Somebodyshall or will have believed it 

Somebody to have believed it 

Andj 

K^ tapwat akunewike, (when) Somebody shall or will have believed 

&c. it. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PBESENT TENSE. ^ 

Kitta ke tapwat akunewik, (that) Somebody may or can believe it 
&c. 

And, 

Ke tapwat akunewike, (when) Somebody may or can believe it 

&c. 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwit akunewikepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should believe it 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta Kt* tapwit akunewikepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should have believed it. 



Ke tapwat akunewik, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) Somebody believed it. 



Kitta tapwat akoonanewik, 
&c. 



TRAN8ITIVB VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 213 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

A kl tapw&t akooBanewikepun, (that) Somebody had been believed by it 
• &c. 

FUTUEE TENSE. 

(that) Somebody shall or will be believed 
by it 

or, 
Somebody to be believed by it 

And, 

tapwit akoonanewike, ] (vr\i^u) Somebody shall or will be believed 
„ akoonanewuke, ^ ^ ' bv it 
„ ako6ke, ; 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta kS tapwit akoonanewik, (that) Somebody shall or will have been 
&c. believed by it 

or, 
Somebody to have been believed 
by it 

And, 
K5 tapwit akoonanewike, (when) Somebody shall or will have been 

&c. believed by it. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Kitta kl tapwit akoonanewik, (that) Somebody may or can be believed 
&c. by it 

And, 



Ke tapwat akoonanewike, 



(when) Somebody may or can be believed 
by it. 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

Kitta tapwSt akoonanewikepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. should be believed by it 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 

* 

Kitta kStapwit akoonanewike- (that) Somebody might, could, would, or 
&c. [p^iJit should have been believed by it. 



&c. 



K^ tapw&t akoonanewik, 
&c. 



CONDITIONAL MOOD. 

(had) Somebody been believed by it 



f 









mmmmsa 



214 TRANSITIVK VERB — INBETERMINATB-^INANIMATE OBJECT — ^DIRECT 

IMPER^mVE liOOD. - 

Let Somebody believe it 



Kitta tapwSt akunewew, | 

1, 1 



„ akunewun, 
ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



tapwat umvran, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

Somebody believes it, in relation to 
* him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat umwanapun, 
Ke tapwat umwan, 



Somebody believed it, in relation to 
him 

PERFECT TENSE. 

Somebody has believed it, in relation 
to him 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

K^ tapwat umwanapun, Somebody had believed it, in relation 

to him 
FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat umwan, 



Somebody shall or will believe it, in 
relation to him 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat umwan, 



Somebody shall or will have believed 
it, in relation to him. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat umwan, Somebody may or can believe it, in 

relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat umwanapun, 



Somebody might, could, would, or 
should believe it, in relation to 
him 
PLUPERFECT TENSK 



Kitta ke tapwat umwanapun, 



Somebody might, could, woulcl, or 
should have believed it, in re- 
lation to him. 



A tapwat umoot, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) Somebody believes it, in relation to 
him 



TRANSITIVE VEBB— IHDETBRMINATE — ^INANIMATE OBJECJT — INVEBSE. 215 

IMPEEATIVE MOOD, 
.tatapwll^ooiianewew, | Let Somebody be believed by it. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PKESENT TENSE. 

tapwSt akoowan, Somebody is believed by it, in re- 

lation to him 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
tapwat akoowanapuD, Somebody was believed by it, in 

; relation to him 

PEEFECT TENSE. 
K^ tapwat akoowan, Somebody has been believed by it, in 

relation to him 

PLUPEEFECT TENSE. 
Kl tapwat akoowanapun, Somebody had been believed by it, 

in relation to him 

FimjEE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akoowan, Somebody shall or will be believed 

by it, in relation to him 

FUTUEE PEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akoowan, Somebody shall or will have been 

believed by it, in relation to 
him. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akoowan, Somebody may or can be believed by 

"" it, in relation to him 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akoowanapun/ Somebody might, could, would, or 

should be believed by it, in re- 
lation to him 
PLFPEEFECT TENSE. 
Kitta ke tapwat akoowanapun, Somebody might, could, would, or 

should have been believed by it, 
in relation to him. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

(that) Somebody is believed by it, in re- 
lation to him 



A tapwit akooweefc, 



li 



\i 



B 



V 



216 TRANSITIVE VERB — lUDETERMINATB — INANMATB OBJECT-r-DIBECTV 

PAST OB I3IPBBFECT TENSE. 
A tapw&t umo6tepun, (that) Somebody believed it, in relation to him 

PERFECT TBNSK 
A k& tapw&t umo6t, ' (that) Somebody has believed it, in relation to 

him 
PLUPERFECT TENSR 
A k^ tapwat umo6tepun, (that) Somebody had believed it, in relation to 

him ' 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwit umo6t, (that) Somebody shall or will believe it, in 

relation to him 

^> 
Somebody to believe it, in relation to him 

And^ 

tapwit umo6tche, (when) Somebody shall or will believe it, in 

relation to him 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta kS tapw&t umo6t, (that) Somebody shall or will have believed it, 

in relation to him 

Somebody to have believed it, in re- 
lation to him 
And^ 
(when) Somebody shall or will have believed it, 
in relation to him. 

POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) Somebody may or can believe it, in 
relation to him 

Andj 
(when) Somebody may or can believe it, in 
relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat umoitepun, (that) Somebody might, could, woulcf, or should 

believe it, in relation to him 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta kS tapw&t umo6tepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, or should 

have beheved it, in relation to him. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 
K^ tapwat umo6t, (had) Somebody believed it» in relation to him. 

IMPERATIVE MOob. 
Kitta tapwit umwan. Let Somebody believe it, in relation to him.^ 



Kk tapwat umootcbe, 



Kitta kS tapwit umo6t, 
Ki tapwit umo6tche, 



TRANSITIVE VEBB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 217 

PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 
A tapwit akooweltepun, (thfat) Somebody was believ|d by it, in re- 

lation to him y 
PERFECT TENSE. Y 

A kS tapwat akooweet, (that) Somebody has been believed by it, in 

relation to him 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
A kS tapwat akooweStepun, (that) Somebody had been believed by it, in 

. relation to him 
FUTURE TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akooweet, (that) Somebody shall or will be believed by it, 

in relation to him, 
or, 
Somebody to be believed by it, in re- 
lation to, him 
And^ 
tapwit akooweltche, (when) Somebody shall or will be believed by 

it, in relation to him 
FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwat akooweet, (that) Somebody shall or will have been 

believed by it, in relation to him 
or, 
Somebody to have been believed by it, 
in relation to him 
And^ 
Ke tapwAt' akooweetche, (when) Somebody shall or will have been be- 
lieved by it, in relation to him. 
' POTENTIAL MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
Eitta ke tapwat akooweet, (that) Somebody may or can be believed by it, 

in relation to him 
And^ 

K^ tapwat akooweetche, (when) Somebody may or can be believed by 

it, in relation to him 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta tapwat akoowe^tepun, (that) Somebody might, could, would, orshould 

be believed by it, in relation to him 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 
Kitta k^ tapwAt akoowe^te- (that) Somebody might, could, would, or should 

pun,] have been believed by it, in re- 

lation to him. 

CONDITIONAL MOOD. 



Kl tapwat akooweet, 



(had) Somebody been believed by it, in re- 
lation to him. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Kitta tapwat akoowan. Let Somebody be believed by it, in relation 



^t 



H 



to him. 



E E 



mmaasamam 



m 



wm 



2\8 TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 

DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 

PRESENT TENgJrE. 



teapwat akunewikwa, 

akunewunookwa , 

akunewukwa, 

umeekwa. 






If or whether Somebody believes it 



PAST OB IMPEEFECT - TENSE. 

teapwat akunewikepuna, ^ 

,, akunewunookopuna, f t> i ., o v. j u v a -4. 
'' , «! ^_ ' > If or whether oomebody beheved it 

„ akunewukepuna, ( . . -^ 

,, umcekepuna, J 



PERFECT TENSE. 



K'X tapwat akunewikwa, 
Ke &c. 



If or whether Somebody has be- 
lieved it 



PLTTPEEFECT TENSE. 



Kil tapwat akunewikepuna, 
K^ &c. 



Kitta tapwat akunewikwa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether Somebody had be- 
lieved it 



FUTURE TENSE. 



If or whether Somebody shall or will 
believe it 



FUTUBE PERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akunewikwa, If or whether Somebody shall or 

Ka ke &e. will have believed it. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akunewikwa, If or whether Somebody may or can 

Ka k^ &c. believe it 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akunewikepuna, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether Somebody might, could, 
would, or should believe it 



PLUPEfiFECT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akunewikepuna, If or whether Somebody might, could, 

Ka ke, &c. would, or should have believed 

it. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 219 

DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 

PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwat akoonanewikwa, 
„ akoonanewunookwa, ( 
akoonanewukwa, 



,, ako6kwa, 



If or whether Somebody is be- 
lieved by it 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



teapwat akoonanewikepuna, 

,5 akoonanewunookopuna, f If or whether Somebody was be- 
„ akoonanewukepuna, [ lieved by it 

„ akodkepuna. 



PERFECT TENSE. 



Ki tapwat akoonanewikwa, 
K^ . &c. 



If or whether Somebody has been 
believed by it 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



Ki tapwit akoonanewikepuna, 
Ke &c. 



If or whether Somebody had been 
believed by it 



FUTURE TENSE. 



Kitta tapwat akoonanewikwa, 
Ka &c. 



If or whether Somebody shall or 
will be believed by it 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



Kitta ke tapwat akoonanewikwa, 
Kak^ &c. 



If or whether Somebody shall or 
will have been believed bv it. 



POTENTIAL MOOD. 

' PRESENT TENSE. 

Kitta ke tapwat akoonanewikwa, If or whether Somebody may or 

Ka k^ &c. can be believed by it 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether Somebody might, 
could, would, or should be 
believed by it 

PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

Kitta k4 tapwat akoonanewikepuna, If or whether Somebody might, 

Ka k^ &c. could, would, or should have 

been believed by it. 



Kitta tapwat akoonanewikepuna, 
Ka &c. 



m 



mm 



220 niANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — DIRECT. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DU BIT ATI VE MOOD. 

Siibjuncfive, 

PKESEXT TENSE. 

tcapwat umwaweeta, . If or whether Somebody believes it, 

in relation to him 

PAST OR IMPEEIECT TENSE. 

teapwat umwaweetepuna, If or whether Somebody believed it, 

in relation to him. 

&c.* 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwat akunewetookwa, ") Somebody believes it, I suppose or it 
jwunotookwa, ) seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



,, akunewunotook 



tapwat akunewekopun, ) Somebody believed it, I suppose or 

„ akunewunokopun, ) it seems. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
IXDICATDTE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat umwanatookwa, Spmebody believes it, in relation to 

him, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat umwanakopun, 
&c.* 



Somebody believed it, in relation to 
him, I suppose or it seems. 



* The remaining Tenses of these Moods are formed as mentioned in the 
Lecture, page 9, and exemplified in the foregoing Paradigm. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INDETERMINATE — INANIMATE OBJECT — INVERSE. 221 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Subjunctive. 



PEESENT TENSE. 



teapwat akoowaweeta, 



If or whether Somebody is believed 
by it, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwat akoowawe^tepuna, If or whether Somebody was believed 

by it, in relation to him. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE, 
tapwat akoonanewetookwa, | Somebody is believed by it, I suppose 



akoonanewunotookwa 



J 



or it seems 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



J 



tapwit akoonanewekopun, \ Somebody was believed by it, I sup- 
,, akoonanewunokopun, 



pose or it seems. 



&c. 



I 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akoowanatookwa, Somebody is believed by it, in relation 

to him, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat akoowanakopun, 
&c.* 



Somebody was believed by it, in 
relation to him, I suppose or it 
seems 



:ff: 



mn 



222 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — DEFINITE — DIRECT. 



tapwat um, 
„ umwa, 



INANIMATE,— D^/fTzzVe. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

It believes it 
They believe it 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat umopun, 

„ umopunee, 

&€.♦ 



It believed it 
They believed it. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

A tapwat uk, (that) It believes it 

„ ,j iikee^ waw, „ They believe it 

PAST OK IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat ukepun, (that) It believed it 
„ „ ukepunee, „ They believed it. 
&c.* 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

fepwat umeyew, It believes it, in relation to him 

„ umeyewa, They believe it, in relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat umeyepun, 
„ umeyepunee, 



It believed it, in relation to him 
They believed it, in relation to him. 



* The remaining Tenses of these Moods are formed as mentioned in the 
Lecture, page 9, and exemplified in the foregoing Paradigms. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — DEFINITE — INVERSE. 

nUAmUATE.— Definite. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 



223 



PRESENT TENSE. 



^tapwat akoo, 
„ akoowuk, 



It is believed by it 
They are believed by it 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat akoopun, 
„ akoopunee, 



It was believed by it 
They were believed by it. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwat akoot, (that) It is believed by it 

,, ,, akootcAifcf waw, „ They are believed by it 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat akootepun, (that) It was believed by it 
,\ „ akootepunee, „ They were believed by it. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwat akooyew, 
,, akooyewa, 



It is believed by it, in relation to him 
' They are believed by it, in relation 
to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat akooyepun, It was believed by it, in relation to 

him 
„ akcioyepunee, They were believed by it, in relation 

to him. 
&c.* 



-4 



i 



i 



224 TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — DEFINITE — DIRECT. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIYE CASE— SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwat urneyik, 
„ umeyikee, 



(that) It believes it, in relation to him 
„ They believe it, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
A tapwat umeyikepun, (that) It believed it, in relation to him 



umeyikepunee. 
&c.* 



They believed it, in relation to him 



teapwat umookwa, 
„ ukwa, 
,, umoowakwa^ 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 
PRESENT TENSE, 

If or whether It believes it 
If or whether They believe it. 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

If or whether It believed it 



teapwat umookopuna, ") 
„ ukepuna, ) 

„ umoowalgepuna, If or whether They believed it. 

&c.* 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

Subjunctive. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



teapwat umeyikwa, , 
„ umeyikwanee, 



If or whether It believes it, in re- 
lation to him 

If or whether They believe it, in re- 
lation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwat umeyikopuna, If or whether It believed it, in re- 

lation to him 
„ umeyikopmianee, If or whether They believed it, in 



relation to him. 



&c. 



HH 



gum 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — DEFINITE — INVERSE. 225 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUB JUNCTIVlE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwat akooyik, 
akooyikee, 



n n 



(that) It is believed by it, in relation to him 
„ They are believed by it, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat akooyikepun, (that) It was believed by it, in relation to him 
„ „ akooyikepunee, „ They were believed by it, in relation to 

him, ^ 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 



PRESENT TENSE. 



teapwat akookwa, 
„ akoowakwa, 



If or whether It is believed by it 

If or whether They are believed by it 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



teapwat akookepuna, 
„ akoowakepuna, 
&c.* 



If or whether It was believed by it 
If or whether They were believed by it. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DU BIT ATI YE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



teapwat akooyikwa, 
„ akooyikwanee, 



If or whether It is believed by it, in 

relation to him 
If or whether They are believed by 

it, in relation tq him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



teapwat akooyikopuna, 
„ akooyikopunanee, 



&e. 



If or whether It was believed by it, 

in relation to him 
If or whether They were believed by 

it, in relation to him. 



'if 



n 



P F 



22G TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE INDEFINITE — DIRECT. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



tapwat umotookwa, 
„ umotookwanee, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

It believes it, I suppose or it seems 
They believe it, I suppose or it seems 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat umokopun, 
„ umokopunee, 
&c.* 



It believed it, I suppose or it seems 
They believed it, I suppose or it seems. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD, 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE, 
tapwat umeyeetookwa, It believes it, in relation to him, I sup- 

pose or it seems 
They believe it, in relation to him, I 
suppose or it seems 



umeveetookwanee, 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat umeyekopun, 

„ umeyekopunee. 
&c.* 



It believed it, in relation to him, I sup- 
pose or it seems 

They believed it, in relation to him, I 
suppose or it seems. 



INANIMATE— //id^nt^e. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE, 
tapwat umomukun, It believes it 

,, umomukunwa, They believe them 

^ PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat umomukunopun, It believed it, 

„ umomukunopunee. They believed them 
&c* 

* The remaining Tenses of these Moods are formed as mentioned in 
the Lecture, page 9, and exemplified in the foregoing Paradigms. 



m 



iitmm 



TBANSITIVB VERB — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE-^INVEESE. 227 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PEESENT TENSE, 
tapwat akootookwa, It is believed by it, I suppose or it seems 

They are beli^^xeiLby it, I suppose or it 
seems 



akootookwanee, 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwat akookopun, It was believed by it, I suppose or it 

seems 

„ akookopunee. They wei:e believed by it, I suppose or it 

seems. 

ACCESSORY OE POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akooyeetookwa, It is believed by it, in relation to him, 

I suppose or it seems 
They are believed by it, in relation to 
him, I suppose or it seems 



akooyeetookwanee, 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat akooyekopun, It was believed by it, in relation to him, 

I suppose or it seems 
„ akooyekopunee, They were believed by it, in relation to 

him, I suppose or it seems. 
&c.* 

INANIMATE.— /n^/mVe. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwit akomukun, It is believed by it 

„ akomukunwa, They are believed by them 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat akomukunopun, It was believed by it 

„ akomukunopunee. They were believed by them. 



ii 



i* 



\ ! 



t- 



228 



TRANSITIVE VERB INANIMATE— INDEFINITE 0IRECT. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwat umomukuk, 
„ „ umomukukee, waw. 



(that) It believes it 
„ They believe them 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



A tapwc\t umomukukepun, 

umomukukepunee, 
&c.* 



J) 5> 



(that) It believed it 

„ They believed them. 



ACCESSOEY OE POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwat umomukuneyew, 
,, umomukuneyewa, 



It believes it, in relation to him 
They believe them, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwat umomukuneyepun, It believed it, in relation to him 

„ umomukuneyepunee, They believed them, in relation to him. 

&c.* 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. ° 



A tapwat umomnkuneyik, 
,, „ umomukuneyikee, 



(that) It believes it, in relation to him 
„ They believe them, in relation to 
him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat umomukuneyikepun, (that) It believed it, in relation to him 

„ „ umomukuneyikepunee, „ They believed them, in relation 



to him. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



229 



A tapwat akomukuk, 
„ „ akomukukee, waw, 



PRESENT TENSE. 

(that) It is believed by it 

„ They are believed by them 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 



A tapwat akomukukepun, 
„ „ akomukukepunee, 
&c.* 



(that) It was believed by it 

,5 They were believed by them. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwat akomukuneyew, 
„ akomukuneydwa, 



It is believed by it, in relation to him 
They are believed by them, in relation 
to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat akomukuneyepun, 
„ akomukuneyepunee, 

&c.* 



It was believed by it, in relation to him 
They were believipd by them, in re- 
lation to him.\ 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwat akomukuneyik, 
„ „ akomukuneyikee, 



(that) It is believed! by it, in relation 
to him 1 
„ They are believed by them, in 
relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwat akomukuneyikepun, (that) It was believed by it, in relation 

to him 

„ „ akomukuneyikepunee, „ They were believed by them, in 

relation to him. 
&c.* 



230 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — DIRECT, 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 
PRESENT TENSE. 

„ umomukikwa, j If or whether It believes it 

„ umomukunoowakwa, If or whether They believe them 

PAST OE IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

teapwat umomukunookopunwa, ) y- , ^i Ti. i. i- j •* 
„ umomukiikepuTiwa, j ^ or whether It believed it 

„ umomukunoowakopunwa.) jr i> ^i, t*!. v r j ^i. 
" 1 M jt i. \ If or whether 1 hey Delieved them. 

„ umomukukwapunwa, j ^ 

&c*. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

teapwat umomukuneyikwa, If or whether It believes it, in re- 

lation to him 
„ umomukuneyikwanee, If or whether They believe them, in 

relation to him 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwat umomukuneyikopunwa, If or whether It believed it, in re- 
lation to him 
„ umomukuneyikopunwanee, If or whether Thev believed them, 

in relation to him.c.- - 
&c.* 

SI3PP0SITIVE MOOD— nroiCATIVE MOOD. 



PEESENT TENSE. 



tapwat umomukunotookwa, 
„ umomukunotookwanee, 



It believes it, I suppose or it seems 
They believe them, I suppose or it 
seems 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat umomukunokopun, 
„ umomukunokopunee . 



It believed it, I suppose or it seems 
They believed them, I suppose or it 
seems. 



TRANSITIVE VERB — INANIMATE — INDEFINITE — INVERSE. 

DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive). 
PRESENT TENSE. 



231 



teapwat akomukunookwii, | 
akomukukwa, j 

akomukunoowakwa, 






If or whether It is believed by it 

If or whether They are believed by 
them 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwat akomukunookopunwa, | If or whether It was believed by it 
akomukukepunwa, ) -^ 

akomukunoowakopunwa, | If or whether They were believed by 
akomukukwApunwa, ) them. 



)1 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



teapwat akomukuneyikwa, 
„ akomukuneyikwanee, 



If or whether It is believed by it, in 

relation to him 
If or whether They are believed by 

them, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwat akomukuneyikopunwa, If or whether It was believed by it, 

in relation to him 
„ akomukuneyikopunwanee. If or whether They were believed by 

them, in relation to him. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akomukunotookwa, It is believed by it, I suppose or it 

seems 
„ akomukunotookwSnee, They are believed by them, I sup- 

pose or it seems 



tapwat akomukunokopun, 
„ akomukunokopunee, 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

It was believed by it, I suppose or 
it seems 

They were believed by them, I sup- 
pose or it seems. 



232 



IMPEUSOXAL VERB — DEFINITE. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIYE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE, 
tapwat umomukuneyeetookwcl, It believes it, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems 
„ umoraukuneyeetookwanee, They believe them, in relation to him, 

I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPEEFECT TENSE. 

tapwcU umomukuneyekopun, It believed it, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems 
„ umomukuneyekopunee, They believed them, in relation to him^ 

I suppose or it seems. 

&c.* 

IMFEKSONAL. ^TESCB—Dejinife. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 
tapwa wun, It is true 

„ wunwa, They are true 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwa wunopun, 
„ wunopunee, 
&c.* 



It was true 
They were true. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

A tapwa wuk, (that) It is true 

„ „ wukee, waw, „ They are true 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 
A tapwa wukepun, (that) It was true 
„ ,, wukepunee, „ They were true. 

* The remaining Tenses of these Moods are formed as mentioned in the 
Lecture, page 9, and exemplified in the foregoing Paradigms. 



IMPERSONAL VERB — INDEFINITE. 



233 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwat akomukuneyeetookwa, It is believed by it, in relation to him, 

I suppose or it seems 
„ akomukuneyeetookwanee, They are believed by them, in relation 

to-him, I suppose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwat' akoinukuneyekopun, 
„ akomukuneyekopunee, 



It was believed by it, in relation to 
him, I suppose or it seems 

They were believed by them, in re- 
lation to him, I suppose or it 
seems. 






IMPERSONAL YUBB—Indejimfe. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE, 
tapwa mukun, It is true 

„ mukunwa, They are true 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwa mukunopun, It was true 

„ mukunopunee, They were true. 
&c.* 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

A tapwa mukuk, (that) It is true 

„ „ mukukee, waw, ,, They are true 

PAST OB IMPERFECT TENSE. 
A tapwa mukukepun, (that) It was true 

,, They were true. 



mukukepunee, 
&c.* 



?' 



G G 



"i 
I' 



234 IMPERSONAL VERB — DEFINITE. 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwa wuneyew, 
„ wuneyewa, 



It is true, in relation to him 
They are true, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwa wuneyepun, 
,, wuneyepunee, 
&c.* 



It was true, in relation to him 
They were true, in relation to him. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



A tapwa wuneyik, 

,, J, wuneyike^, waw, 



(that) It is true, in relation to him 
„ They are true, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE 

A tapwa wuneyikepun, 

„ „ wuneyikepunee, 



&c. 



(that) It was true, in relation to him 
,,' They were true, in relation to 
him. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive), 
PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwa wunookwa, | j^ ^^ whether It is true 

„ wukwa, J 

„ wunoowakwa, If or whether They are true 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwa wunookopuna, ) j^ ^^ whether It was true 
„ wukepuna^ ) 

" wunoowakopunn, | If or whether They were true. 
„ wukwApuna, ' 

&c.* 



IMPERSONAL VERB — INDEFINITE. 



235 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— INDICATIVE MOOD. 



PRESENT TENSE. 



tapwa mukuneyew, 
„ mukuneyewa, 



It is true, in relation to him 
They are true, in relation to him 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwa mukuneyepun, 
„ mukuneyepunee, 
&c.* 



It was true, in relation to him 
They were true, in relation to him. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

A tapwa mukuneyik, (that) It is true, in relation to him 

„ „ mukuneyikee, waw, „ They are true, in relation to him 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

A tapwa mukuneyikepun, (that) It w-as true, in relation to him 

,, „ mukuneyikepunee, ,, They were true, in relation to 

&c.* him. 



DUBITATIVE MOOD {Subjunctive), 

PRESENT TENSE. 

teapwa mukunookwa, ) ^c i_ i . . 

, c, _ \ It or whether It is true 

„ raukukwa, ) 

„ mukunoowakwa, If or whether They are true 

PAST OR' IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwa mukunookopuna, ) jr i. .i. t. 

, c , 1 ^ If or whether It was true 

„ mukukepuna, ) 

mukunoowakopuna, ) jf or whether They were true, 
mukukwipuna, 3 






236 



IMPERSONAL VERB — DEFINITE. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE—DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE, 
teapwa -wuneyikwa, If or whether It is true, in relation to 

him 
If or whether They are true, in re- 
lation to him 



wunevikwanee, 



PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwa wuneyikopuna, If or whether It was true, in relation 

to him 
„ wuneyikopunanee. If or whether They were true, in re- 
&c.* lation to him. 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwa wunoto<jkwa. It is true, I suppose or it seems 

„ wunotookwanee, They are true, I su"][>pose or it seems 

PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE. 



tapwa wunokopun, 
,, wunokopunee, 
&c.* 



It was true, I suppose or it seems 
They were true, I suppose or it seems. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSE^IVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

tapwa wuneyeetookwa. It is true, in relation to him, I suppose 

or it seems 
„ wuneyeetookwanee, They are true, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems 
PAST OR IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwa wuneyekopun, It was true, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems 
„ wuneyekopunee, They were true, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems. 



&c.* 



IMPERSONAL VERB — INDEFINITE. 237 

ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— DUBITATIVE MOOD. 

PEESENT TENSE. 

teapwfi mukuneyikwa, If or whether It is true, in relation to 

him 
„ mukuneyikwanee, If or whether They are true, in re- 
lation to him 



PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE. 

teapwa mukuneyikopuna. If or whether It was true, in relation 

to him 
„ mukuneyikopunanee, If or whether They were true, in re- 
Ac.* lation to him, 

SUPPOSITIVE MOOD— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PRESENT TENSE, 
tapwii mukunotookwa, It is true, I suppose or it seems 

,, mukunotookwanee. They are true, I suppose or it seems 



PAST QR IMPERFECT TENSE. 

tapwa mukunokopun, 
„ mukunokopunee, 
&c.* 



It was true, I suppose or it seems 
They were true, I suppose or it seems. 



ACCESSORY OR POSSESSIVE CASE— SUPPOSITIVE MOOD. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

PEESE]?^T TENSE. 

tapwii mukuneyeetookwfi, It is true, in relation to him, I suppose 

or it seems 
„ mukuneyeetookwanee, They are true, in relation to him, I 

suppose or it seems 

PAST OE IMPERFECT TENSE, 
tapwa mukuneyekopun, It was true, in relation to him, I sup- 

pose or it seems 
„ piukuneyekopunee. They were true, in relation to him, I 
&c.* suppose or it seems. 



w 



1^ 



w 



2 « 03 o <^. o 

Co c3 rt c3 rt c3 

Cd C4 Cd ^ Cj cC 



W 



cq 



^ 



fe 



J3 S © •'05 ^ CO 



IJ 



c3 cd cj c3 6d cA cd 



cd o3 cO 



00 

CO 






o 



cq 



w 






w 




!=i .h 



CQ 



o 



Sea" 

P 3 3 
g O Q? 3 



w ^BB^^^^B 



S S cd 






W c«cec8o3c3caaja3c3c3:3 
M ci3cdc3o3cdCQCt3cQCQcScQ 



M 'C3 



w 



&;3 



» 












>-, >>+3 ^ t=^ ^ 



^ >^ 



rtC!Jc3cJc3c8ctc3 






w 



H ^ 






^„^^ ^ 



a! ca.-S 



jj* C8COCOe8c3CJ'C3C5C8C3 



X 



« -< 



^ i ^ ^ 



^2 C 



c8 cS 



£ 5 St 



O >% t-» >» 5 5 rt ;^ 

05 sp ?:•£*>> St*- 5r^ Sr* 



© O o 



P^ o o o "S 



W 1 



^ W O ;z; ^ W O 



£ .§ 



P4 



c c 



F- 2 t^ -i«J 
C s ^ 'S 
rt :s rt ? 

2 S^c3rtrta!cjc3 
CO ,U» -♦J *» ^j ^j 






W 



&q 



Pui 



» 



W 



w 







ff S 2^ 



c q 



5 «« '! 



c3 rt « rt 



Sfes 



rt ce ca '-3 



> p 



zr T* O CD re CO i;w 

^ ^ ;? >; ^ J? ^ :? _ 

rtC8c3^rtce«3o5cd 



'cdeeedctfcjcSeScS 



05 



Q 0) O 



CO 



^ 



W 






fn ':? 



^ 






_, irt '5 i^ Id 

r:e c C fl p 

S ^ S g s 3 

P § a; © « © 

g^ O-cS -^ 7^ ^ 

^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ S 
rt^ rt S ^ ^ rt^ < 

cd cd ctS cC cd cd 







w 



H 111 tttt 

^«c3rtcocao5ca 



W 



H 



irt 






ctf o3 CD cd cd e6 



- nil 

w ^ ^ ^ >> 

S 2. ^ cfl 2? 

S ''^ ca ce 03 
?5 ^j- ^ ^ ^ 




w 



^ -^ ^ :: :: :: 



W 

I ^ 
g * 



S 3 ^ 



o o o 



c3 c3 



w oj rt rt ^ 
^ >, >^ >> >> 



c3 o3 o3 



c3o3c3^^C33o3o3c}c3 



I 



H 



P^ 



O 

H 







12; 



O 




frf 



GQ 



QQ 






W 



^g,. 



,^ M 



I 'a 'SB 

^ c8 c5 c3 








Pd 



3 3^ 

2 =^ r- O O g 

O O 3 c5 ^ rf 

^ ^ C^ 3 C g 

I— I 2 '*^ -*^ -«-a +s +3 



o 



w 






3 3 

3 3'- 
CI. Cl- 



C 3 o 

3 3 J^ 

^^ o o ^ 



r"^ «* «< O ^r* -* -• ?^ 



rt c8 O 



OS ^ 5 



C 3^ S 3 3 C 



Ph c5 c5 <g 



c8 c3 c3 






ci3a3rtc3rtc3c3Cl.cec3 






ed c3 cd o3 oj e3 c3 



q; a> 0? 



eS cs 



2 C) 



O} 



C/} 




k; 



m 




02 



CQ 



.ri 






^ 



^ ^ 



^■^ cp 



?5^^ 






^ ^ ^ ? 



o 



^. =5 






a» o) 



^ 



5 






C C3 

£ ^ ^ I I 

c3 S S? c« oJ rt cC 

>^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^t: 

03 ^ CO CQ CO CQ i-V 



5 r^i-^ 









'5 ^ ^ 

CO Q CJ 



ii 



is; 



c- ce cfl ^ 

>-* 5^ >r» ^ St* 



=^^:^^^^5^^^ 



cjcecdc^ctfceoSpi^ 








^. 



c3 



S 



■ =3 S 

** !S O O 

5 S c S 

s s 5 :3 

3 P 3 3 

§ i s i 

CO ro c3 CO 

c5 cO cC cd 



O 

I 



S; - 03 

P C fl 

- S =3 

<to (D © 0? ^ 

^^^^^^ 

vp •'3 •':3 "3 *'3 -3 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

-J 3 3 SS 3 3 

s s s s s a 

efi cS ct c3 cO cQ 
>^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

CQ 13 CO CO CO CO 

is s s, :: 











CO 

< 



CO 

o 
Pu, 



<i) f^i 



© O <3^ <» 

O o 03 q; 

C c C C 

3 5 3 3 

^ ^ ^ ^ 

3 3 =3 3 

s s 

c5 c8 



?=i^ S 



"^ <5i 



<i3 









^ s 

a> 03 03 o ^ 

, ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 



c3 



_^ ,.=15 r^ F^ p-J ^^ 

Q <33 03 03 03 

c o e c j= 

3 3 3 3 3 

^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

3 3 3 3 3 



03 
C 

3 

^'^ c s s s 



«=« ^>.^ 



S* <« - <== 



e3-"cC cfl Cw 



ffS cS 



rt 03 

- ^ s 

<^ 03 03 03 
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

c3 c« 03 c3 c« C3 

>^ £r* ^ 5:* ^ ^ 

Q^ a r^. rr. m. f^. 




.^ Id 



CQ 



03 
C0 



c3 c5 03 c3 



CO 



:&«- 



03 
03 

- 3 3 

© C3 03 G3 

>^ >^ >^ Sr* 

cJ c3 c3 CO 



?5 

5^ 




03 

C^ 



03 

03 

3 3 

' - ^^ ^ 

03 CXi p4 £^ 

03 03 03 03 t? 

JiiJ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 

irt ;: :: :: 



p4 



!| 







CO 

c5 









!:: 3 









^ c 



^ ^ 03 03 
rt c3 ^ ^ 

^^^^ 



3 3 
CO c3 

rt cfl 



H H 



(N 



^ 






fiS 



^ 



P3 



^ ^ ^ 



3 3 3 



C^ S 



HH S 



CO 



>^ >-. >-> 






i5X) 



'5 ^ ^ 

3 o '^ 

S 5 ^ ^ 

. o o g r: 

^ 3^ 3-3 

g ^-^^-^ 

W 3 3 S S 

^ 5 S ?5 g^ 



w 



>^ 



«50 



\'A 



in (3 

3 3 

3 3 

o o 



W 



O 



Br* f^ >> ^ 

s ^ s = « 

3 3 CC -J s 

^ ^ 12; ^ ^ 

K^ 3 3 W 3 3 

m § a S a a 



» 



Ph ^ 



^ 2 



i-T^ 



03 c8 



3 O 

3 rt 



biC 55, 



_r 3 






ca 3 









- ^ 






12; .nj 









-r? ,- '3 
O ^ ?= 

3 rS«3 
^ ^ ^ '=r 



O 



2 r^'=^ 



« g^.n 



s §s5?. s nil 

^ ^ ^ ir* 

CU CO cc » 






3 3 3 c^ S 

3 3 cS «<3 t-H 



W 3 

25 f^ 



W 



M 






^ 



a -^ 



3 3 3 3 



•S :: 



< CO 

S P 



CQ 







a ph 



fji 




o 



^ p 



^i^ 



>i o 



c3 c3 




^ 



w 



o 



;2; q 






w 



S 2 2 P 2 o 



M 



H 



w 






w 



G g ^ -i^ ^ 



03 d 



*^*'3 t:^ 



a s^ B s s ^ 

^^ ■- -tJ ^j ^j ^ ^ 



Ch O O O O O 

^ -tJ ^J -M -M 42 




§ 



W 



W 
« 



PiH 



cq 



w 



Oh 





w 






.•^ 



:^l 



,-« ^ j:4 4iJ S 



iiiisasssi 

poooooQooo 



O 
O- 



Q 



CO 

H 

05 









>. >^ >^ 3 5 ^ ?S 

;2i tii o Iz; W W o 









I- 



OJ 








■§ 


^ g^ 




l5 ** 


g 3 

3 cs e rt 3 

•41J '^■i -41^ -^-i ■4>J 


c« 


P ® 





W 




*- ^ -M ^ is 


^ 


u® .^ 


© © 


Ch 


^w 


IzMW 






50 




» 


C=5 


CO 




a 




u 




> 




N^ 




OJ 




t» 




bS 




CO 




GO 




j2 


:x3 



assssssBs 

111225525 
255225552 






&3 




y 



xi^ 






w 






'3? 






P ^ P-. 



•^ 




w 



w 



w 



i:a (3j <a3 CL* 



x-A 



S G C S=J 
ffU » S 53 



S 3 



S3 1:^ • 

. ^ =3 a 



S laassaaaaa 

« 5 S 5 5 5 -3 ;? r? .=» 5 



o o o o o 



-»^ ^J -M 



2222 



M ^ 



3 

Q 




PL, 



J5 - s ^ a -s s 

2^00000 
"♦" K^ +J 'M -»J +J >* 

•^ V— ^ ^ •% ^ A ^ 
^ ^ -. ^ ^ . 



£ a 

o o 



I 

Ph 



g § > ^ w 

SS S ca -r! 3 

g ^ ^ g?^ 

a a a a a 

5 3 3 3 =3 

-^ ,^ ,M -M -«-• 

22222 

•^ = :; s :: 



|A# 




^ ^ 


^ 


ft 


1-^ 


•'3 


% 




a a a a 
3333 



O O O o 
.«^ ^^ ^^ ^ 



c 

O 



CO 
O 









<3 

o 

o 

< o 



to 




3 3 ' 

cartgSoJcflrf'r:* 

W oqqooSow^ 
2 '^'^'iS-^'^'^'^'^^ 



CL, -5 u -^ 



Woo 



1-^ 



8§^ 




3 G 

=3 G ^ « 

&-S^S G G 
c8 rt G 3 c3 
c g 8^ Q, G 



§ I 3 g 

G G ffL 5 



C3 TO 1^ © CO CO w 103 " 

§S§§§gSg§ 



§|5|||3555 i 552iSi55-223 



o o o o o 



222222232 rl B. 3. ^% $. S> $, Z ^ 






^ O 






a ^ ^ 



O O Cd o 



o 



^ 



H J2i W fe W W O 



O Q» 



< t^ 



S H G 



H 



&H ^'' 



w 5 
M o 

Ph O 



8 § 



G G O ® — 
- = 3 3 «? C 

G G S 2.G.a-S S 



w 5z;^ 



« a 

j3 3 



O © .0 



CG C3 
_^ ^ p^ 



. 3 3 



O-^ 






3 3 . 
G G 



, C8 Cfl 



« 5 5- 



Q-GucCGG^^ 



G C 
3 3 



S 2 i &t 

«8 «« s § 5 

^. ^^GGGag 

^ l5S2Si2!22§ 



a 



GGS-CL.GGGq,G^G- 

iiasaaaggg 



^^^^^^z^t ^ 22II2II2I2 



000 



5z;M ;2;«w 



eiziW 



O 9 O 



w 



o 






9 <^ 



M 



W 



W 



w 



w 



o 



-^ w 






^ 5 



S =3 



^^ ^ ^ 



s a^ s a a 



53 S •'3 



s :3 3^S 



2 5 2 22 22 




H 



o 



. ^ -^ « ^ ^ 

s -^ ^ •* ^ ' 

^2 -g 
-S ^ J "^^ 



f^ 



w 



w 



5! W 



i ^. 



a 



^ fl. ^ 



^s^^^^^^-g^ 



^ ^ ^ 



S? "SL?"? '«3 ca-sL'S. 



^ ^ ^ ^ 



►»►* 



aaasaaaasa 




o o 



oooooooo 



^u. 



X 



o 

G 

s 

d 



w 



H 









1:5 '?= ir; 



<=> ^ 



H ;^ '^ o 



i:« 



e a ^ 

3 3-3 

.(^ <4^ <M 



^ J^ ^ r^:^ c3 
<5 -3 75 ^ > 

a a s'iSiS 

•4>A >» .^.J <«.A .^J 

Q O O O O 









c c a 

3 3 3 

^ ^ rs 

ctf rt g 

3 c a 

4^ ^M ^ 

o o o 

-t-» -♦J .*-» 




g 2 ;z;w 



C3 CD <c; ^ 
3 3 3 

0000 
4-3 -t-^ <t-» .4^ 






S 

Oh 



'5 irt irt 



j?3 






s o 



1^:5 






' ,iA M M 



•^ '^ '^ -i^ 



w 2 o o o j^ 

en S *j ,te ,ti ( 



'*j :a .i-3 jiii ja 



2B-2 



§ § g ^ 



aassaaaaaa 

3333333333 

OOOOQOOOOO 



S Q 



c 

a: 



30 



H 






<c3 \':i 'g 

^ £f g 

3 2^ 

3 3 a 




CO 

-< 
> 

QO 
M 
CO 
CO 

;2 



fi3 

o 



C 
^--•^^ 3 
3 3 §- 

^ - 3 3 _S 

3 3 O. CU^ 

Pn Ph 3 C ^ ^ 

O O 3 3 rt 03 
P^ ^ &. P, 3 fl 

CB CJ O O c3 C3 

d c6 \zi ^ a a 

^ ^ ^ Sr^ ^ 
a a a E s a 

333333 

■4-a -*-a '♦i ^ -fc- -«-» -t^a 

O O O o o o o 

'M -1^ >» ^ -♦-> 'M 4-> 





K) 



S 



^ 



fi g< 





■f 



i 



S '^ 



J 




bo' 



S S 

3 3 



222 



o o 



^ i? G^ d 

rj .1^ ^ H^ ^ ^ 

ii ^ ^ -^ ^ ♦: 

o,o 



O 







2 gS 



3 at. o o Q o *'3 

2i^ 2 *- ^ *^ *^ 




, =s ^ 



J: ?£ « ^ ^ 

^^'^ C C , — ' — 
^ .^ 3 3 Q 

O CJ © ^ 

^ ^ ^ ^ I 

S^ gr 5^ &^r^ r!^ 

s s s e 



o o o o 



O 9 O O 3 3 
,^J ^ +3 ^-J ^_> ,,^ 



£ S 

3 3 



O O 



H 
pi? 














o S s S ^ 



^ ^ S ^ ^ S -^ 



C 3 






-3 S 



— 3 C3 a? © - 

>-^ -* -* g j3 ^ 



cj 3 c3 c4 3 

iS ^^ -M -M H^ 



oooqoccrt3 



GQ 




1 



^ 



(T) 



pq 






^ s a 



:^ 



S ^ S 



I 5 



« 




-rt ^ 

p:^ - 



PJ 



• W 



PR 



!5C 



Me3 ' 



B M I 

3^3 : 



^ 



pq 



W 



eq en 



>^ 



i:« 



r a 



'^ 



5 ;3 






CO 03 

is; i:tf 

£ B 
23 



J4 - 






fcic?^ 



:^ ^ 



§ ^ 

ii ^ ii 



w 



o 



■5 w 



2 o 



pq ^ == 



tie 5^ 



Co Q 



S3 =5 

o o 



e 6 

o o 



CQ 



^ 



w 



» 



<a$ 



^ -^ ,- 



8\:i ^ 






5525 






pq 






Is, 






I 



D 3 S S 
^ ^ ,J^ a 



g 



» 



PE? 



3 S3B S i«i«52 



5555 



-cC ^ 



H 



5 









s •<« 



5^ CO 



CZi 




o 




H 9 

2 Li 



«3 





§ 8 












> <! ir: - 



o 

o 



§ = p 



3 3 



ff C 5 
3 3^ 






:3 



55 2S5 . 

532222525 



£ £ 



I I 



^ '^ 



^ '.TZ 

^ ^ '^ ^ 

2 2.0-0 

s c o o 

3 =3 G 3 
-*j -*-* ^ -- 

O O 3 - 

-4-> -^ <*^ -*-» 

.-* -> o O 



^ ft Q 



GO ^ 
CO ,^ 






o 



CQ 



02 



s .s^ e 



P3 






^ a. ^.^ §?:^ r.^ 






S? c >> S ^ 



«-• Cl* 



CL, o. & 
CO O .2 



1= '^ nS c 



9- a ^ 



c« o c« o ^ -g ^ •- . -s 



Q- 



S CO g Cfi 



P-* s 



r- i:- « 



•<: e-^i^ B ^ U^ *< i4 ^ '^ "q sm 



?s £- 



S- 2 






^ 



o a K^ o 

2 c ^ a 

*=^ 9 ST* o 

t» o 2 o 

a 22 9 oo 

3 "a |-a 

^ 3 •§ '^ 

:t i^ "(u is! o 



W 






fei <J 






_ , g § 

^ -13 J= -G 



H ^ ^ 5^ 



H <; 



C ff ^ 

Q O O 

-C JS ,13 

^ 5> 



O 



c/;} 



d. c 



^ 5 



o 



2 c ^ 0^:1: 0^4 






2 -^ • = 



en Q 



= B^'a i=M 



i^ S 



.2 o 



rr^"^. Cm' 



:: « ^ 



S .2 S 2 S oQ 



:=i 5;> 



^ ^ ti 



»< E»< S»<;^H<Ks-;sc-^ 



o g .££ 



2 ^ -:iS 



.2 o 



CO O en 

S 9^ S 



5 JS s 






£ 1^ ^ ^ ^ 1-: 



be 



O ^ 



o 



w t^ 



w 



Vs 



^*- 



^ 



M 



CJ =3 => 



W 



O GJ ^ Q 

o a ^ G 

p. o gs o 

P (/3 p CO 

-^ ^ .22 ^ 






O <D 0? 



T= '^ ^ri 



^ 



Ui 






CO o 



On O^ 






a "a s 



^ ^ 






Q-i 



W 



g .? 

S w 



^ JS -C 



2 o -^ 



H < ?=^ 



H <; ^ 



2 -^ 



125 

O 



fx o ^ -^ 

CO O o o 

S .22 o X 

^ „:: s^ ^ 

5 -^ *s 3 

w w w M 



O S =3 

o c; c; 

o ^ ^ 

p4 o o 
woo 

5 's 'a 

w M ^ 



I ^ -^ 

P O) CO 

^S ■= 1 

-^ -a -.- 

J3 ^ .^ 

S ^ w 



Q 

o 
o 



:2i 

H 

O 



o 



3 ? 

d o 

§1 






§^ 

o 

CO 



=3 =3 

o -^ 

O CO 






& 

o 
o 

CO 

1 



o 
c 



3 § 



s tJ 



:t5 



c 
o 

•^ CO 



w 



w 



w 



s 



^ 



CQ 



m 






irt 



O ;:< 
Qh o 



CX, o 



CO o 2 

'I ^ 'I f 









.^^ CL. 



^ 



>«3 

S g ^ b 

^1 ^^ S 2 



.22 a. 
S .22 



.2 o 



f?3 






P o 






.22 ,«» 

ft3 CO « "^^ « 



CO 22 ^ 



^ 2 



rs? -tn I5S 1:3 ."tn i:3 



irt 



(M 



OA wJM MMM MWS 



&i3 



^ 



c^ 



^ 



§ 

i^ 






^ <! 



8 CC 






M 



ft ..? 



M 



M 



5 
3 



i*^- 



C ^* 



« 



o ^ 45 



^ -^ 



5 S 



(•■.1 f*l . "^ "H 



;:ih c:- 



Pm CLi J^ 



^ p^ 



o o 



£U a^ 



fCi I- o ^ ^ 



O '^"* 'I'l 

E, 

.22 o 



C G 



04 &• 



c ;: 
o o 
o o 



s s 



's s *g *S 5 *s 1 & 



^ ^ 



*."■' w<^ ** — * I— > '"'^ ,1^ 



SE SS \^\^ t^W MWt^ WWW 



P=5 



^ 



S o 



a 



o 



V2 



i:S 



^ S 
o- &• 



s a s s 



^5k 




S 



O^ Oi ^ 1^ 

o q - ^ 



o o 

CO CO 

»w* .^H 

S B 



I- 



I * fe 

g o 2 

S o 2 

g. o 5 



.=2 o 



S £ 



.2 o 



2 .22 ^ 



.2 a* 

:3 s 



MW Www Mt^tiJ 



*v 



t^ 



r 



a 



5 '^ 1^ 

-^ ^ ^ 

o ^ ^ 

-ti o o 

J^ Q O 

O 4ii ^ 

^ 2 $^ 

moo 

•g Oh &. 
g cft t» 

S 'S ^S p 



£3 O. G c 

3 c^. 0? S3 3 

/11 ^ .-< O © ni 



-^ tt 



.52 o 



9 -^ pi^ 
o^ o o 






CO .52 ^ 

'b a 5 






WWW WWW www 



w 



Q 



esq 



^ 



8. 



sr*^ ^ 



o ri-i r;.; 



c >> >■. 



I— I o 



o- o o 

2 o o 

C QQ 2? 

iS ^ ^ 



W 



^ 



W 



5 <^ irf ^ .- ,.. 



.^ t=- 



=3 d 



cj rz! rS 



22 o o 



© S S 



>^ >> 



On O 



CO o 



fH^ Pm 



5 *s *i 5 3 3 



www www www 



^ ,^ 



^ 



p^ 



PU 



M 



<^ § 1 § 
.2 2 o 



3 iri 'S3 

O 3 P 

^ Ph Pm 

o o o 
o ^ ^ 
GOO 
O O O 
O G G 
Pm O O 

MOO 
c Ph PN 

•^ *s *s 



P G 3 

So o 

5- § § 

.2 o o 

:2 a 'i 



-M -U! 



.~ I* I- ."S i» ics •■?; ift IS 
WMM MMM ^WM 



§ 



a 2 



^ o 



CO O -q; 



?5: 



w 



CQ 









HtJ ^ KI- ^ 



-03 ^ 






«t!;^ K-w MfciJM I^WW 



^ 



6 ^ 



w 



M 






w 



5 ^ -¥ 



a 



> 2 



o r 






o: 



o ^ 



-5 



o .'^ 



5 ^ o 



p -^ jsu 



d, ff 



^^ 



Cu O 



^2 ^ 



?^ S 2. 



.bd /-^ f*l *r^ I— * 



Ph ^ ^ -m 

o -^ 1^ i::i 

© O G? Q- 



p4 o 



03 X .S 



►>• '^ "«-' 

^ ^J .*_» 



O O Si 

o c c 
.2 o ~ 






-o; 'a ^ s s *s s £ 2 



Hsjs Ki:s H<w •^t^ www u^WW 



Kn ^ 









O c 



» 



<^ 



'l^. 



M i^ 



% 



i4 



W 



w 



^ CO 

V- G3 ^ 

O c« lA 



.« (N 






^ ^ 



i2 ^ ^ 



^ 



?: ^ 



ri^ .^ 



WMM Wt^W M^M 






H 5 









2 >- 



M 



M 



'^ .- r-: 

o ^ ^ 

^^ ^ ^ 

^ rid p^ 

O O O) 

one 
Ph o o 
moo 

*5 ^ ^ 

S c» CO 

-^ 'i 'i 
-33 



o .^ ^ 



©33 






'^ ^ 



P^ o 



5 s 



s^ o. 



ai— r Mi 



2 c 



.i£ o 



:::- P- 

CO to 



^ -^ 



WWUi MLiit*^ Ui i4 '^ 



^ 



M 



M 



'S 



i>56 



IMPERSONAL VERBS.— DEFINITE {with respect to time). 



V, kimewun, it rains {at 
present). 
kimewunopun, it rained. 
fi kimewuk 
,, kimewukepun 

r. kimewuneyew 
kimcwuneyepun 
a kimewuneyik 
,, kimewuneyikepun 

(L kimevvunookwa|/- ^ ^ 
kimewukwa ) ^*^^' ^ 
kinieAvunookopunri| 
kimevvukepuna ) 

/'. kiiiie^vuneyikwa 
kimewuneyikepun a 

s. kimewunotookwa 
kimewunookopun 
a kimewuk atookwa 
,, kimewukepun atookwa 

r. kimewuneyeetookwa 
kimewuneyekopun 
a kimewuneyik atookwa 
,, kimewuneyikepun a- 
tookwa 

/'. tipiskaw, it is night. 
tipiskapun, it was night. 
a tipiskak 
„ tipiskakepun 

r. tipiskayew 
tipiskayepun 
a tipiskayik 
,, tipiskayikepun - 

d. tipiskakwa (a /] ?;.) 
tipiskakepuna 

r. tipiskayikwa 
tipiskayikepuna 

s. tipiskatookwa 
tipiskakopun 
a tipiskak atookwa 
,, tipiskakepun atookwa 

r. tipiskayeetookwa 
tipiskayekopun 
a tipiskayik atookwa 
,, tipiskayikepun atookwa 



V, kisastao, it is hot {at 
present). 

kisastapun, it was hot 

a kisastak 

„ kisastakepun 
r. kisastayew 

kisastayepun 

a kisastayik 

„ kisastayikepun 
d. kisastakwa {3,/. v.) 

kisastclkepuna 
r kisastayikwcl 

kisastayikepuna 
s. kisastatookwa 

kisastakopun 

a kisastak atookwa 

„ kisastakepun atookwa 
r. kisastayeetookwa 

kisastayekopun 

a kisastayik atookwa 

„ kisastayikepun a- 
tookwa 

V. kissinaw, it is cold. 
kissinapun, it was cold. 
a kissinak 
„ kissinakepmi 

r. kissinayew 
kissinayepun 
ci kissinayik 
,\ kissinayikepun 

d. kissinakwa {11/. v.) 
kissinakepuna 

r. kissinayikwa 
kissinayikepuna 

s. kissinatookwa 
kissinakopun 
a kissinak atookwa 
,, kissinakepun atook- 
wa 

r. kissinayeetookwa 
kissinayekopun 
tl kij^sinayik atookwa 
„ kissinayikepun a- 
tookwcl 



V. notapuyew, itruns short. 
notapuyepun, it ran short. 
a notapuyik 
„ notcipuyikepun 

r. notapuyeyew 
notapuyeyepun 
Ci notapuyeyik 
„ notapuyeyikepun 

d. notapuyikwa (ey/. v.) 
notapuyikepuna 

r. notapuyeyikwa 
Dotapuyeyikepuna • 

s. notapuyetookwa 
notapuyekopun 
a n6tapuyik atookwa 
„ notapuyikepun a- 
tookwa 

r. notiipuyeyeetookwa 
notapuyeyekopun 
a notapuyeyik atookw^a 
,, notapuyeyikepun a- 
tookwa 

V. wapun, it is light. 

wapunopun it was light, 
a wapuk 
,, wapukepun 
r. wapuneyew 
wapuneyepun 
ci wapuneyik 
„ wapuneyikepun 
d. wapunookwa), - v 
wapuk wa j\ ^ /* •/ 
wapunookopuna } 
wapukepuna ) 
I r. wapuneyikwa 
i wapuneyikepuna 
s. wapunotookwa 
! wapunookopun 
a wapuk atookwa 
„ wapukepun atookwa 
r. wapuneyeetookwa 
wapuneyekopun 
a wapuneyik atookwa 
I „ wapuneyikepun a- 
tookwa 



r. verb, r* relative, d. dubitative, s. suppositive. The Optative Mood is formed by placing we before each 
of the above, iboth Present and Impe^ect Tenses. The Dubitative generally takes the fiat vowel (/. 1?.), or 
has kd before it (^whether). 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. DEFINITE {with respect lo time). 



257 



V. pipoon, it is winter, 

pipoonopun, it was pointer. 

a pipo6k 

„ pipookepun 
r. pipooneyew 

pipooneyepun 

a pipooneyik 

„ pipoon eyikepun 
rf. pipoonookwaj ^.^ . 

pipookwa 3 

pipoonookopuna 

pipookepuna 
r. pipooneyikwa 

pipooneyikepuna 
5. pipoonootookwa 

pipoonookopun 

a pipookatookwa 

„ pipookepun ilibokwa 
r. pipooneyeetookwa 

pipooneyekopun 

a pipooneyik atookwa 

„ pipooneyikepun atookwa 

V. meyoo^Vyroie&w^ it is spring 
meyooskumeepun, it was 

spring. 
a meyooskumeek 
„ meyooskumeekepun 

r. meyooskumeeyew 
meeyooskumeeyepun 
a meyooskumeeyik 
„ meyooskumeeyikepun 

rf. meyooskuraeekwa, (a^! v) 
meyooskumeekepuna 

r. meyooskumeeyikwa 
meyooskumeeyikepuna 

s, meyooskumeetookwa 
meyooskumeekopun 
a meyooskumeek atookwa 
„ meyooskumeekepun a- 
tookwa 

r. meyooskumeeyeetookwa 
meyooskumeeyekopun 
a meyooskumeeyik atook- 
wa 
,j meyooskumeeyikepun a- 
tookwa 



V. raispoon, it snows. 

mispoonopun, it was 
snowing. 

a mispook 

„ mispookepun 
r. mispooneyew 

mispooneyepun 

a mi spooney ik 

„ mispooneyikepun 
d. mispoonookwa) / - ^ ^ 

mi spook wa ^ ^^J^* v 

mispoonookopuna 

mispookepuna 
r. mispooneyikwa 

mispooneyikepuna 
s. mispoonootookwa 

mispoonookopun^ 

a mispook atookwa 

„ mispookepun atookwa 
r. mispooneyeetookwa 

mispooneyekopun 

a mispooneyik atookwa 

jj mispooneyikepun atook- 
wa 
V. yootin, it blows. 

yootinopun it was bloicing, 

a yootet'k 

„ yooteekepun 
r. yootineyew 

yootineyepun 

a yootineyik 

„ yootineyikepun 
d. yootinookwa) r r \ 

yoote^kwa j («/ ^'0 

yootinookopuna 

yooteekepunii 
r. yootineyik wa 

yootineyikepuna 
s. yootinootookwa 

yootinookopun 

a yooteek atookwa 

„ yooteekepun atookwa 
r. yootineyeetookwa 

yootineyekopun 

a yootineyik atookwa 

„ yootineyikepun atookwa 



V. kesikaw, it is day. 

kesikapun, it was day. 

a kesikak 

„ kesikakepun 
r. kesikayew 

kesikayepun 

a kesikayik 

,, kesikayikepun 
d. kesikakwa (eyyi i\) 

kesikakepuna 
r. kesikayikwa 

kesikayikepuna 
s. kesikatookwa 

kesikakopun 

a kesikak atookwfi 

,, kesikakepun atookwa 
r. kesikayeetookwfi 

kesikayekopun 

a kesikayik atookwa 

„ kesikayikepun atook- 
wa 



V. mikeskaw, it is winter 
mikeskapun, it teas 

winter. 
a mikeskak 
,5 mikeskakepun 

r. mikeskayew 
mikeskayepun 
a mikeskayik 
„ mikeskayikepun 

d. mikeskakwa i^f. v.) 
mikeskakepuna 

r. mikeskayikwa 
mikeskayikepuna 

s. mikeskatookwa 
mikeskakopun 
a mikeskak atookwa 
„ mikeskakepun atookwa 

r. mikeskayeetookwa 
mikeskayekopun 
a mikeskayik atookwa 
„ mikeskayikepun atook- 
wa 



KK 



wmmmmmmmmmmmmmm 



mmmrif'iiimmmm 



258 



IMPERSONAL AT.RBS. INDEFINITE {with respect to time). 



??. kissinamukun, it is cold 
weather. 
kissinamukunopun, it was 

cold weather, 
a kissinaraukuk 
„ kissinamukukepun 

r. kissinamukuneyew 
kissinamukuneyepun 
il kissinamukuneyik 
,, kissinaraukuneyikepun 

d, kissinamukunookwa") (a 
kissinamukukwa, \f. v.) 
kissinamukunookopuna 
kissinamukukepuna 

r. kissinamukuneyikwa 
kiysinamukuneyikepuna 

s. kissinamukunotookwa 
kissinaraukunokopun 
a kissinamukuk atookwa 
5, kissinamukukepun a- 
tookwii 

r. kissinamukuneyeetookwa 
kissinaniukuneyekopun 
h kissinamukuneyik a- 

tookwii 
„ kiiesinamukuneyikepun 
atookwa 

V, mispoonomukun, it is 
snoioy weather, 
raispoonomukunopun, it 

was sitowy weather, 
a mis[)oonomukuk 
„ mi^poonomukukepun 
r. mispoonomukuneyew 
mispoonomukuaeyepun 
a mispoouomukuiieyik 
„ mispoonomukuiieyikepun 
d, mispoonomukunookwa| (a 
niispoonomukukwa \/r) 
niispoonomukunookopuua 
mispoouomukukepuna 
r. misi^ooiiomukuueyikwa 

mispoonomykuneyikepuna 
.v. mispoonomukunotookwa 
mispooiiomukunokopun 
a mispoonomukuk atookwa 
,, mispoonomukukepun a- 
tookwa 
r. mispoonomukuneyeetook- 
wa 
mispoonomukuneyekopun 
a mispoonomukiineyik a- 

tookwa 
a mispoonomukuneyikepun 
atookwa 



V. kisastamukun, it is warm 
iceather, 
kisastamukunopun, it was 

warm weather. 
a kisastamukuk 
,, kisastamukukepun 

r. klsastamukuneyew 
kisastraniJ»|neyepun 
a kisastaiflkihieyik 
„ kisasta JB^tneyikepun 

d, kisastamukunookwa) (a 
kisastamukukwa \f. v.) 
kisastamukunookopuna 
kisastamukukepunii 

r. kisastamukuneyikwa 
kisastamukuneyikepunii 

5. kisastamukunotookwa 
kisastamukunokopun 
a kisastamukuk atookwa 
„ kisastamukukepun atook- 
wa 

r. kisastamukuneyeetookwa 
kisastamukuneyekopun 
a kisastamukuneyik atook- 
wa 
„ kisastamukuneyikepun a- 
tookwa 

V, kesikamukun, it is day. 
kesikamukunopun, it was 

day. 
a kesikamukuk 
,, kesikamukukepun 

r. kesikamukuneyew 
kesikamukuneyepun 
a kesikamukuneyik 
„ kesikamukuneyikepun 

d. kesikamukunookwa) (ey 
kesikamukuk Wil ) Jl v,) 
kesikamukunookopuna 
kesikaniukukepuna 

r. kesikamukuneyikwa 
kesikamukuneyikepuna 

s. kesikamukunotookwa 
kesikamukunokopun 
a kesikamukuk atookwa 
„ kesikamukukepun atook- 
wa 

r. kesikamukxineyeetookwa 
kesikamukuneyekopun 
a kesikamukuneyik atookwa 
„ kesikamukuneyikepun a- 
tookwa 



V. tipiskamukun, it is night 
tipiskamukunopun, it was, 
a tipiskamukuk 
„ tipiskamukukepun 

r. tipiskamukuneyew 
tipiskamukuneyepun 
a tipiskamukuneyik 
„ tipiskamukuneyikepun 

d, tipiskamukunookwa)^- ^ v 
tipiskamukukwa jVV-^.) 
tipiskamukunookopuna 
tipiskamukukepuna 

r. tipiskumukuneyikwa 
tipiskamukuneyikepuna 

5. tipiskamukunotookwa 
tipiskamukunokopun 
a tipiskamukuk atookwa 
„ tipiskamukukepun ii- 
tookwa 

r. tipiskamukuneyeetookwa 
tipiskamukuneyekopun 
a tipiskamukuneyik a- 

tookwa 
„ tipiskamukuneyikepun 
atookwa 

V. kissechewunomukun, it is 
swift current. \was,^ 8f 
kissechewunomukunopun, ii 
a kissechewunomukuk 
„ kissechewunomukukepun 
r. kissechewunomukuneyew 
kissechewunomukuneyepun 
a kissechewunomukuneyik 
,, kissechewunomukuue- 
yikepun [wa') '^ 

d. kissechewunomukunook-> <^ 
kissechewunomukukwa ) ^ 
kissechewunomukunookopum 
kissechewunomukukepuna 
r. kissechewunomukuneyikwa 
kissechewunomukuneyik- 
epuua 
s. kissechewunomukunotookwa 
kissechewunomukunokopun 
a kissechewunomukuk a- 

tookwa 
a kissechewunomukukepun 
atookwa [w 

r. kissechewunomukuneyeetook 
kissechewunomukuneyekopu] 
a kissechewunomukuneyik 

atookwa 
a kissechewunomukuneyik 
epun atookwa 



X 



ht 

as,< 



Q 
f.V.)\ 



IS 
2S,Sr 

ti, i 

pun 
w 

pun 
■ik 



opun 

Da 

:wa 



)kwa 
pun 



pun 






Jtook 
kopu] 
ik 



i 






CO 

<! 
P3 
H 

o 

»-^ 
O 

a 
o 

CO 
H 

.J 

l-H 

o 

H 

P^ 
O 

CO 

< 



H 





























■^ 


-M 


















•4^ 


•o 


•'O 








•4-a- 


^1^ 


-M ,^ 






.1^ 


'OJ 


o 


o 


-iJ 


■iij 


C3 


•^O) 


wU 


*'(« ^•^ 


-M 


4J 


.^c; 


a 


^ 


r£3 


voj 


*^ 


^ 




^ 


•^ 


KS 


o 




^ 


1 


^■^ 


&r 








^"^ 


^■^ 


^"^ 




^" 








1 


^ 










^"^ 


5 


^ 


O 


O 


-^- 


-♦-• 


C8 O 


O 


o 


OJ 



^.S 



G C 



C fi c 

rt cs ca 

c c c c c c q 

S 2 2 " " 
- o o 



_ ^ C C 



s.::.s^^^pC o o o o 



o 



. o 



o 

. o 






2 , 



be 

B 



§ § ^^ J^Sa ^'t jS-q '-^ 

-^ -J4 --O 

O I O i ^ 



O *<^ O vc3 




QO 



25'^5:r£ -^^ -^ '-^ 

1^:3 0*<S 0*<S X-*-a CC-M CO-M 



1 a> 



o •^ o 






"c^ 
« 



«J C 5 C! g 

^ .t: .t^ ."S .ti ^ ^ ^ ^ 



?.£ i.S ^ c 



cC c6 CC a '^ '^ ^ '¥-' -^ -^^ ,^ 



!•£- = 






o 



lg-g,s"=.§ §•§ g^-5 1& 



O en 



en CO CO CO 



00 .^ 



C C g 



e C >^ 

© o o 



rt rt c^ 



5 C 5 ;:: ff 
ti t? t: 't-' -^ 



c 

^ ^ ^ 

o o o 



^ ^ ^ ^ 



585 



.-^ .-S rij .te ^ -5 ^ ^ 



o op S ^ *S ^ 'S :S .^ '-^ .ti :^ .-S j> ^'^ *? ^ *S ^ *S ^ ^ 

a md JS, ^ CO O CO 0-4-i> co*^M co-M (Xi r^ .^ cO O eC O cO 0*pH.^ 






P4 






<8 



o 



o 



•^ ^ •^ ^ 

■^ .«.» '^i' ■'CO 



c 



o 



o 



2 S d --^ 

'5 IS '5 B ^ 

O p O "^ irJ g 







c c 
1^3 --^ 






rik- 



ERRATUM. 
P. 156, line 19, Pluperfect Tense, for have believed road had believed. 



261 



IxNDEX. 



PAGE 



Title-page 

A Key to the Orthography . 

Vowel Sounds .... 
Consonants .... 
Remarks ..... 
Extract from the " Nor-Wester " . 
A Lecture on the Grammatical Con- 
struction of the Cree Language 
Paradigms of the Cree Verb, with its 
various conjugations, moods, tenses, 
inflections, &c. . . . . 



Sakehdo, 

Indicative Mood . 
Subjunctive „ . . . 
Imperative Mood . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood 

tt »j • • * 

Subjunctive „ 

Imperative „ ... 

Duhiiaiive Mood, 

Subjunctive Mood .... 

Accessory or Posssssive Case. 

Subjunctive Mood 

Suppositite Mood. 

Indicative Mood . . . . 
Subjunctive „ . . « 

»» >y • • • • 

Acceuory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive ,, 



15 



16 
20 
16 
18 
18 



17 
21 
17 
19 
19 



20 



21 



22 
22 
24 



23 
23 
25 



SakStaw. 

Saketanewew, Sak^taw, 

Saketamukun. 



Indicative Mood . . 


. 


26 


ji 


„ . 


, 


27 


yy 


>> • • • 




28 


yy 


,, . 




30 


Subjunctive 


„ . . . 


, , 


26 


}y 


J, . 


. 


28 


j» 


f, , . . 


, 


30 


Imperative 


„ . 




30 


Accessory or Possessive Case. 




Indicative Mood 




. 26 


» 


,, . 




27 


>y 


,, . . . 




. 28 


» 


J) • • 


, 


. 30 


Subjunctive 


„ • . . 


- , ■ 


. 26 


>> 


71 • 


, 


28 


»> 


,, . . . 


. 


. 30 


Imperative 


Duhitative Mood. 




30 


Subjunctive 


Mood . 




. 27 


ff 


T» 


. 


. 29 


>y 


>> • 


• 


. 31 


Accessory or Possessive 


Case. 




Subjunctive 


Mood 




. 27 



Suppositive Mood. 
Indicative Mood . 

»» yy • ' ' 

Subjunctive „ 



29 
31 



32 
3:3 
34 
32 
33 
34 



262 



INDEX. 



Accessory or Possessive Case, 
Indicative Mood 



Subjunctive 



PAGE 



32 

35 
32 
3:3 
35 



Sakehewao. 

Sakehewanewew, Sakehewao, 
Sakehewamukun. 

Indicative Mood 



Subjunctive ,, ... 

f> j> • • • 

>> >j ... 

Imperative „ . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Indicative Mood 

»» »> • • • 

>» >> • • 

?» j> • • ' 

Subjunctive „ 

>» j» • • • 

»> >> • • 

Imperative „ . • • 

Dtibitative Mood, 

Subjunctive Mood 

» j» • • • 

;> n • • 

Accessory or Possessive Case 
Subjunctive Mood , 



Suppositive Mood. 
Indicative Mood . 

Subjunctive „ 



Accessory or Possessive Case 
Indicative Mood 



Subjunctive Mood 



PAGE 

. 42 
. . 413 
44 

Remarks on the foregoing Paradi^mB . 45 



30 I 
37 

:38 I 

4(J 1 

3(i I 

;38 
40 ; 

40 



36 
37 
38 

40 
3() 
38 

40 
40 



37 
39 

41 



37 
39 
41 



42 
43 

i 

43 
44 



42 
43 
44 



Tapicatowao. 

Indicative Mood 
Potential ,, 

Suhjunctive ,, 
Potential „ 

Conditional „ 
Particles ,, 

Imperative Mood 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Indicative Mood 
Potential „ 

Subjunctive ,, 
Potential „ 

Conditional „ 
Imperative „ 

Dubitative Mood. 

Subjunctive Mood . 

Potential „ . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Subjunctive Mood .... 
Potential „ ... 

Suppositive Mood. 

Indicative Mood . . - . 
Potential „ ... 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Indicative Mood .... 
Potential „ , . . - 

Subjunctive „ . 

Optative ,,.... 

Imperative „ . 

{2nd and 1st persons ). 

Indicative Mood . . . 

Potential „ ... 

Subjunctive ...... 

Potential „ ... 

I Conditional ^, . . . . 
I Imperative „ ... 

I Dubitative Mood, 

Subjunctive Mood . • . • . 
Potential „ ... 



46 
50 

50 

56 
56 

58 



60 
62 
64 
66 
68 
68 



70 
72 



74 
76 



78 
80 
80 



82 
84 
84 
84 
84 



88 
88 
90 
90 
92 



92 
94 



INDEX. 



< 



Indicutive 
Potentittl 
Subjunctive 
Oplutive 



Supposifive Mood. 
Mood . 



Tapicatakao. 



fiidicative Mood 
Potential ,, 

Subjunctive ,, 
Potential „ 

Conditional ,, 
Imperative „ 



Accessory or Possets^ive Case. 



Indicative Mood 
Potential „ 
Subjunctive „ 
Potential „ 

Conditional „ 
Imperative „ 



Duhitative Mood. 

Subjunctive Mood . . . . 
Potential ,, . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Subjunctive Mood . . . . 
Potential ,, . . . 



Sup positive Mood. 



Indicative Mood 
Putuntial ,, 

Subjunctive „ 



Accessory or Possessive Case. 



' Indicative Mood 
Potential ,, 

Subjunctive „ . 
Optative „ 



Tapicatakanetcew. 



Indicative Mood . 
Potential ,, 

Subjunctive „ 
Potential „ 

Conditional „ 
Imperative „ 



PAGE 



04 
iXJ 



98 
100 
100 
104 
104 
104 



106 
108 
110 
112 
114 
114 



114 
IIG 



118 
1-20 



I'iO 
12*2 
l'>2 



1-24 
1'2() 
120 
120 



120 
V2H 
12^< 
i:3<) 
130 
132 



Accessory or Possessive Case. 



Indicative Mood , 

Potential 

Subjunctive 

Potential 

Conditional 

Imperative 



Duhitative Mood. 



Subjunctive Mood 
Potential ,, 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Subjunctive Mnod 
Potential ,, 

Suppositive Mood. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Potential ,, . . 

Subjunctive ,, . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 

Potential ,, . 

Subjunctive ,, .... 

Optative ,, • • . - • 



Tapwatakao. 



Indicative Mood 
Potential ,, °, 

Subjunctive ,, 
Potential ,. 

Conditional ,, 
Imperative ,, 



Accessory or Possessive Ca<e. 



Indicative Mood 
Potential ,, 

Subjunctive ,, 
Potential „ 

Conditional ,, 
Imperative „ 



Duhitative Mood. 



Subjunctive Mood 
Potential ,, . 



Accessory or Possessive Case. 



Subjunctive Mood 
Potential ,, . 



263 

PAGE 



132 

132 
132 
134 
1:34 
134 



136 
136 



138 
138 



140 
140 
140 



142 
142 
142 
.142 



144 
144 
14(> 
146 
148 
148 



148 
1.30 
1.30 
102 
l.>2 
1.52 



lo4 
154 



ir,6 
156 



264 



INDEX. 



Suppositive Mood. 

Indicative Mood ... 
Potential ,, . 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Indicative Mood .... 
Potential » • • • * 

Subjunctive „ . 
Optative ,j .... 

Tapwataka m ukun . 

Indicative Mood .... 

Potential ,, 

Subjunctive ,, . 

Potential „ . . • 

Conditional ,, . 

Imperative „ . . • 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood . 
Potential ,, 
Subjunctive „ • • 
Potential ,, 
Conditional „ . 
Imperative ,, 

Dubitative Mood. 

Subjunctive Mood . ' . 
Potential >» * • 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Subjunctive Mood 
Potential j, • 

Suppositive Mood. 

" Indicative Mood 

Potential „ . . . . 

Subjunctive „ . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood . . . 
Potential ,, . . 
Subjunctive ,, 
Optative . ,j • . • 



PAGE 

. 158 
. 158 
. 158 



Tapicatum, 



Indicative Mood 
Potential ,, • 
Subjunctive ,, 
Potential „ • 
Conditional ,, 
Imperative ,, . 



Accessory or Possessive Case. 



. 160 
. 160 
. 160 
. 160 



162 
162 
164 
164 
166 
166 



166 
168 
168 
170 
170 
170 



172 

172 



174 
174 



176 
176 
176 



178 
178 
178 
178 



180 
182 
1^2 
1S6 
1'86 
186 



Indicative Mood 
Potential „ , 
Subjunctive „ 
Potential „ 
Conditional „ 
Imperative „ , 



TAGE 

. 188 
. 190 
. 192 
. 194 
. 196 
. 196 



Dubitative Mood. 



Subjunctive Mood .... 
Potential „ . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Subjunctive Mood .... 
Potential ,, . . 

Suppositive Mood, 

Indicative Mood .... 

Potential „ . 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood 

Potential „ .... 
Subjunctive „ . . . 

Optative „ .... 



196 

198 



. 200 
. 202 



Tapwatakunewew . 



Indicative Mood 
Potential ,, 
Subjunctive „ . 
Potential ,, 
Conditional „ . 
Imperative ,, 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood 

Potential »>•*•• 

Subjunctive „ • • 

Potential „ . . • 

Conditional „ ' . 

Imperative „ . . . . 

Dubitative Mood. 

Subjunctive Mood 

Potential „ . . . . 

• Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Subjunctive Mood' 
Potentiaf „ 

Suppositive Mood. 

I Indicative Mood . . ... 
I Potential „ . . . . 
I Subjunctive „ . 



202 
204 
204 



206 

208 
208 
208 



208 
210 
210 
212 
212 
214 



214 
.^14 
. 214 
. 216 
. 216 
. 216 



218 
218 



220 
220 



220 
220 
220 



?/ 



INDEX. 



265 



Accessory or Possessive Ccme, 



Indicative Mood . 
Potential „ . 
Subjunctive „ 
Optative „ . 



PAGE 



220 
220 
220 
220 



Indicative Mood . 
Subjunctive „ 



Tapwatum. 
>d . 

Accessor?/ or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive ,,.... 

Dubitaiive Mood, 
Subjunctive Mood 

Accessor?/ or Possessice Case, 
Subjunctive Mood . " . 

Suppositive MooiL 
Indicative Mood . . ... 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 
Indicative Mood .... 

Tapic^tumomukim, 



222 
222 



222 
224 



224 



224 



226 



Tapwawun, 



Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive ,, 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Duhitative Mood. 
Subjunctive Mood 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 
Subjunctive Mood , , . . 

Suppositive Mood. 
Indicative Mood .... 

Accessory or Possessice Case, 
Indicative Mood .... 



. 2:32 

. 2:32 



. 234 
. 234 



. 234 



23() 



Indicative Mood . 
Subjunctive ,, 



Accessory or Possessive Case^ 



Indicative Mood . 
Subjunctive ,, 



22^) I 



226 

228 



. 228 
. 228 



Ayaw. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive ,,.... 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive Mood .... 

Duhitatire Mood. 
Subjunctive Mood . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 
Subjunctive Mood . . . . 



Suppositive Mood. 



Duhitative Mood. 
Subjunctive Mood .... 230 

Acce.<sory or Possessive Case. 

Subjunctive Mood .... 230 

I Indicative Mood .... 
Suppositive Mood. Subjunctive ,, . - 

Indicative Mood . ^ , . . . 230 1 " ^^,,^,,^^^ ^, Possessive Case. 

Accessory or Possessive Case. i x ,. • x-r j 

^ Indicative Mood .... 

Indicative Mood . . . ' . . 232 Subjunctive „ . . . . 

' '„ L L 



2:36 



. 2:36 



. 2:38 
.2:38 



. 2:3^ 
. 2:38 



2:30 



. 2:39 



. 240 
. 24() 



240 
240 



266 



INDEX. 



Ayanewew, 
Ay aw, Ayamukun. 



Indicative Mood . 
Subjunctive ,, 
Imj)crative „ 



Subjunctive ?? \ • • 



Accessory oi- Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood^ 

Subjunctive 

Imperative 

Dtibitative Mood. 

Subjunctive Mood 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Subjunctive Mood .... 

Supposifive Mood. 

Indicative Mood ... 
Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive ,, 

Totum, 

Indicative Mood 
Subjunctive „ . • 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood 

Subjunctive ,» . • " ^ * 

Duhiiative Mood. 
Subjunctive Mood 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 
Subjunctive Mood .... 



Suppositive Mood. 



indicative Mood 
Subjunctive „ 



Accessory or Possessive Case. 



Indicative Mood 
Subjunctive ,. 



241 
241 
241 



241 
241 
241 



242 



242 



243 
243 



243 
243 



244 
244 



244 
244 



245 



245 



246 
246 



246 
246 



Totakunewew. 
Totum, Toturaomukun. 

Indicative Mood 
Subjunctive „ . 
Imperative „ . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive „ . . . . 
Imperative „ 

Dubitative Mood. 
Subjunctive Mood ... 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 
Subjunctive Mood 

Suppositive Mood. 

Indicative Mood 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 



Mispoon. 

Indicative Mood . 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 

Potential ,, ... 

Imperative „ . . . . 

Accessory or Possessive Ca.<i: . 

Indicative Mood 

Subjunctive „ . . . . 
Porential „ . . . - . 
Imperative „ 



Dubitative Mood. 

Subjunctive M^od . . . . 
Potential ,, . 

Accessory or Possessive Case, 

Subji^nctive Mood 

Potential „ . 

Suppositive Mood. 

Indicative Mood 

Subjunctive „ . . . ( 

Potential „ . . . 



rAGE 



247 
247 
247 



247 
247 
247 



248 



248 



249 
249 



249 

249 



25C) 
25() 
251 
251 



25() 
25() 
251 
251 



252 
253 



252 
253 



252 
252 
253 



INDEX. 



•267 



Accessory or Possessive Case. 

Indicative Mood .... 
Subjunctive ,, . . . . 

Potential ,, . 

Optaiire Mood. 

Indicative Mood . . . . 
Subjunctive „ . 

Potential ,,.... 
Imperative ,, • 



PAGE 

. 254 
. 254 
. Q55 



. 254 

. 254 
. 255 
. 255 



or 



Moods, Tenses, and Accessory 
Possessive Cases of the following 
Impersonal Verbs. 



Kimewun .... 


. . 256 


Kisastio . . . 


. 25G 


Notapuyew .... 


. . 25G 


Tipiskaw .... 
Kissinaw .... 


. 256 
. . 256 


VVapun . , . • 


. '256 


Pipoon .... 
Mispoon 


. . 257 
. 257 


Kesikaw . 


. . 2^57 


Mevooskumeew . . . 


, , . 257 


Yootin . ^ . 


. . 257 


Mikeskaw .... 


. 257 



Kissinamukun 

Kisastamukun 

Tipiskamukun 

Mispoonomukun 

Kesikaniukun . 

Kissechewunomukun 



PAGE 

. 258 
. 2^38 
. 258 
. 258 

. 2^38 
. 258 



AflSxes of , the Principal Tenses of the 
following Transitive Verbs. 



Sakehao . 

Itayiraao 

Isitissawao 

Pusustawao 

Tapwatowao . 

Sekahatowao 

Itao 

Nukutao 

iN'atao 

Pasewao 

Isitisskhumovrao 

Kwaskototowao 

Kekeskowiio . 

Peetokwahao 



Erratum. 
Index 



251) 
25U 
2^59 
251) 
251) 
251) 
259 
251) 
259 
2;39 
259 
259 
259 
259 

260 
2f>]
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "A Lecture on the Grammatical Construction of the Cree Language"

See other formats
